Course Descriptions

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

ACCOUNTING (ACCTG) ACCOUNTING 17 Payroll Accounting ACCOUNTING 1 2 UNITS Introductory Accounting I LECTURE 2 HOURS 5 UNITS (UC: CSU) Students learn the procedures and practices involved in a LECTURE 5 HOURS firm’s payroll system, including familiarizing Students with Students learn fundamental accounting principles and concurrent laws regarding computation of regular and overtime cepts. This is the study of accounting as an information sys- pay, withholding of payroll taxes, computation of employer’s tem, examining why it is important and how it is used by payroll taxes, and the preparation of payroll tax returns and investors, creditors and others to make decisions. The course reports. covers the accounting information system, including record- ACCOUNTING 19 ing and reporting of business transactions with a focus to the Ethics for Accounting Professionals accounting cycle, applications of generally accepted account- 2 UNITS ing principles, financial statements and financial statements LECTURE 2 HOURS analysis. Includes issues relating to assets, liabilities, equity valuation, revenue and expense recognition, cash flows, inter- This course is a survey and study of ethics in business and nal controls and ethics. accounting areas including the study of moral values, personal integrity, professional accountability, business legiti- Note: Accounting 21 (3 UNITS and Accounting 22 (3 unit) when macy, equity, and fairness. This course also includes the study taken together, are equivalent to Accounting 1 (5 UNITS) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, Codes of conduct, Circular 230, and ACCOUNTING 2 case analysis. Introductory Accounting II 5 UNITS (UC: CSU) ACCOUNTING 21 LECTURE 5 HOURS Bookkeeping and Accounting I 3 UNITS (UC: CSU) Prerequisite: Accounting 1or Accounting 22 with a satisfactory LECTURE 3 HOURS grade or better Students learn fundamentals of double-entrée accounting; Students learn how managers use accounting information the accounting cycle; preparation of the trial balance; finan- in decision-making, planning, directing operations and con- cial statements, accounting for merchandise businesses, cash trolling. Focuses on cost terms and concepts, cost behav- transactions; special journals etc. ior, cost structure and cost-volume-profit-analysis. Includes issues relating to cost systems, cost control, profit planning Note: Accounting 21 (3 UNITS and Accounting 22 (3 unit) when and performance analysis in manufacturing and service taken together, are equivalent to Accounting 1 (5 UNITS) environments. ACCOUNTING 22 ACCOUNTING 15 Bookkeeping and Accounting II 3 UNITS (UC: CSU) Tax Accounting I LECTURE 3 HOURS 3 UNITS (CSU) LECTURE 3 HOURS Co-requisite: Accounting 42 Students learn to prepare Federal and California income tax Students learn accounting for receivables, payables, bad debts, returns for individuals, topics include overview, gross Income, deferrals and accruals, merchandise inventories, plant and exemptions, deductions, tax credits, self-employment tax equipment, accounting for partnerships and corporations, returns and rental property transactions. This course can be Cash Flow statement, and comparative financial statement utilized to meet part of the basic qualification for registering analysis etc. as tax preparer and the continuing education requirement of Note: Accounting 21 (3 UNITS and Accounting 22 (3 unit) when the California Tax Preparer Act. taken together, are equivalent to Accounting 1 (5 UNITS) ACCOUNTING 16 ACCOUNTING 23 Tax Accounting II Recordkeeping for Small Business 3 UNITS (CSU) 3 UNITSLecture 3 hours LECTURE 3 HOURS Students learn the cash basis concept of accounting, and small Advisory: Accounting 15 business computerized accounting software using Quick- books. Students will complete simulated accounting projects In this course, Students continue the study of Federal Income designed for different types of small business firms using both Taxes, and the analysis of laws as well as consideration of manual and automated systems. appropriate accounting procedures and preparation of reports and returns as they apply to partnerships, limited liability companies, corporations, and S corporations.

142 LACC 2017-2018 GENERAL CATALOG COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

ACCOUNTING 27 will also include some limited discussion of prosecution and Automated Accounting Methods and Procedures II defense decision making, criminal culpability, and defenses 3 UNITS to crimes. LECTURE 2 HOURS. LABORATORY 2 HOURS Prerequisites: Accounting 1, 21, 41 or 51. ADMINISTRATION OF JUSTICE 3 Legal Aspects of Evidence Students use computer applications in the preparation of 3 UNITS (CSU) special journals, payroll register, bank reconciliation, aging LECTURE 3 HOURS accounts receivable, inventory costing and depreciation, analysis of financial statements. The Student learns the categories of evidence and legal rules governing its admission and exclusion in the criminal process. ACCOUNTING 31 Mathematics of Accounting ADMINISTRATION OF JUSTICE 4 3 UNITS (CSU) Principles and Procedures of the Justice System LECTURE 3 HOURS 3 UNITS (CSU) LECTURE 3 HOURS Students learn the mathematical fundamentals, bank reconciliation, payroll computations, depreciation and allocation of Students learn, through examination and analysis, due pro- overhead, trade and cash discounts and other accounting-re- cess in criminal proceedings from pre-arrest through trial lated math subjects. and appeal utilizing statutory law and state and constitutional law precedents. ACCOUNTING 55 Accounting Computer Laboratory ADMINISTRATION OF JUSTICE 5 1 UNITS (CSU) Criminal Investigation LABORATORY 2 HOURS 3 UNITS (CSU) LECTURE 3 HOURS Students learn to use the spreadsheet software ‘Microsoft Excel’ for solving accounting problems and concepts being Students learn the techniques, procedures, and ethical issues studied in other accounting classes. in the investigation of crime, including organization of the investigative process, crime scene searches, interviewing and interrogating, surveillance, source of information, utility of ADMINISTRATION OF JUSTICE (ADM evidence, scientific analysis of evidence and the role of the JUS) investigator in the trial process. ADMINISTRATION OF JUSTICE 6 ADMINISTRATION OF JUSTICE 1 Patrol Procedures Introduction to Administration of Justice 3 UNITS (CSU) 3 UNITS (UC: CSU) LECTURE 3 HOURS LECTURE 3 HOURS Students learn the history and development of patrol philoso- The Student will be introduced to the characteristics of the phy and preparing for field activities. Topics covered include, criminal justice system in the United States. Focus is placed but are not limited to, Ethics in Law Enforcement; Preparing on examining crime measurement, theoretical explanations for Duty; Basic Concepts of Patrol; Handling Calls for Service; of crime, responses to crime, components of the system, and Arrests; and Investigations and Reports. current challenges to the system. The course examines the evolution of the principles and approaches utilized by the jus- ADMINISTRATION OF JUSTICE 8 tice system and the evolving forces which have shaped those Juvenile Procedures principals and approaches. Although justice structure and 3 UNITS (CSU) process is examined in a cross cultural context, emphasis is LECTURE 3 HOURS placed on the US justice system, particularly the structure and Students learn about the origin, development, and organiza- function of US police, courts, and corrections. Students are tion of the Juvenile Justice System as it evolved in the Amer- introduced to the origins and development of criminal law, ican Justice System. The course explores the theories that legal process, and sentencing and incarceration policies. focus on Juvenile Law, courts and processes, and the consti- ADMINISTRATION OF JUSTICE 2 tutional protections extended to juveniles administered in the Concepts of Criminal Law American Justice System. 3 UNITS (UC: CSU) LECTURE 3 HOURS ADMINISTRATION OF JUSTICE 14 Report Writing for Peace Officers The Student will learn the doctrines of criminal liability in 3 UNITS(CSU) the United States and the classification of crimes against per- LECTURE 3 HOURS sons, property, morals, and public welfare. Special emphasis Students learn to complete written reports as used by Law is placed on the classification of crime, the general elements enforcement agencies and present factual material with clar- of crime, the definitions of common and statutory law, and ity, definiteness, and conciseness emphasized. the nature of acceptable evidence. This course utilizes case law and case studies to introduce Students to criminal law. The completion of This course offers a foundation upon which upper-division criminal justice course will build. The course

LACC 2017-2018 GENERAL CATALOG 143 COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

ADMINISTRATION OF JUSTICE 16 ADMINISTRATION OF JUSTICE 160 Recruitment Selection Process Police Organization and Administration 3 UNITS (CSU) 3 UNITS (CSU) LECTURE 3 HOURS LECTURE 3 HOURS Students learn of the selection process for employment with Students learn to analyze the concept of police organizations an agency in the criminal justice system. Topics will include and management styles; addressing the roles and responsibil- a review of the minimum qualifications for employment as ities of law enforcement agencies. a peace officer as determined by the Commission on Peace Officer Standards & Training (POST) and/or Standards and ADMINISTRATION OF JUSTICE 180 Training for Corrections (STC). Specific topics will include the Introduction to Forensics 3 UNITS (CSU) application, written examination, oral interview, background LECTURE 3 HOURS investigation, psychology exam, medical exam, polygraph exam, and physical fitness testing. Employment opportunities Students will learn the role of forensics in criminal investiga- will be presented. tions. It examines the methods utilized in the forensic analysis of crime scenes, pattern evidence, instruments, firearms, ADMINISTRATION OF JUSTICE 53 questioned documents, and controlled substances. Forensic Fingerprint Evidence 3 UNITS ADMINISTRATION OF JUSTICE 379 LECTURE 3 HOURS. Advanced Criminalistics - Forensics I 3 UNITS Students learn the history of fingerprinting; fingerprint pat- LECTURE 3 HOURS tern types and classification; the searching and referencing of fingerprints; techniques for taking good fingerprints; the Advisory: Administration of Justice 180. problems in taking inked fingerprints; the proper procedure Students concentrate on three areas of forensics: Serology for taking major case prints; and the preparation of finger- (blood/DNA), blood spatter analysis and trace evidence. Stu- print charts for court testimony. dents use a “hands-on” approach to identify and collect this type of evidence and learn the techniques, used by crime-Lab- ADMINISTRATION OF JUSTICE 60 oratory criminalists, to analyze evidence. Arrest, Search and Seizure 3 UNITS (CSU) ADMINISTRATION OF JUSTICE 381 LECTURE 3 HOURS Law Enforcement Internship Students learn the laws of search and seizure. Students learn 3 UNITS the interpretations of these laws by the U.S. Supreme Court. LECTURE 1 HOUR. LABORATORY 8 HOURS Topics include, but are not limited to, exceptions to warrant The Students provide voluntary service to a law enforcement requirements; reasonable expectation of privacy; and proba- agency of their choice to determine whether police work will ble cause. be a career goal.

ADMINISTRATION OF JUSTICE 62 ADMINISTRATION OF JUSTICE 390 Fingerprint Classification Forensic Autopsy 3 UNITS (CSU) 3 UNITS LECTURE 3 HOURS LECTURE 3 HOURS

A practical course designed to cover the technical aspects of fi ADMINISTRATION OF JUSTICE 391 ngerprinting. Topics will include pattern interpretation,clas- Firearms Evidence Analysis sifi cation, taking and lifting of prints, and searching and fil- 3 UNITS ing procedures. Times will be devoted to Laboratory work in LECTURE 3 HOURS the classroom. Students learn forensic firearms evidence through the study ADMINISTRATION OF JUSTICE 67 of topics including, but not limited to, firearms; ammunition; Community Relations I ballistics; forensic firearms examination; gunshot residue 3 UNITS (UC:CSU) examination; and gun-handling tests. LECTURE 3 HOURS ADMINISTRATION OF JUSTICE 396 Students will learn the complex, dynamic relationship Traffic Collision Investigation between communities and the justice system in addressing 3 UNITS crime and conflict with an emphasis on the challenges and LECTURE 3 HOURS prospects of administering justice within a diverse multicul- Advisories: English 28 and 67. tural population. Topics may include the consensus and con- flicting values in Cultural, Religion, and Law. Students concentrate on investigating traffic collisions by identifying and interpreting forensic evidence as well as dia- gramming and measuring scenes. Students also learn how to understand vehicle and pedestrian dynamics (behaviors) normally associated after a collision.

144 LACC 2017-2018 GENERAL CATALOG COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

ADMINISTRATION OF JUSTICE 413 AFRICAN-AMERICAN STUDIES 20 Financial Crimes Investigations African-American Literature I 3 UNITS 3 UNITS (UC: CSU) LECTURE 3 HOURS LECTURE 3 HOURS Advisories: English 28 and 67. Advisory: English 28 and 67 Students concentrate on the criminal and civil investigation Students survey African American writers, covering all types techniques in dealing with the highly technical field of finan- of literatures (slave narrative, poetry, novels, etc.) to develop a cial crimes. Students analyze the following crimes: forgery, positive attitude towards reading and understanding the pro- credit card fraud, financial scams, fake identification fraud, gression of American culture as interpreted by African Amer- computer fraud, internet crimes and identification fraud ican writers. (Social Security Number). AFRICAN-AMERICAN STUDIES 60 African-American Music AFRICAN AMERICAN STUDIES 3 UNITS (UC: CSU) (AFRO AM) LECTURE 3 HOURS A study of African-American Music and their influences on AFRICAN-AMERICAN STUDIES 4 folk spirituals, gospels, concert music, opera, ballet, blues and The African-American In the History of the jazz underscoring styles, characteristics, origin and contri- United States I butions by African-American Artists. Credit allowed Credit 3 UNITS (UC: CSU) allowed for only one of African America 60 and Music 135. LECTURE 3 HOURS Advisory: English 28 and 67. AMERICAN SIGN LANGUAGE ( A S L) Note: Meets the Associate in Arts degree requirements in U.S. History, U.S. Constitution, and California State and Local AMERICAN SIGN LANGUAGE 1 Government. American Sign Language I Students analyze historiographical issues in African Ameri- 4 UNITS (UC: CSU) can history and how black Americans were active agents in LECTURE 4 HOURS creating their own history. Emphasis on the African back- In This course Students develop basic grammar and lexical ground of African Americans, the institution of slavery, the proficiency in American Sign Language. Emphasis is placed development of the African American community institu- on comprehension skills. Overview of topics include pro- tions, and African American participation in and impact on nouns, colors, interrogatives, negations, schools, people, fam- the Civil War and Reconstruction. ily relationships, work, life events, daily activities. transpor- AFRICAN-AMERICAN STUDIES 5 tations, time/calendar, fingerspelling. Functional/notional The African-American In the History of the United States II discourse behavior are developed including conversational 3 UNITS (UC: CSU) openers, greetings, identifying, introducing, asking/request- LECTURE 3 HOURS ing, responding, comparing /contrasting. This course also incorporates vital aspects of the Deaf culture and community. Advisory: English 28 and 67 Note: Meets the Associate in Arts degree requirements in U.S. His- AMERICAN SIGN LANGUAGE 2 tory, U.S. Constitution, and California State and Local Govern- American Sign Language II ment. Transfer Limit UC. Maximum credit one course from Afri- 4 UNITS (UC: CSU) can Am Studies 5, Chicano Studies 8, and History 12 or 13. LECTURE 4 HOURS Students analyze historiographical issues in African Ameri- Prerequisite: American Sign Language 1 with a satisfactory can history and how black Americans were active agents in grade or better. creating their own history. Emphasis on ideas of black social In This course Students complete the study of elementary thought, political protest and efforts to create social change vocabulary and grammar begun in ASL 1. Emphasis is placed from Reconstruction to the present. on the development of inflectional and non-manual behav- AFRICAN-AMERICAN STUDIES 7 ior patterns. Students continue to examine selected aspects African-Americans and the Political System of Deaf culture and community within receptive and expres- 3 UNITS (UC: CSU) sive conversations. An overview of topics includes: grammati- LECTURE 3 HOURS cal features, such as, syntax, pronominalization, verb aspect/ modulation, tense, number incorporation, adverbials, adjecti- Advisory: English 28 and 67 val, topicalization, spatialization; interactive behaviors, such Students analyze the relationship of minority groups to Amer- as, requests, turn-taking, making suggestions, giving feed- ican Politics with emphasis on African Americans in the pol- back, interrupting; and cultural topics, such as, myths, social tical system. and political organizations, signaling devices, and technology within the Deaf community.

LACC 2017-2018 GENERAL CATALOG 145 COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

AMERICAN SIGN LANGUAGE 3 ANTHROPOLOGY (ANTHRO) American Sign Language Ill 4 UNITS (UC: CSU) ANTHROPOLOGY 101 LECTURE 4 HOURS Human Biological Evolution Prerequisite: American Sign Language with a satisfactory grade. 3 UNITS (UC: CSU) Students continue the development of proficiency in Amer- LECTURE 3 HOURS ican Sign Language grammar with special emphasis on idi- Advisory: English 28 and 67 or equivalent. omatic constructions. Conversational techniques with a focus Students will examine evolutionary theory, human genet- on expressive skills is further developed. Students continue to ics, primate ecology and behavior, the hominid fossil record expand the study of Deaf cultural issues. and modern human variation. Students will be able to under- line the historical path to natural selection, describe the five AMERICAN SIGN LANGUAGE 25 Conversational American Sign Language factors of the evolutionary process, identify biological char- 2 UNIT (CSU) acteristics of primates, discuss features of primate behav- LECTURE 2 HOURS. ior, diagram the origin of mankind through comparing skulls from the hominid fossil record, and interpret modern human Prerequisite: A S L 002 with a satisfactory grade or better. variation. Provides opportunities for practical conversation on everyday topics, cultural material, and expansion of vocabulary accord- ANTHROPOLOGY 102 ing to Student interest or need. Human Ways of life: Cultural 3 UNITS (UC: CSU) AMERICAN SIGN LANGUAGE 30 LECTURE 3 HOURS Finger Spelling I Advisory: English 28 and 67 or equivalent. 1 UNIT (CSU) LECTURE 2 HOURS. Students are introduced to the field of socio-cultural anthropology and will examine the diversity of human life around Prerequisite: A S L 001 with a satisfactory grade or better. the world. Topics covered include the “culture” concept, eth- Develops skills in expressive and receptive use of the Manual nography, language, kinship, gender, religion, political and Alphabet. Deals with specific individual problems and tech- economic organization, globalization and culture change. The niques for corrections. [Overview of topics include: hand posi- objectives of This course are (1) to employ a relative perspec- tioning (location and angle), handshapes, rhythm, fluency, tive in the appreciation of the world’s cultural diversity, and spelling, and numbers; reception of fingerspelled handshapes, (2) to apply case studies to describe this variation. patterns and pauses/transitions. ANTHROPOLOGY 103 AMERICAN SIGN LANGUAGE 40 Archaeology: Reconstructing the Human Past Introduction to Deaf Culture 3 UNITS (CSU) 3UNITS (UC: CSU) LECTURE 3 HOURS. LECTURE 3 HOURS Advisory: English 28 and 67. Prerequisite: ASL 2 with a satisfactory grade or better. Open to all Students. Focuses on the cultural, historical, phil- Students continue the development of proficiency in Amer- osophical, educational, psychological and social aspects of ican Sign Language grammar with special emphasis on idi- the deaf and hard of hearing. No knowledge of American Sign omatic constructions. Conversational techniques with a focus Language is required. Satisfies Humanities requirement for on expressive skills is further developed. Students continue to graduation. expand the study of Deaf cultural issues. ANTHROPOLOGY 121 ANATOMY (ANATOMY) Anthropology of Religion, Magic and Witchcraft 3 UNITS (UC: CSU) ANATOMY 1 LECTURE 3 HOURS Introduction to Human Anatomy Advisory: English 28 and 67 or equivalent. 4 UNITS (UC: CSU) Students learn about the origins and varieties of religious LECTURE 3 HOURS. LABORATORY 3 HOURS beliefs and practices cross-culturally. Topics include mythol- Advisory: English 101 and Biology 3. ogy, symbolism, shamanism, traditional healing, altered Structural organization of the human body: gross and micro- states of consciousness, magic, divination, witchcraft, and the scopic structure of the integumentary, skeletal, muscular, question of cults. nervous, sensory, endocrine, cardiovascular, lymphatic, respiratory, digestive, excretory, and reproductive systems, from ANTHROPOLOGY 151 cellular to organ system levels of organization. Visual Anthropology: Exploring Culture Through Film Mixed Media 3 UNITS (UC: CSU) Students survey and analyze the use of film and video in anthropological research, teaching, theory and methodology. Films are studied for their anthropological content and as

146 LACC 2017-2018 GENERAL CATALOG COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

artifacts of western culture, which reveal significant aspects ART (ART) of that culture. Students learn techniques in video and audio production in the creation of a final visual product. ART 185 DIRECTED STUDY ANTHROPOLOGY 385 Art Honors DIRECTED STUDY 1 UNIT (CSU) Anthropology LECTURE 1 HOUR. 3 UNITS (CSU) LECTURE 3 HOURS Students pursue on their own an in depth study of a subject of special interest to them in studio art. Students work inde- Students pursue directed study in Anthropology on a contract pendently but consult with the instructor on a weekly basis to basis under the direction of a supervising instructor. critique their work. ARABIC (ARABIC) ART 201 Drawing I ARABIC 1 3 UNITS (UC: CSU) Elementary Arabic I LECTURE 2 HOURS. LABORATORY 2 HOURS 5 UNITS (UC: CSU) Students apply elements and principles of design to the prac- LECTURE 5 HOURS tice of drawing, employing a wide range of subject matter, Advisory: English 28 and 67 drawing techniques and media. They develop observation based and technical drawing skills and hone their creative Student learns the fundamentals of the Arabic pronunciation responses to materials and subject matter. and grammar structure. The Student receives practical material for simple conversation based on everyday experiences ART 202 and basic facts on the geography, customs and culture of the Drawing II Arabic speaking world. 3 UNITS (UC: CSU) LECTURE 2 HOURS. LABORATORY 2 HOURS ARABIC 2 Elementary Arabic II Prerequisite: Art 201 5 UNITS (UC: CSU) Students explore artistic concepts, styles and creative expres- LECTURE 5 HOURS sion related to intermediate drawing, focusing on complex Prerequisite: Arabic 1 with a satisfactory grade or equivalent. subject matter and concepts using a variety of drawing media, techniques and methodologies. Students further develop tech- Students complete learning elementary Arabic grammar and nical and observational skills introduced in Drawing I, while begin reading and writing relatively more advanced elemen- arriving at personalized approaches to content and materials tary texts. They continue with the study of the cultures of in exercises covering multiple historical and contemporary countries that speak Arabic. approaches to drawing. ARMENIAN (ARMEN) ART 204 Life Drawing I ARMENIAN 1 3 UNITS (UC: CSU) Elementary Armenian I LECTURE 2 HOURS. LABORATORY 2 HOURS. 5 UNITS (UC: CSU) Prerequisite: Art 201 with a satisfactory grade. LECTURE 5 HOURS. LABORATORY 1 HOUR Co-requisite: Art 501. Advisory: English 28 and 67. Drawing from the live model in various mediums, solving The Student completes the fundamentals of pronunciation problems related to structure, anatomy, composition and and elementary grammar, practical vocabulary and useful expressive design. phrases to understand, read and write simple Armenian. ART 205 ARMENIAN 2 Life Drawing II Elementary Armenian II 3 UNITS (UC: CSU) 5 UNITS (UC: CSU) LECTURE 2 HOURS. LABORATORY 2 HOURS LECTURE 5 HOURS. LABORATORY 1 HOUR Prerequisite: Art 204 with a satisfactory grade. Prerequisite: Armenian 1 with a satisfactory grade or equivalent. Students draw the live model in various drawing media, The Students learn the elementary grammar, reading and employing foundational drawing principles and methods. comprehension of simple text, with emphasis on oral expres- They develop observation-based and technical drawing skills sion. It also includes an introductory study of Armenian cul- and hone their creative responses by drawing the human fig- ture to complement comprehension of language. ure at the intermediate level.

LACC 2017-2018 GENERAL CATALOG 147 COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

ART 206 ART 302 Life Drawing III Watercolor Painting II 3 UNITS (UC: CSU) 3 UNITS (UC: CSU) LECTURE 2 HOURS. LABORATORY 2 HOURS LECTURE 2 HOURS. LABORATORY 2 HOURS. Prerequisite: Art 205 with a satisfactory grade. Prerequisite: Art 300 with a satisfactory grade. Students draw the live model in various drawing media at an Students apply advanced techniques and explore concepts in advanced level, building upon techniques from Art 205. Dif- color, composition, and surfaces. ferent media, methods, and subject matter are employed to hone creativity and support the development of personal style. ART 304 Acrylic Painting I ART 209 3 UNITS (UC: CSU) Perspective Drawing I LECTURE 1 HOUR. LABORATORY 5 HOURS 3 UNITS (UC: CSU) Prerequisite: Art 201 and 501 with a satisfactory grade. LECTURE 2 HOUR. LABORATORY 2 HOURS Students learn a variety of techniques employing acrylic Prerequisite: Art 201 with a satisfactory grade. paints and related grounds and tools. A variety of subject mat- Students learn to draw three-dimensional objects in space ter is used to introduce a series of stylistic approaches. using measured vanishing point systems along with direct observation and freehand drawing. They explore methods of ART 305 drawing cast shadows and mirror reflections in perspective. Acrylic Painting II 3 UNITS (UC: CSU) ART 250 LECTURE 1 HOUR. LABORATORY 5 HOURS Introduction to Digital Art Prerequisite: Art 304 with a satisfactory grade. 3 UNITS (UC:CSU) Students learn to employ acrylic paints and related grounds LECTURE 1 HOUR. LABORATORY 5 HOURS. and tools at an intermediate level, building upon techniques Advisory: Art 501 with a satisfactory grade. from Art 304. A variety of subject matter is used to support the Students are introduced to fundamental concepts, practices, development of stylistic approaches. and theories of digital art production. Topics include integration of traditional design, color, and compositional principles ART 306 with contemporary digital tools. Acrylic Painting Ill 3 UNITS (UC: CSU) ART 285 LECTURE 2 HOURS. LABORATORY 2 HOURS Directed Study - Art Honors Prerequisite: Art 305 with a satisfactory grade. 2 UNITS (CSU) Students learn to employ acrylic paints and related grounds LECTURE 2 HOURS and tools at an advanced level, building upon techniques from Students pursue on their own an in depth study of a subject of Art 305. A variety of subject matter is used to support the special interest to them in studio art. Students create art works development of personal style. of special interest to them under guidance of the instructor. ART 307 ART 300 Oil Painting I Introduction to Painting 3 UNITS (UC: CSU) 3 UNITS (UC: CSU) LECTURE 1 HOUR. LABORATORY 5 HOURS LECTURE 2 HOURS. LABORATORY 2 HOURS Prerequisite: Art 201 and Art 501 with satisfactory grades or bet- Prerequisite: Art 201 and 501 with a satisfactory grade. ter Students learn methods and techniques of painting using the Students learn the principles, elements, and practices of paint- medium of oil paint with its related grounds and tools. Different ing. The course focuses on exploration of painting materials, subjects are used to introduce a variety of stylistic approaches. perceptual skills and color theory, paint mixing and tech- ART 308 nique, as well as creative responses to materials and subject Oil Painting II matter. 3 UNITS (UC: CSU) LECTURE 1 HOUR. LABORATORY 5 HOURS ART 301 Watercolor Painting I Prerequisite: Art 307 with a satisfactory grade. 3 UNITS (UC: CSU) Students learn methods and techniques of painting using the LECTURE 2 HOURS. LABORATORY 2 HOURS. medium of oil paint with its related grounds and tools at an Prerequisite: Art 300 with a satisfactory grade. intermediate level, building upon techniques from Art 307. Different subjects are used to support the development of sty- Students expand their knowledge of painting, focusing on listic approaches. composition and color techniques in watercolor media while continuing to explore art concepts, content, and imagery as applied to personal expression.

148 LACC 2017-2018 GENERAL CATALOG COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

ART 309 art projects, developing a visual vocabulary for analysis and Oil Painting Ill creative expression. The course includes problem-solving stu- 3 UNITS (UC: CSU) dio projects, lectures, presentations, and written assignments. LECTURE 1 HOUR. LABORATORY 5 HOURS This course is a Prerequisite for many courses in studio art Prerequisite: Art 308 with a satisfactory grade. and graphic design. Students learn methods and techniques of painting using the ART 502 medium of oil paint with its related grounds and tools at an Beginning Three-Dimensional Design advanced level, building upon techniques from Art 308. Dif- 3 UNITS (UC: CSU) ferent subjects are used to support the development of per- LECTURE 2 HOURS. LABORATORY 2 HOURS sonal style. Advisory: Art 501 and Art 201. ART 385 Students study concepts of three dimensional form with Directed Study - Art experimental problems in a variety of materials using various 3 UNITS (CSU) spatial constructions. LECTURE 3 HOURS ART 604 Students pursue directed study in studio art on a contract Graphic Design I basis under the direction of a supervising instructor. 3 UNITS (CSU) ART 400 LECTURE 2 HOURS. LABORATORY 2 HOURS Introduction to Printmaking Prerequisite: Art 250 and Art 501 with satisfactory grades. 3 UNITS (UC: CSU) Students learn the fundamentals of graphic design—the field: LECTURE 1 HOUR. LABORATORY 5 HOURS its terminology, tools, and working methods. Emphasis is Prerequisite: Art 201 and 501 with satisfactory grades or better placed on computer layout skills and their application to cre- Students practice various forms of platemaking and printing. ative visual communication, with strong emphasis on typo- Emphasis will be placed on the development of visual ideas graphical technical and historical elements. and printmaking techniques. ART 605 ART 401 Graphic Design II Etching I 3 UNITS (CSU) 3 UNITS (UC: CSU) LECTURE 2 HOURS. LABORATORY 2 HOURS LECTURE 1 HOUR. LABORATORY 5 HOURS Prerequisite: Art 604 or Art 250with satisfactory grades. Prerequisite: Art 400 with a satisfactory grade. Co-requisite: Art 639. Students practice various forms of etching and printing. Students continue their study of graphic communication with Emphasis will be placed on the development of visual ideas projects that introduce the interaction between designer, cli- and etching techniques. ent and audience. Continued emphasis on the computer as a tool with focus on integration of In Design, Illustrator and ART 402 Photoshop. Etching II 3 UNITS (UC: CSU) ART 606 LECTURE 1 HOUR. LABORATORY 5 HOURS Graphic Design Ill Prerequisite: Art 401 with a satisfactory grade. 3 UNITS (CSU) LECTURE 2 HOURS. LABORATORY 2 HOURS Students practice various forms of etching and printing. Emphasis will be placed on the development of visual ideas Prerequisite: Art 605 and Art 639 or 250 with satisfactory grades. and advanced etching techniques. Students apply more advanced graphic design principles using computer graphics. Emphasis is placed on the creation of a ART 407 graphic design branding campaign. Students will create and Relief Printmaking I refine industry standard branding elements and use them 3 UNITS (UC: CSU) throughout the semester in various formats intended for print LECTURE 1 HOUR. LABORATORY 5 HOURS and social media. Prerequisite: Art 402 with a satisfactory grade. Students practice various forms of platemaking and printing ART 620 Illustration 1 in the relief process. Emphasis will be placed on the develop- 3 UNITS (CSU) ment of visual ideas and relief printing techniques. LECTURE 2 HOURS. LABORATORY 2 HOURS ART 501 Prerequisite: Art 201 with a satisfactory grade. Beginning Two-Dimensional Design Co-requisite: Art 501. 3 UNITS (UC: CSU) Students apply drawing, rendering and media techniques and LECTURE 2 HOURS. LABORATORY 2 HOURS composition skills to problems in commercial illustration, pic- Students learn concepts, applications, and historical references torial art for publications and advertising. related to the creation of two-dimensional art and design, utilizing the basic visual elements and design principles in studio

LACC 2017-2018 GENERAL CATALOG 149 COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

ART 634 ART 701 Computer Graphics 1: 3D Computer Graphics Sculpture I 3 UNITS (CSU) 3 UNITS (UC: CSU) LECTURE 2 HOURS. LABORATORY 2 HOURS LECTURE 1 HOUR. LABORATORY 5 HOURS Prerequisite: Art 250 and Art 501 with a satisfactory grade. Prerequisite: Art 700 with a satisfactory grade. Students explore three-dimensional digital design techniques, Students practice various forms of sculpture including the concepts and applications employed as tools in graphic design. armature. Emphasis will be placed on the development of Students focus on three-dimensional modeling and rendering visual ideas and sculptural techniques. techniques in the creation of objects and environments for graphics and multimedia. ART 702 Sculpture II ART 645 3 UNITS (UC: CSU) Introduction to Web Site Design LECTURE 1 HOUR. LABORATORY 5 HOURS 3 UNITS (CSU) Prerequisite: Art 701 with a satisfactory grade. LECTURE 2 HOURS. LABORATORY 2 HOURS Students will be challenged with advanced problems in sculp- Prerequisite: Art 201 and 501 with satisfactory grades or better ture. Students will be encouraged to explore individual cre- Students learn the basic concepts and techniques used in ativity, materials and processes. designing web sites employing the principles of design, color theory, typography, and composition. Software includes, but ART 708 is not limited to the current versions of Adobe Dreamweaver Introduction to Ceramics 3 UNITS (UC: CSU) and Photoshop. LECTURE 1 HOUR. LABORATORY 5 HOURS ART 648 Students learn the different kinds of ceramic materials, con- Digital Imaging cepts, and processes including basic design principles, cre- 3 UNITS (CSU) ative development, hand-building, throwing, glaze tech- LECTURE 2 HOURS. LABORATORY 2 HOURS niques, firing and ceramic terminology. Students explore the Prerequisite: Art 250 with a satisfactory grade. aesthetics and creative development of clay objects examining This is an intermediate level course dealing with motion historical, contemporary, and personal modes of expression graphics for animation using digital imaging and animation across cultures. software, with an emphasis on programs such as Photoshop ART 709 and After Effects, including layers, masks, filters, animation Ceramics I techniques and output to video, via demonstrations, practi- 3 UNITS (UC: CSU) cums, and exercises. LECTURE 1 HOUR. LABORATORY 5 HOURS ART 649 Prerequisite: Art 501 and 708 with a satisfactory grade. Storyboard Advisory: Art 502 3 UNITS (CSU) The Student continues the study of ceramic processes,of the LECTURE 2 HOURS. LABORATORY 2 HOURS physical and chemical characteristics of clay, with an empha- Prerequisite: Art 250 with a satisfactory grade. sis placed on ceramic design and glaze chemistry. This course focuses on applying industry-standard storyboarding and scripting techniques to animation. Contents to be cov- ART 710 ered include the various purposes and formats of storyboards, Ceramics II 3 UNITS (UC: CSU) the basic terminology and concepts used in storyboarding, LECTURE 1 HOUR. LABORATORY 5 HOURS working with scripts, animation techniques in Storyboard Pro and Adobe Character Animator. Research and previz are used Prerequisite: Art 709 with a satisfactory grade. to create a character, story and animated video – an Animatic Students master technical and design skills through hand building, clay decoration, glazing and the potter’s wheel, mak- ART 700 ing ceramic molds, and slip casting. Introduction to Sculpture 3 UNITS (UC: CSU) LECTURE 1 HOURS. LABORATORY 5 HOURS ART HISTORY (ARTHIST) Prerequisite: Art 501 and 502 with a satisfactory grade. ART HISTORY 103 Advisory: Art 201. Art Appreciation Students practice three-dimensional sculptural principles, 3 UNITS (UC: CSU) techniques and concepts utilizing a wide range of materials LECTURE 3 HOURS and practices. Various sculpting methods are practiced with Advisory: English 101. attention to creative self-expression and historical context. This introductory and integrative course in the arts offers a thematic approach to art appreciation through art examples from Western and non-Western cultures. The Student learns

150 LACC 2017-2018 GENERAL CATALOG COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

about art forms and media in traditional and contemporary ART HISTORY 151 styles, including terminology and problems of definition, Introduction to Latin American Art meaning, and evaluation in the visual arts. 3 UNITS (UC:CSU) LECTURE 3 HOURS ART HISTORY 110 Advisory: English 101. Survey of Western Art History I 3 UNITS (UC:CSU) The Students examine the art and architecture of Latin Amer- LECTURE 3 HOURS ica, beginning with Pre-Columbian period, but focus primarily on the 19th to 21st centuries. Students explore major his- Advisory: English 101. torical periods of Latin American history and visual culture, The Student explores the development of art and architecture which include an introduction to pre-Hispanic civilizations, from prehistory through the medieval period, emphasizing Colonial rule and Independence, the emergence of Modern- the cultural context of the West, and its major points of con- ism and the Avant-garde, and contemporary art and architec- tact with the non-European world. ture in Latin America. They gain an understanding of underlying social, economic, political and religious context of the ART HISTORY 120 production and use of the works of art considered. Survey of Western Art History II 3 UNITS (UC: CSU) ART HISTORY 171 LECTURE 3 HOURS Introduction to Global Contemporary Art Advisory: English 101. 3 UNITS (UC: CSU) Students learn about the development of Art from the time of LECTURE 3 HOURS the Renaissance to Contemporary Art. Emphasis is placed on Advisory: English 101. the cultural context of the West while major points of artis- Students learn about thematic and historical developments of tic contact with the Non-European world is considered.This Contemporary visual art (including painting, sculpture, archi- course provides an overview of art and architecture from the tecture, new media, and other forms), produced by the global Renaissance to the Modernism. community. ART HISTORY 130 Survey of Asian Art History ASTRONOMY (ASTRON) 3 UNITS (UC: CSU) LECTURE 3 HOURS ASTRONOMY 1 Advisory: English 101. Elementary Astronomy 3 UNITS (UC: CSU) The Student learns about the development of Asian art from LECTURE 3 HOURS prehistoric times through the 20th Century including the artistic traditions and histories of China, India, Japan, Korea, and Advisory: English 28 and 67. Southeast Asia. The Student considers how cultural, political, A fascinating look into the general principles and the fun- and religious forces influenced the arts and explore how the damental facts of astronomy. This introductory course is various regions of Asia formed and influenced one another. designed for the non technical student. Topics covered include the history and science of astronomy, the solar system, our ART HISTORY 139 sun, stars, galaxies and cosmology. No college math prepara- Introduction to Islamic Art tion is needed. If a Student wishes to transfer this as a Labo- 3 UNITS (UC: CSU) ratory science course, the Student must also complete Astron- LECTURE 3 HOURS omy 5. Advisory: English 101. The Student examines the global historical development of ASTRONOMY 5 Fundamentals of Astronomy Laboratory Islamic visual art (including painting, sculpture, architecture, 1 UNIT (UC: CSU) and other forms) and its historical and cultural context. LABORATORY 3 HOURS ART HISTORY 140 (FORMERLY ART 109) Co-requisite: Astronomy 10 or 11 Survey of Arts of Africa, Oceania, and Ancient America Advisory: Astronomy 1 3 UNITS (UC: CSU) LECTURE 3 HOURS Astronomy 5 Laboratory course offers a presentation of the methods and techniques used by astronomers to determine Advisory: English 101. the nature of the universe. This course uses some very basic Students learn about the visual culture within select regions mathematics, and can be taken by non - science and/or science in Africa, Oceania and indigenous North America. majors. When taken together with Astronomy 1 or Astronomy 10 or Astronomy 11, a student’s ‘science with a lab’ transfer and graduation requirement is met. Topics covered in Astron- omy 5 include star names, asterisms and constellations, sky motion, planet motion, orbital motion, stellar brightness, stellar spectrum, crater formation, star clusters, galaxies and deep sky objects. An important part of the course involves working with and learning the operation of astronomical instruments

LACC 2017-2018 GENERAL CATALOG 151 COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

and equipment including celestial globes, astrolabes, azimuth BIOLOGY 25 sundials, astronomical binoculars and computer controlled Human Biology telescopes. 3 UNITS (UC: CSU) LECTURE 3 HOURS ASTRONOMY 11 Advisory: Eligibility for English 21 or equivalent. Stars, Galaxies, and the Universe 3 UNITS (UC: CSU) Credit not allowed for Biology 25 to Students who have previ- LECTURE 3 HOURS ous credit for Biology 1, 3, 6, 23. This conceptual course surveys the universe beyond the solar In this survey course for the non-science major, Students system. Students learn about stars, stellar evolution, black explain the principle human organ systems according to struc- holes, galaxies, the big bang, cosmology and the possibility to ture and function and examine the problems of pollution, pop- extraterrestrial life. ulation control and preservation of the natural environment. BIOLOGY 46 BIOLOGY(BIOLOGY) Genetic Analysis 3 UNITS (UC[PENDING]:CSU) BIOLOGY 3 Prerequisite: Biology 6 with a satisfactory grade or equivalent. Introduction to Biology This course is designed for Life Science majors as a continu- 4 UNITS (UC: CSU) ance of their general biology studies. It provides a comprehen- LECTURE 3 HOURS. LABORATORY 3 HOURS sive introduction to genetic analysis examining topics such Advisory: English 21. as chromosome analysis, population genetics, and genomics. Credit not allowed for Biology 3, 3H to Students who have previous credit for Biology 1, 6, 23, 25. BUSINESS (BUS) In this survey course for non-majors, Students learn general biological principles, activities, and the relationships of liv- BUSINESS 1 ing organisms to each other and the world they live in with Introduction to Business emphasis on their correlations to the human organism. The 3 UNITS (UC: CSU) course includes a study of the nutritional, medical, and gen- LECTURE 3 HOURS et1c aspects of the modern world. Advisory: English 28 and 67 or equivalent. Students engage in a multidisciplinary examination of how BIOLOGY 6 culture, society, economic systems, legal, international, polit- General Biology I 5 UNITS (UC: CSU) ical, financial institutions, and human behavior interact to LECTURE 3 HOURS. LABORATORY 6 HOURS affect a business organization’s policy and practices within the U.S. and a global society. The course demonstrates how Prerequisite: Mathematics 125; and Chemistry 60 or 65 with a these influences impact the primary areas of business includ- satisfactory grade or equivalent. ing: Organizational structure and design; leadership, human Advisory: English 21 or equivalent. resource management, risk management and insurance, orga- This class is designed for general biology majors and pre pro- nized labor practices, ethics and social responsibility, market- fessional Students, Students examine and learn the principles ing, organizational communication, e-business/technology, of molecular biology, cell structure and function, genetics, entrepreneurship, legal, accounting, and financial practices, evolution and organization at the tissue level in pants and ani- and the stock and securities market; and therefore how they mals. UC limit: No credit allowed for Biology 1, 3, 23 or 25 if affect a business’ ability to achieve its organizational goals. taken after Biology 6. BUSINESS 15 BIOLOGY 7 Business Statistics General Biology II 3 UNITS (UC: CSU) 5 UNITS (UC: CSU) LECTURE 3 HOURS LECTURE 3 HOURS. LABORATORY 6 HOURS Prerequisite: Mathematics 125 with a satisfactory grade or Prerequisite: Biology 6, Chemistry 60 and Math 125 with a satis- equivalent. factory grade or equivalent. Advisory: Eligibility for English 21 or The Student learns measures of Central Tendency, Measures equivalent. of Dispersion. Normal Distribution, Hypothesis Testing, Cor- In this class designed for general biology majors and pre-pro- relation and Analysis of Variance. UC limit: Maximum one fessional Students, Students examine and learn the diversity, course from Mathematics 225, 227 and Business 15. structure, and the life processes of plants and animals as well as the principles of organization at the organ and organ sys- BUSINESS 17 tem levels, embryology, ecology and behavior. Computer Graphics for Business 3 UNITS LECTURE 1 HOUR. LABORATORY 4 HOURS Prerequisite: Business 1. A comprehensive course in business graphics covering types of business graphics, their uses and techniques for generating

152 LACC 2017-2018 GENERAL CATALOG COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

graphics emphasizing computer usage, computer techniques Education Director. The work-site must approved by the and current computer graphics software. The Student learns Department Chair.The internship course will assist Students types of Excel and PowerPoint programs and how these appli- in acquiring desirable work habits, attitudes and career aware- cations are used in business. ness. Students must work 300 paid hours or 240 volunteer hours during the semester. BUSINESS 38 Business Computations 3 UNITS (CSU) COMPUTER APPLICATIONS OFFICE LECTURE 3 HOURS TECHNOLOGY (CAOT) Advisory: English 28 and 67 or equivalent. Note: Credit allowed for only one of Business 38 or Accounting 31. CAOT 1 Computer Keyboarding and Document Students learn basic mathematics, beginning with whole num- Applications I bers and solving word problems, fractions, decimals, checking 3 UNITS (CSU) accounts, basic algebra, percents and their applications. The LECTURE 2 HOURS. LABORATORY 3 HOURS course covers business pplications of mathematics, including trade and cash discounts, markups and markdowns, payroll, Advisories: Eligibility for ESL Level 6B and 6C. simple interest and promissory notes and compound interest. Students will develop a salable skill--computer keyboarding by touch; minimum speed at end of course, 30 wpm accurately; BUSINESS 911 formatting of letters, memos, tables, and simple reports using Cooperative Education - Business word processing software. 1 UNIT (CSU) LECTURE 1 HOUR CAOT 2 Students receive credit for approved internships, including Computer Keyboarding and Document Applications II cooperative education and work experience with an employer 3 UNITS (CSU) in the field of Business under the direction of the Cooperative LECTURE 2 HOURS. LABORATORY 3 HOURS Education Director. The work-site must be approved by the Department Chair. The internship course will assist Students Prerequisite: Computer Keyboarding I or equivalent. in acquiring desirable work habits, attitudes and career aware- Students master the keyboard (letters, numbers, and sym- ness. Students must work 75 hours paid or 60 hours non-paid. bols) by touch. Minimum speed at end of course of 40 accurately; formatting of mailable advanced letters, tables, reports, BUSINESS 921 memos, and desktop published documents using Microsoft Cooperative Education - Business Word. 2 UNIT (CSU) LECTURE 2 HOUR. CAOT 3 Students receive credit for approved internships, including Computer Keyboarding III cooperative education and work experience with an employer 3 UNITS (CSU) LECTURE 2 HOURS. LABORATORY 3 HOURS in the field of Business under the direction of the Cooperative Education Director. The work-site must be approved by the Prerequisites: Completion of CAOT 2 and CAOT 84 or equivalent. Department Chair.The internship course will assist Students Student develops production skills in using advanced features in acquiring desirable work habits, attitudes and career aware- of Microsoft Word to create properly formatted business doc- ness. Students must work 75 hours paid or 60 hours non-paid. uments. Includes composition at keyboard, decision making, and timed production of letters, tables, and reports. Develops BUSINESS 931 minimum speed at end of course of 50 wpm. Keyboarding I, Cooperative Education - Business II, and III are sequential courses and should be completed in 3 UNIT (CSU) LECTURE 3 HOURS that order. Students receive credit for approved internships, including CAOT 7 cooperative education and work experience with an employer Machine Transcription in the field of Business under the direction of the Coopera- 3 UNITS tive Education Director. The work-site must be approved by LECTURE 3 HOURS. LABORATORY 1 HOUR the Department Chair. The internship course will assist Stu- Prerequisite: CAOT 31 with a satisfactory grade or equivalent. dents in acquiring desirable work habits, attitudes and career Advisory: CAOT 1 or ability to key 30wpm. awareness. Students must work 225 paid hours or 180 volun- Students develop proficiency in operating transcribing soft- teer hours during the semester. ware on the computer to accurately transcribe a variety of BUSINESS 941 business documents from taped dictation using word process- Cooperative Education - Business ing software. Students thoroughly review English fundamen- 4 UNITS (CSU) tals and strengthen keyboarding and proofreading skills. LECTURE 4 HOURS Students receive credit for approved internships, including cooperative education and work experience with an employer in the field of Business under the direction of the Cooperative

LACC 2017-2018 GENERAL CATALOG 153 COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

CAOT 9 CAOT 32 Computer Keyboarding Improvement Business Communications 1 UNIT (CSU) 3 UNITS (CSU) LABORATORY 3 HOURS LECTURE 3 HOURS Prerequisite: CAOT 1 with a satisfactory grade or equivalent. Prerequisites: CAOT 31 and English 101 with a satisfactory grade Students will improve keyboarding procedures through con- or equivalent. tinued emphasis on correct keyboarding techniques and Advisory: CAOT 1 develops speed and accuracy through timed writings and cor- The course begins with the theory of written and oral commu- rective drills. nication. Students analyze business situations and plan, organize, write, and revise business letters, interoffice memoran- CAOT 14 dums, business reports, business presentations, plus improve Microcomputer Office Applications: PowerPoint their general and business vocabularies. This includes the 3 UNITS (CSU) application of business communications and principles of LECTURE 2 HOUR. LABORATORY 3 HOURS writing. Messages are broken into their component parts for a Prerequisite: CAOT 82 with a satisfactory grade or equivalent. critical analysis of organization and content, style, tone, gram- Develops proficiency in the operation of Microsoft Power- mar, format, and appearance. Point. Provides an overview of presentation design principles. Develops the skill to create, modify, and retrieve various pre- CAOT 33 sentations, the skill to integrate PowerPoint with other pro- Records Management And Filing 2 UNITS grams, the skill to use PowerPoint templates, fonts, graphics, LECTURE 1 HOUR. LABORATORY 2 HOUR. transitions, sound, and animation. Students will learn to outline presentations, create dynamic slides, and develop slide Students learn creation, storage, disposition and preserva- shows based on business topics. Prepares Students for certifi- tion of all types of documents using alphabetic, geographic, cation exam. numeric, and subject methods. Includes introduction to database records management on a microcomputer. CAOT 20 Medical Office Procedures CAOT 34 5 UNITS (CSU) Business Terminology LECTURE 5 HOURS 2 UNITS (CSU) LECTURE 2 HOURS Prerequisites: CAOT 2 or 31 with a satisfactory grade and equivalent. Advisory: CAOT 44. The Student practices the specialized vocabulary used in mod- Students learn proficiency in typing medical documents, case ern business communications, including correct definition, histories, medical reports, history and physicals. Addition- spelling, pronunciation, and effective usage. ally, Students learn about medical ethics and sensitivity train- CAOT 43 ing for the medical office, privacy laws, telephone etiquette, Office Procedures medical filing and handling of confidential documents, sched- 3 UNITS uling appoints in a variety of medical facilities and medical LECTURE 3 HOURS insurance. Prerequisites: CAOT 1 and CAOT 31 with satisfactory grades or CAOT 23 better. Legal Office Procedures I Students develop knowledge of automated office skills and 5 UNITS develop attitudes for success on the job. LECTURE 5 HOURS Advisories: CAOT 2 and 31 with satisfactory grade or equivalent. CAOT 44 Medical Terminology Students planning to become legal secretaries are provided 3 UNITS (CSU) office procedures and administration for legal secretaries and LECTURE 3 HOURS offices duties. Discussions include different types of equipment and software systems used; various types of law prac- Students develop an understanding of medical terminology tices, organizational structures; preparation of civil, criminal, through a study of word roots, prefixes, and suffixes and body and federal Iawsuit pleadings. systems. Students’ emphasis is also given to spelling, pronunciation, and definitions. CAOT 31 Business English CAOT 46 3 UNITS (CSU) Medical Transcription LECTURE 3 HOURS 3 UNITS LECTURE 2 HOURS. LABORATORY 2 HOURS Students develop the basic language skills needed to communicate effectively in today’s workplace. Students will learn Prerequisites: CAOT 2 and CAOT 31 with satisfactory grades or fundamental English grammar and punctuation rules as they equivalent. relate to written and oral communication in business. After Advisory: CAOT 44 or equivalent. successful completion of this course, Students will be pre- The Student develops a proficiency in accurately transcribing pared for CAOT 32, Business Communications. medical documents, including medical letters, chart notes, history and physicals, and reports from CDs and/or through

154 LACC 2017-2018 GENERAL CATALOG COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

the Internet. Correct spelling, proofreading, correct terminol- techniques using Microsoft Word. Covers formats for letters, ogy usage, and abbreviations are emphasized. Students simul- memos, reports, tables, outlines, form documents, graphics, taneously review anatomy and major body systems. desktop publishing, and merged documents. Prepares Stu- dents for certification exam. CAOT 47 Applied Office Practice CAOT 82 2 UNITS Microcomputer Software LABORATORY 5 HOURS Survey In the Office Prerequisite: CAOT 1 with a satisfactory grade or equivalent and 3 UNITS (CSU) second semester standing. LECTURE 2 HOURS. LABORATORY 3 HOURS The Student will learn practical experience in working in an Prerequisites: CAOT 1 and CAOT 98 with satisfactory grades or office on campus and lectures relating to office behavior, pro- equivalent. ductivity, motivation, and interpersonal skills. Students learn to use the microcomputer and commercially available software used in business office. Course provides CAOT 48 hands on introduction to word processing, database, spread- Customer Service sheet, graphics, desktop publishing and presentation design 3 UNITS software. LECTURE 3 HOURS This course is designed to raise awareness, prompt think- CAOT 84 ing, give step-by-step suggestions for improvement, and pro- Microcomputer Office Applications: vide information on how an organization can deliver service Word Processing 3 UNITS (CSU) excellence. The information is beneficial whether one is new LECTURE 2 HOURS. LABORATORY 3 HOURS to dealing with others in a business setting or is more experienced with internal customers (e.g., coworkers or other Advisories: ESL Level 5A and completion of CAOT 1 with a satis- employees) and external customers (e.g., consumers, vendors, factory grade or equivalent. or other end users of products). Emphasis is placed on commu- Students use basic and advanced commands in Microsoft Word nication, diversity, technology, time management, stress man- or other word processing software to create, format, edit, save, agement, and customer retention. and print documents including letters, tables, reports, charts and merge documents and use document collaboration and CAOT 49 integration tools. Use desktop publishing features to create Machine Transcription for Legal Secretaries newsletters, brochures, fliers, résumés, and online forms. 3 UNITS LECTURE 2 HOURS. LABORATORY 2 HOURS CAOT 85 Prerequisites: CAOT 2 and 31 with satisfactory grades or equiva- Microcomputer Office Applications: Spreadsheet lent. Advisory: CAOT 23 3 UNITS (CSU) LECTURE 2 HOURS. LABORATORY 3 HOURS Students develop proficiency in operating transcribing machines to transcribe legal correspondence and documents, Students learn office spreadsheet applications using a PC and including court documents, from cassette tape. Emphasis is spreadsheet application software, such as Excel. Students are placed on spelling, proofreading, formatting, and the mean- taught to create, edit, format, and print worksheets; construct ing of legal terms. graphs and build databases that utilize the data table function.

CAOT 64 CAOT 86 Computer Applications and Office Technologies Microcomputer Office Applications: Database Laboratory 3 UNITS (CSU) 1 UNIT (CSU) LECTURE 1 HOURS. LABORATORY 4 HOURS LABORATORY 2 HOURS Advisory: CAOT 1. Co-requisite: CAOT 1. The Students learn office database applications using a rela- Students in Computer Applications and Office Technologies tional database program, such as MS Access. Records design, classes receive additional time on computers to work with all file creation and maintenance, data manipulation, report for- the software that is offered in the Department. Students must mats, and printing are covered. Office applications, such as complete a minimum of 32 hours per semester. In addition to records for personnel, inventory, and sales, are emphasized. Laboratory hours that are required for any other classes Stu- Graphing and integration with a word processing program to dent is enrolled in. Pass/No Pass. produce automated mailings are included.

CAOT 79 CAOT 88 Word Processing Applications Microcomputer Office Applications: Desktop Publishing 3 UNITS (CSU) 3 UNITS (CSU) LECTURE 2 HOURS. LABORATORY 3 HOURS LECTURE 2 HOURS. LABORATORY 3 HOURS Prerequisites: CAOT 84 and CAOT 31 or CAOT 82 and with sat- The Student gains knowledge and skills necessary to use per- isfactory grades or equivalent. sonal computers, printers and various desktop publishing Students develop further skill in preparing a variety of business documents on a personal computer. Includes advanced

LACC 2017-2018 GENERAL CATALOG 155 COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

software and produces camera ready, near typeset quality CPT and ICD-9-CM basic coding procedures. Basic medical reports, newsletters, brochures, flyers, business forms, and insurance procedures for commercial and government insur- presentations. ance plans such as Blue Cross/Blue Shield, Medicare, Medic- aid, Tricare/Champva, Workers Compensation, and Disability CAOT 93 insurance will be covered. HIPAA (Health Insurance Porta- Legal Document Production bility and Accountability Act) will be reinforced throughout 2 UNITS (A) the course. Introduction to electronic medical billing practice LECTURE 2 HOURS management and electronic claims billing will be presented Prerequisites: CAOT 2 and CAOT 84 with satisfactory grades or and utilized throughout the course. equivalent. Co-requisite: Law 2 CAOT 385 Directed Study - Computer Application Office Technology Students produce legal documents and judicial forms using a 3 UNITS (CSU) computer. Emphasis is placed on the standards used in legal LECTURE 3 HOURS procedures for various areas of law. In This course Students pursue directed study in Computer CAOT 97 Applications and Office Technologies on a contract basis Introduction to the Internet under the direction of a supervising instructor. 3 UNITS LECTURE 2 HOURS. LABORATORY 3 HOURS CAOT 911 Cooperative Education 911 - Caot Student will learn an overview of the use of the Internet for 1 UNIT (CSU) the office professional. It covers Internet tools used in busi- LECTURE 1 HOUR ness such as electronic mail, browsers, search engines, virtual meetings, messaging, research, file sharing, remote access, Students receive credit for approved internships with an social networking in business, and the creation of Web pages. employer in the field of Computer Applications and Office Technologies under the direction of the Cooperative Educa- CAOT 98 tion Director. The internship course will assist Students in Microcomputer Office Applications: Introduction to Windows acquiring desirable work habits, attitudes and career aware- 3 UNITS ness. The worksite will be approved by the Department Chair. LECTURE 1 HOUR. LABORATORY 4 HOURS Students must work 75 hours paid or 60 hours non-paid. Students prepare to work in the Windows environment. CAOT 921 Emphasizes the features of Windows, including changing Cooperative Education 921 - CAOT and creating icons, opening and closing windows and other 2 UNITS (CSU) applications, responding to dialog boxes, and working with LECTURE 2 HOURS directories. Students receive credit for approved internships with an CAOT 105 employer in the field of Computer Applications and Office School-to-Work-Portfolio Technologies under the direction of the Cooperative Educa- 2 UNITS tion Director. The internship course will assist Students in LECTURE 2 HOURS acquiring desirable work habits, attitudes and career aware- Prerequisite: CAOT 31 with a satisfactory grade or equivalent. ness. The work site will be approved by the Department Chair. Students prepare a comprehensive professional portfolio that Students must work 150 hours paid or 120 hours non-paid. contains a resume, cover letter, application for employment, CAOT 931 reference letters, and personal achievement. The course COOPERATIVE EDUCATION 931 - CAOT will also include career planning, networking with business 3 UNITS (CSU) and industry, and job search using the Internet and other LECTURE 3 HOURS resources. Students receive credit for approved internships with an CAOT 112 employer in the field of Computer Applications and Office Microcomputer Office Applications: Web Page Design Technologies under the direction of the Cooperative Educa- 3 UNITS (CSU) tion Director. The internship course will assist Students in LECTURE 2 HOURS. LABORATORY 3 HOURS acquiring desirable work habits, attitudes and career aware- Students will learn the most important topics of Web page ness. The work-site will be approved by the Department Chair. design. The course emphasizes creating a new website, inte- Students must work 150 hours paid or 120 hours non-paid. grating a database , styles, and working with HTML code. CAOT 941 CAOT 126 COOPERATIVE EDUCATION 941 - CAOT 4 UNITS (CSU) Introduction to Medical Coding/Billing LECTURE 4 HOURS 3 UNITS Lecture 3 hours Students receive credit for approved internships with an Prerequisite: CAOT 44. Advisories: English 28 and 67 employer in the field of Computer Applications and Office Students learn the comprehensive overview of medical insur- Technologies under the direction of the Cooperative Educa- ance and billing procedures with introductory instruction in tion Director. The internship course will assist Students in

156 LACC 2017-2018 GENERAL CATALOG COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

acquiring desirable work habits, attitudes and career aware- physical chemistry. This course meets the IGETC and CSU ness. The work-site will be approved by the Department Chair. general education requirements for physical science with Students must work 300 hours paid or 240 hours non-paid. laboratory. Introductory chemistry topics include nomencla- STRY ture of elements and inorganic compounds, ionic and covalent bonding, atomic structure, molecular geometry, chemical reactions, problem solving, measurements, stoichiometry, CHEMISTRY (CHEM) states of matter and related energy concepts, gas laws, aqueous and solution chemistry, quantum theory, periodic proper- TRANSFER LIMITS ties, colligative properties, and acid base concepts. Laboratory UC gives no credit for Chemistry 51, 60, 68 if taken after exercises are quantitative in nature and are related to the lec- Chemistry 101. ture topics. CHEMISTRY ENROLLMENT INFORMATION Enrollment in all chemistry classes is based on completion of the CHEMISTRY 101 required Prerequisites with satisfactory grades or better. General Chemistry I 5 UNITS (UC: CSU) Students enrolling in Chemistry 60 or 68 who have not com- LECTURE 3 HOURS. CONFERENCE 2 HOURS. LABORATORY 4 HOURS. pleted Math 115 or the equivalent must take the mathemat- PREREQUISITE: CHEMISTRY 60 OR 65 OR 68 AND MATHEMATICS 125 ics placement assessment prior to enrolling in either of these courses. Students enrolling in Chemistry 101 who have not Advisory: English 28 and 67. completed Chemistry 60, 65 or 68 or equivalent must pass the The Student learns nomenclature, atomic structure, quantum Chemistry Readiness Exam in order to enroll In this course. theory, bonding theories and molecular geometry, chemical Please contact the Assessment Office at 323.953.4000 ext. 2264 equations, stoichiometry, thermochemistry, solid, liquid and for more information. gaseous states and related forces, gas laws, solutions and colligative properties, periodic relationships, and acid base theo- Students enrolling in Chemistry 101 and 102 who have not ries. Laboratory exercises are quantitative in nature and are completed Math 125 or the equivalent must take the mathe- related to the Lecture topics. This is the first semester of a one- matics placement assessment prior to enrolling in either of year course in chemistry intended for majors in the natural these courses. sciences (chemistry, biochemistry, biology, physics, pre-medi- It is recommended that all chemistry Students complete cine), mathematics, and engineering. English 28 and 67 or the equivalent. Students who have completed the Prerequisites for chemistry courses outside of the CHEMISTRY 102 Los Angeles Community College District must submit proof General Chemistry II 5 UNITS (UC: CSU) of Prerequisite completion to the Counseling Office prior to LECTURE 3 HOURS. LABORATORY 6 HOURS. enrollment in chemistry courses. Prerequisite: Chemistry 101 with a satisfactory grade or better. INFORMATION FOR PRE-NURSING STUDENTS: Advisory: Eligibility for English 28 and 67 or 31. AJI LACC pre-nursing Students must complete Chemistry 60 The Students receive in lectures the theory and application with a satisfactory grade to satisfy the chemistry requirement of chemical kinetics, general and aqueous equilibria, thermo- for the LACC Nursing Program. dynamics, electrochemistry, nuclear chemistry, descriptive chemistry, structure and bonding in transition metal com- CHEMISTRY 60 Introduction to General Chemistry plexes and carbon compounds. In the Laboratory Students apply what is learned in Lecture to experiments in reaction 5 UNITS (UC: CSU) LECTURE 3 HOURS. LABORATORY 4 HOURS kinetics, chemical qualitative analysis, chemical and spec- troscopic quantitative analysis, potentiometric titration tech- Prerequisite: Mathematics 115 or appropriate score on the place- niques, and electrochemistry. ment assessment. Advisory: English 28 and 67 or 31. CHEMISTRY 185 A general basic chemistry course with laboratory, emphasiz- DIRECTED STUDY Chemistry ing fundamental principles of inorganic and physical chemis- 1 UNIT (CSU) (RPT 2) try, nomenclature of inorganic compounds, ionic and covalent LECTURE 1 HOUR. bonding, problem solving, gas laws and solutions. This course serves as preparation for Chemistry 101, and meets the IGETC Prerequisite: Chemistry 102. Advisory: English 28 and 67. and CSU general education requirements for physical science Students pursue Directed Study in Chemistry on a contract with laboratory. basis under the direction of a supervising instructor. Labora- tory and literature research is performed. CHEMISTRY 65 Introductory General Chemistry 4 UNITS (UC:CSU) LECTURE 3 HOURS. LABORATORY 3 HOURS. Prerequisite: Math 115 Advisory: Math 125 and English 28 and 67. This course is a survey of basic chemistry topics with laboratory, emphasizing fundamental principles of inorganic and

LACC 2017-2018 GENERAL CATALOG 157 COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

CHEMISTRY 211 CHEMISTRY 285 Organic Chemistry for Science Majors I Directed Study - Chemistry 5 UNITS (UC: CSU) 2 UNIT (CSU) LECTURE 3 HOURS. LABORATORY 6 HOURS LECTURE 2 HOURS. Prerequisites: Chemistry 102 with a satisfactory grade or better. Prerequisite: Chemistry 102. Advisory: English 28 and 67. Advisory: English 28 and 67. Students pursue Directed Study in Chemistry on a contract In this the first part of a two-course sequence Students learn basis under the direction of a supervising instructor. Labora- structure, nomenclature, stereochemistry, preparation and tory and literature research is performed. mechanisms of reactions of aliphatic and aromatic hydrocarbons and their derivatives. Students also learn a mechanis- CHEMISTRY 385 tic approach to reactions and a focus on multistep synthesis Directed Study - Chemistry throughout the course. The Laboratory presents the tech- 3 UNITS (CSU) LECTURE 3 HOUR. niques of preparation, where Students learn isolation and analysis of organic compounds employing standard and mod- Prerequisite: Chemistry 102. Advisory: English 28 and 67. ern instrumental methods. Students pursue Directed Study in Chemistry on a contract basis under the direction of a supervising instructor. Labora- CHEMISTRY 212 tory and literature research is performed. Organic Chemistry for Science Majors II 5 UNITS (UC: CSU) LECTURE 3 HOURS. LABORATORY 6 HOURS CHICANO (CHICANO) Prerequisite: Chemistry 211. Advisory: English 28 and 67. CHICANO STUDIES 7 Students complete the study begun in Chemistry 211. Stu- The Mexican American In the History of the United States I dents will learn more about the organic functional groups of 3 UNITS (UC: CSU) alcohols, aldehydes, ketones, carboxylic acids, carboxylic acid LECTURE 3 HOURS derivatives and amines. They will also learn more specialized topics including the following: carbohydrates, amino acids and Note: Meets the Associate in Arts degree requirement in American peptides, fatty acids and polymers; difunctional compounds, Institutions. polycyclic bezenoid hydrocarbons, heterocyclic compounds, Credit allowed for only one of Mexican American Studies 7 or mass spectroscopy, NMR techniques and strategies in modern African-American Studies 4 or History 11. UC limit: One course organic synthesis. The Students will learn further mechanis- from Chicano Studies 7, African-American Studies 4, History 11. tic approaches to reactions and a focus on multistep synthe- This course traces the historical evolution of persons of Mex- sis will be emphasized throughout the course. The Laboratory ican descent and their institutions to 1850. It surveys the con- presents more techniques of preparation, Students will learn tributions of Mexican-descended persons to the development isolation and analysis of organic compounds employing mod- of the United States with particular emphasis on the pres- ern instrumental analysis. ent-day U.S. Southwest.

CHEMISTRY 221 CHICANO STUDIES 8 Biochemistry for Science Majors The Mexican American In the History of the United States II 5 UNITS (UC: CSU) 3 UNITS (UC: CSU) LECTURE 3 HOURS LECTURE 3 HOURS CONFERENCE 2 HOURS. LABORATORY 4 HOURS Students survey the history of the Mexican people in the Prerequisite: Chemistry 211. United States from l848 to the present time. The content includes a discussion of the United States War with Mexico, Students receive the principles of biochemistry, with an the Treaty of Guadalupe-Hidalgo and the subsequent incorpo- emphasis on the structure and function of biomolecules, the ration of Mexicans into the United States. Emphasis is placed role of metabolism in energy production and biosynthesis, and on the politics of race, its origin in the colonial process and it’s common biochemical Laboratory techniques. Topics relate to impact on the historical development of a Mexican American the chemistry and metabolism of biological compounds. Top- ethnic identity in the United States. ics include the structure and function of biomolecules, including proteins, lipids, carbohydrates, nucleic acids and their pre- CHICANO STUDIES 44 (SAME AS SPANISH 16) cursors. The course also presents enzyme catalysis, and the Mexican Civilization details of the central metabolic pathways (glycolysis, glucone- 3 UNITS (UC: CSU) ogenesis, glycogenolysis, the citric acid cycle, electron trans- LECTURE 3 HOURS port and oxidative phosphorylation, lipid degradation and This course is a board survey of Mexican civilization and cul- biosynthesis, and nitrogen metabolism) including their regu- ture. The course covers the periods of prehistoric expansion of lation and integration. Laboratory work includes electrophore- Mesoamerica, Pre-Columbian Mexican civilization, the Span- sis, chromatography, spectroscopy, and enzyme purification ish conquest, the colonial period, and Mexico in the 19th and and kinetics. This course prepares Students for careers in the 20th century. physical and biological sciences, pharmacy, medical and dental professions, veterinary and agricultural science, nutrition and food chemistry, and related fields.

158 LACC 2017-2018 GENERAL CATALOG COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

CHILD DEVELOPMENT (CH DEV) CHILD DEVELOPMENT 10 Health, Safety and Nutrition CHILD DEVELOPMENT 1 3 UNITS (CSU) Child Growth and Development LECTURE 3 HOURS 3 UNITS (UC: CSU) Advisory: English 28 and 67 or equivalent. LECTURE 3 HOURS Students learn about the laws, regulations, standards, poli- Advisory: English 28 and 67 or equivalent. cies and procedures and early childhood curriculum related Students examine the major physical, psychosocial, and cog- to child health, safety and nutrition. The key components that nitive/language developmental milestones for children, both ensure physical health, mental health, and safety for children typical and atypical, from conception through adolescence. and staff are identified along with importance of collaboration There is an emphasis on interactions between maturational with families and health professional. The interrelationship processes and environmental factors. While studying develop- of health, safety and nutrition and the impact on children’s mental theory and investigative research methodologies, Stu- growth and development are key focuses. dents will observe children, evaluate individual differences CHILD DEVELOPMENT 11 and analyze characteristics of development at various stages. Child, Family and Community CHILD DEVELOPMENT 2 3 UNITS (CSU) Early Childhood Principles and Practices LECTURE 3 HOURS 3 UNITS (CSU) Advisory: English 28 and 67 or equivalent. LECTURE 3 HOURS Students examine the developing child in a societal context CO-REQUISITES: Child Development 1. Verification of Mantoux focusing on the interrelationship of the family, school and test (or chest X-Ray) Is required. community and emphasizes historical and sociocultural fac- Advisory: English 28 and 67, or equivalent. tors. The processes of socialization and identity development An examination of the underlying theoretical principles of will be highlighted, showing the importance of respectful, developmentally appropriate practices applied to programs, reciprocal relationships that support and empower families. environments, emphasizing the key role of relationships, con- Some topics covered are: social influences on parenting styles, structive adult-child interactions, and teaching strategies in communication, child-rearing and the relationships between supporting physical, social, creative and intellectual develop- the child, family and the school is studied. ment for all children. This course includes a review of the his- CHILD DEVELOPMENT 22 torical roots of early childhood programs and the evolution of Practicum In Child Development I the professional practices promoting advocacy, ethics and pro- 4 UNITS (CSU) fessional identity. LECTURE 2 HOURS. LABORATORY 6 HOURS CHILD DEVELOPMENT 3 Prerequisite: Child Development 1, 7 and 11 Creative Experiences for Children I Note: Verification of annual Mantoux test (or chest x-ray) and im- 3 UNITS (CSU) munizations: MMR and Pertussis, is required. LECTURE 3 HOURS Students are assigned to an approved Child Development Students develop and implement creative curriculum for program to demonstrate developmentally appropriate early young children. Activities include: sensory, motor, manipu- childhood teaching competencies under guided supervision. lative, art, music, movement, literacy, math, science, and dra- Students utilize practical classroom experiences to make con- matic play experiences. Emphasis is on environments that nections between theory and practice, develop professional promote creativity and the role of the teacher. behaviors, and build a comprehensive understanding of children and families. Child centered, play-oriented approaches CHILD DEVELOPMENT 7 to teaching, learning, assessment and knowledge of curricu- Introduction to Curriculum In Early Childhood Education I lum content areas is emphasized as Student teachers design, 3 UNITS (CSU) implement and evaluate experiences that promote positive LECTURE 3 HOURS development and learning. Prerequisite: CH DEV 2 , English 28 and 67; or equivalent. CHILD DEVELOPMENT 23 Students learn and develop the knowledge and skills related Practicum In Child Development II to providing appropriate curriculum and environments for 4 UNITS (CSU) young children from birth to age 6. Students examine a teach- PREREQUISITE: CHILD DEVELOPMENT 22 OR EQUIVALENT. LECTURE 2 er’s role in supporting development and engagement for all HOURS. LABORATORY 6 HOURS PER WEEK. young children. Students learn strategies for developmentally-appropriate practice based on observation and assessments Note Verification of current Mantoux test (or chest x-ray) and im- munizations: MMR and Pertussis, is required. across the curriculum, including 1) academic content areas, 2) play, art, and creativity, and 3) development of social-emo- This course provides an advanced practicum experience. Stu- tional, communication, and cognitive skills. dents apply assessment strategies to plan, implement, and evacuate developmentally appropriate activities. Techniques that promote partnerships between teachers and families are developed. An educational philosophy statement, a resume

LACC 2017-2018 GENERAL CATALOG 159 COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

and a professional portfolio are created. Students assigned to legal rules and regulations pertaining to establishing a cen- directed practicum teaching in a child development center ter are emphasized. Students apply licensing information and demonstrate professional and ethical behaviors. knowledge of regulations to design an appropriate environment, create a fiscal pan, marketing strategy and develop an CHILD DEVELOPMENT 30 enrollment and hiring process. This course partially fulfills Infant and Toddler Studies I the licensing requirements for the director 3 UNITS (CSU) LECTURE 3 HOURS CHILD DEVELOPMENT 39 Advisory: English 28 and 67; or equivalent. Administration and Supervision of Early Childhood Programs II 3 UNITS (CSU) Note: Verification of current Mantoux test (or chest x-ray) is LECTURE 3 HOURS required. Students receive an in-depth study of cognitive/language, Prerequisite: Child Development 3 or 4 or 7; and 11 or equivalent. social/emotional and perceptual/motor developmental Students learn how to administrate an Early Childhood Pro- domains and milestones of infants from birth to 36 months, in gram. Students analyze state and federal regulations and the context of respectful relationships. As well as, an overview learn how to apply the information to developing and super- of major theories including attachment, brain development, vising a comprehensive, culturally sensitive, developmen- the value of play, early intervention and relationship-based tally appropriate program. In addition, Students learn about care in the context of family systems: culture, home Ian- appropriate computer applications for administration, how to guage, and traditions. Students will be introduced to the laws write grants and proposals for funds, use advocacy skills for and regulations of safe healthy environments and the rights community improvement, develop leadership skills and team of all infants and toddlers including children at-risk for dis- management techniques, develop a comprehensive parent abilities. Class instruction includes objective observations of partnership, work with program evaluation tools, and under- infants and toddlers in diverse settings. stand legal issues. This course partially fulfills the licensing requirement for the director. CHILD DEVELOPMENT 31 Infant and Toddler Studies II CHILD DEVELOPMENT 42 3 UNITS (CSU) Teaching In a Diverse Society LECTURE 3 HOURS 3 UNITS (CSU) LECTURE 3 HOURS Advisory: English 28 and 67; or equivalent. Note: Verification of current Mantoux test (or chest x-ray) is Students examine the development of social identities in required. diverse societies including theoretical and practical implica- Students learn the principles of inclusive, respectful, caregiv- tions affecting young children, families, programs, teaching, ing for infants and toddlers. Topics include: typical and atypi- education and schooling. Culturally relevant and linguistically cal development, principles of early intervention, appropriate appropriate anti-bias approaches supporting all children in environments, curriculum, infant care licensing; observation, becoming competent members of a diverse society. The course assessment and intervention plans; and tools for family com- involves self-reflection of one’s own understanding of educa- munications and home visits within the context of home lan- tional principles in integrating anti-bias goals in order to bet- guage, culture and traditions. Verification of Mantoux test (TB ter inform teaching practices and/or program development. test) or chest x ray is required. CHILD DEVELOPMENT 44 CHILD DEVELOPMENT 34 Early Intervention for Children with Special Needs 3 UNITS (CSU) Observing and Recording Children’s Behavior 3 UNITS (CSU) This course is designed for Students intending to work with LECTURE 3 HOURS children with special needs. Students examine components of a comprehensive service delivery system that is based on Prerequisite: Child Development 1 and English 28 and English 67 legal mandates and an understanding of typical and atypical or equivalent. development across all domains. Also discussed is the role of Note: Verification of current Mantoux test (or chest x-ray) is observation and documentation in adapting the environment, required. creating instructional strategies for including children with Students learn the appropriate use of assessment and obser- special needs in early childhood programs. vation strategies to document development, growth, play and learning to join with families and professionals in promoting CHILD DEVELOPMENT 45 children’s success. Recording strategies, rating systems, port- Programs for Children with Special Needs folios, and multiple assessment tools are explored. 3 UNITS (CSU) LECTURE 3 HOURS CHILD DEVELOPMENT 38 Advisory: English 28 and 67; or equivalent. Administration and Supervision of Early Childhood Programs I 3 UNITS (CSU) Note: Verification of Mantoux test (or chest x-ray) is required. LECTURE 3 HOURS Students learn about programs for exceptional children and best practices for inclusion of children with special needs Prerequisite: Child Development 3 or 4 or 7; and 11 or equivalent. into educational settings as close to their typically developing Students are prepared to establish and administer an early childhood program. Financial aspects of administration and

160 LACC 2017-2018 GENERAL CATALOG COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

peers as possible. Students explore a variety of disabilities the supervision of a literacy expert. Students design curricu- from a child development perspective includes definition, and lar activities and select quality literature that foster children’s educational implications. language and literacy development.

CHILD DEVELOPMENT 48 CHILD DEVELOPMENT 285 Positive Guidance In Early Childhood Settings Directed Study 3 UNITS (CSU) 2 UNITS (CSU) LECTURE 3 HOURS LECTURE 2 HOURS Students explore developmentally appropriate management Note: A maximum of 3 UNITS in Directed Study may be taken for techniques for children in early childhood settings. Empha- credit. sis is on developing culturally sensitive individualized plans Child Development Students pursue Directed Study on a con- for behavior management of traditional and special needs tract basis under the direction of a supervising instructor. children. Scheduled consultations with the instructor are required. CHILD DEVELOPMENT 65 Adult Supervision and Early Childhood Mentoring CHINESE (CHINESE) 2 UNITS LECTURE 2 HOURS CHINESE 1 Prerequisite: Child Development 22 and 38 or 39. Elementary Chinese I 5 UNITS (UC: CSU) The class focuses on the principles and practices of super- LECTURE 5 HOURS vision and evaluation of staff in Early Childhood Programs. Emphasis is placed on the role of experienced teachers who Advisory: English 28 and 67. mentor or supervise new teachers and Student teachers. This Mandarin Chinese corresponds to the first year of high school meets supervision requirement for the Child Development Chinese. Pronunciation, grammar, practical vocabulary, and Permit. basic facts on the geography, customs and culture of China.

CHILD DEVELOPMENT 84 CHINESE 2 Child Development Laboratory I Elementary Chinese II 5 UNITS (UC: CSU) CHILD DEVELOPMENT 84-1 LECTURE 5 HOURS Child Development Laboratory 1: Curriculum Development 0.5 UNITS (CSU) Prerequisite: Chinese 1 with a satisfactory grade or equivalent. LABORATORY 1 HOUR Competes the elementary Mandarin Chinese grammar; intro- Co-requisite: One of the following Child Development 2, 3, 7,10, duces reading and writing of elementary texts. 22, 42, or 44; or equivalent. CHINESE 3 This course allows Students interested in working in the field Intermediate Chinese I of Child Development, or taking Child Development classes, 5 UNITS (UC: CSU) to use Laboratory materials, curriculum resource books, to LECTURE 5 HOURS design lesson plans, games, and other curricular activities. A Prerequisite: Chinese 2 with a satisfactory grade. $20 Laboratory fee is required. A review of grammar with vocabulary building for conversa- CHILD DEVELOPMENT 84-2 tional fluency, written composition and advanced reading. Child Development Laboratory 1: Technology For the Early Childhood Educator CHINESE 4 0.5 UNITS (CSU) Intermediate Chinese II LABORATORY 1 HOUR 5 UNITS (UC: CSU) LECTURE 5 HOURS Prerequisite: Ch Dev 84-1 Prerequisite: Chinese 3 with a satisfactory grade. Students learn to use Laboratory materials, and technology and equipment to design lesson plans, games, and other cur- The Student learns and completes the study of grammar, ricular activities. A $20 Laboratory fee is required. advanced writing and reading of everyday and literary subjects to study Chinese idiomatic expressions CHILD DEVELOPMENT 85 Child Development Laboratory II CHINESE 10 Chinese Civilization CHILD DEVELOPMENT 85-1 3 UNITS (UC: CSU) Child Development Literacy I Advisory: English 28 and 67. 0.5 UNITS (A) LABORATORY 1 HOUR This course offers the Students lectures and discussions in English on history, culture, geography, government and insti- Students enrolled in Child Development classes who are inter- tutions of China; the life style and customs of the people; the ested in an Early Literacy Laboratory experience focus on language. Literature, arts, and sciences; the contributions to quality literacy experiences such as exposure to age-appro- civilization. priate literacy materials and modeling library habits under

LACC 2017-2018 GENERAL CATALOG 161 COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

CHINESE 21 animated, propaganda, educational, commercial, personal Fundamentals of Chiense I and participatory, cinema verite, and direct cinema. Students 3 UNITS (UC: CSU) will develop critical standards for judging documentary films. Advisory: English 28 and 67. LECTURE 3 HOURS. CINEMA 5 Introduction to Screenwriting Introduces the fundamentals of Mandarin Chinese pronunci- 3 UNITS (CSU) ation, grammar, and practical vocabulary. The Student learns LECTURE 2 HOURS. LABORATORY 2 HOURS basic facts on the geography, customs, and culture of China. Chinese 21 and Chinese 22 together are equivalent to Chinese Prerequisite: Cinema 1, 2, 3, and 4 with satisfactory grades or 1. Advisory: English 28 or equivalent. better Students will write two screenplays. Cinema majors will write CHINESE 22 the scripts for films they will make in Cinema 33. Fundamentals of Chinese II CINEMA 6 CINEMA (CINEMA) Motion Picture Photography 3 UNITS (CSU) CINEMA 1 LECTURE 2 HOURS. LABORATORY 2 HOURS Introduction to Motion Picture Production Prerequisite: Cinema 1, 2, 3, 4, with satisfactory grades or better 3 UNITS (UC: CSU) This course is an introduction to cinematography, including LECTURE 2 HOURS. LABORATORY 2 HOURS optics, photo emulsion, camera operation, laboratory proce- A comprehensive introduction to single-camera motion pic- dures, terminology, and aesthetics. Students complete individ- ture production, film/video techniques and equipment. ual and group projects using 16mm or digital video camera Proper procedures are explained and demonstrated for the equipment use of cameras, lenses, filters, lights, microphones, audio CINEMA 7 recorders and other motion picture equipment. Attention is , Advanced Cinematography and Creative Techniques also given to production planning, shot composition, editing, 3 UNITS (CSU) mixing and post–production. LECTURE 2 HOURS. LABORATORY 2 HOURS Note: This is an equipment techniques and pre-production Prerequisite: Cinema 6 with a satisfactory grade or better class. The hands-on production work is done in sister class An advanced course in creative cinematography covering Cinema 2 (Beginning Motion Picture Workshop); concurrent sophisticated professional equipment and techniques used in enrollment is recommended. the motion picture industry. Emphasis is placed on lighting CINEMA 2 and current industry standards. Beginning Motion Picture Workshop CINEMA 9 3 UNITS (UC: CSU) Motion Picture Sound LECTURE 1 HOUR. LABORATORY 4 HOURS 3 UNITS (CSU) Introductory workshop in practical filmmaking. Each student LECTURE 1 HOUR. LABORATORY 4 HOURS will be responsible for making several short films in digital Prerequisite: Cinema 1, 2, 3, 4 with satisfactory grades or better. video. This course provides an introduction to the theory, terminology and operation of single-camera video production, Students learn the basics of motion picture production and including composition and editing techniques, camera and post-production sound. Students use digital audio recorders, recorder operation, portable lighting, audio control and basic microphones and booms and learn how to properly record editing. This course focuses on the aesthetics and fundamen- sound. Students learn to loop and mix sound using a digital tals of storyboarding, producing, directing for location single audio program. camera production as well as post-production and exhibition. CINEMA 9 - 1 CINEMA 3 Beginning Motion Picture Sound Production History of Motion Pictures 3 UNITS (CSU) LECTURE 2 HOURS. LABORATORY 2 HOURS 3 UNITS (UC: CSU) LECTURE 2 HOURS. LABORATORY 2 HOURS Students learn the basics of motion picture production and Students study the history of the development of motion pic- post-production sound. Hands-on work includes the use of dig- tures, with examples, from their beginnings to the present ital audio recorders, microphones, fishpoles and booms and day. Emphasis is placed on the American feature film. audio editing software.

CINEMA 4 CINEMA 9-2 Reality and Documentary Film History Intermediate Motion Picture Sound and Post 3 UNITS (UC: CSU) Production Sound Design 3 UNITS (CSU) LECTURE 2 HOURS. LABORATORY 2 HOURS LECTURE 2 HOURS. LABORATORY 2 HOURS Students examine the development of films dealing with the Prerequisite: Cinema 9 or 9-1 with satisfactory grades or better. truth. Nonfiction films seen and discussed include: historical, Intermediate television and cinema students are introduced to audio production, post-production software and other

162 LACC 2017-2018 GENERAL CATALOG COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

elements of sound design to create final soundtracks for media CINEMA 32-1 productions. This course explores in depth aesthetic concepts Editing Fundamentals I and real-world audio craftsmanship. CINEMA 32-2 Editing Fundamentals II CINEMA 10 Introduction to Film Directing CINEMA 33-1 3 UNITS (CSU) Digital Video Production Workshop I LECTURE 2 HOURS. LABORATORY 2 HOURS 3 UNITS (CSU) Prerequisite: Cinema 1,2,3, 4 with satisfactory grades or better. LECTURE 1 HOUR. LABORATORY 4 HOURS The student is introduced to the crafts of acting and directing Prerequisite: Cinema 1, 2, 3, and 4 with satisfactory grades or for the film medium. bette r. Intermediate film and television Students produce short video CINEMA 18 projects using digital video cameras and editing systems. Inroduction to Film Genres 3 UNITS (UC:CSU) CINEMA 33-2 LECTURE 2 HOURS. LABORATORY 2 HOURS Digital Video Production Workshop II 3 UNITS (CSU) Students explore the main film genres along with the specific LECTURE 1 HOUR. LABORATORY 4 HOURS contributions of the major filmmakers in each genre, and the style and practices of studio production, marketing, and distri- Prerequisite: Cinema 33 or 33-1 with satisfactory grades or better. bution. Each class includes the screening of a significant fea- Intermediate film and television students will extensively ture-length film that typifies or exemplifies that genre. plan, shoot and edit two short or one longer advanced digital video project(s). Special emphasis will be on preproduc- CINEMA 20 tion planning. Business Aspects of Motion Picture Production 3 UNITS (CSU) CINEMA 38-1 LECTURE 3 HOURS Motion Picture Stage Grip A Prerequisite: Cinema 1, 2, 3, 4, with satisfactory grades or better. 3 UNITS (A) LECTURE 2 HOURS. LABORATORY 2 HOURS OPEN TO ALL STUDENTS. Students survey business practices of the motion picture industry including the development, financing, production and dis- In this hands-on course, students learn basic grip skills and tribution of media content. Through individual and group operate grip equipment and tools presently in use in motion collaboration in a workshop setting, student creates a prepro- picture stages, television studios, and on location during film duction business package including a treatment, screenplay, and television production from the course textbook. business letter, bio, AD breakdown, production strip board, schedule, budget, storyboards, location sketches, and movie CINEMA 38-2 poster. Students work in groups to create and deliver a verbal Motion Picture Stage Grip B pitch and presentation for a short film to an industry panel. 3 UNITS (A) LECTURE 2 HOURS. LABORATORY 2 HOURS. CINEMA 25 Open to all Students. Producing Digital Video Features 3 UNITS (A) In this hands-on course, students learn additional basic grip LECTURE 3 HOURS skills and operate grip equipment and tools presently in use in motion picture stages, television studios, and on location Students research and prepare independent motion picture during film and television production not covered in Cinema projects. Activities include: developing screenplays, research- 38A. ing state of the art media and business issues, analyzing professional production solutions and creating business plans. CINEMA 185 Students will learn professional standards for intellectual Directed Study property, privacy and publicity rights as well as financing, 1 UNIT (CSU) contracts, production issues, capture, distribution formats/ LECTURE 1 HOUR outlets, and marketing. Students do case studies of contem- Prerequisite Cinema 5 or Cinema 33 porary “independent film” projects, including micro-budget The student creates a writing, mentoring or post-production films as well as low-budget films. study project as agreed upon by the student and a supervis- CINEMA 32 ing instructor. Editing Fundamentals CINEMA 501 3 UNITS (A) Media Aesthetics and Design for Film and Digital Media LECTURE 1 HOURS. LABORATORY 4 HOURS 3 UNITS (UC:CSU) Prerequisite: Cinema 1, 2, 3 and 4 with satisfactory grades or LECTURE 2 HOURS. LABORATORY 2 HOURS. better. Prerequisite: Photo 7 with a satisfactory grade or better. Intermediate students learn the principles of editing, using The tudent learns the analysis of film and modern visual digital nonlinear editing equipment. s media, including the cinema, television, the internet, advertising, social networking and fine art. The Student learns to

LACC 2017-2018 GENERAL CATALOG 163 COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

examine the broad questions of form and content, aesthetics COMMUNICATION STUDIES (COMM) and meaning, and history and culture, exploring the diverse possibilities presented by the cinematic art form through an COMMUNICATION STUDIES 76 examination of a wide variety of productions, national cine- English Speech as a Second Language IV mas, and film movements. Topics include modes of produc- 3 UNITS (CSU) (RPT 1) tion, narrative and non-narrative forms, visual design, edit- LECTURE 3 HOURS ing, sound, genre, ideology and critical analysis. This course is Prerequisite: COMM 73 COMM 60C or appropriate placement recommended for all cinema and photography majors, and is score. open to graphic artists as well as the general public. Co-requisite: COMM 60D. CINEMA 911 Advisories: ESL 6A, 6B Cooperative Education - Cinema Students accomplish speaking English as a second language 1 UNIT (CSU) fluently during in-class discussions and presentations. They LECTURE 1 HOUR acquire more skills with specific areas of articulation, pro- Advisory: Cinema 1 with a satisfactory grade or better nunciation, fluency and oral composition when presenting Cooperative Education is a work experience course that grants speeches and conversing in small groups. This is a level seven college credit for supervised employment for internships in course is taken concurrently with Communication Studies the field of entertainment. Students will gain on the job train- 60D ing, enhance work skills, and career awareness. Completion of COMMUNICATION STUDIES 91 at least seven units, including Cooperative Education, at the Speech Laboratory I end of the semester is required. Students must be employed 1 UNIT (A) or volunteering/interning in order to participate in program. LABORATORY 3 HOURS CINEMA 921 Advisory: COMM 76 and COMM 60D with a satisfactory grade Cooperative Education - Cinema or English 28 and 67 or equivalent. 2 UNITS (CSU) Students learn about their own areas of speech functioning LECTURE 2 HOURS that require intervention such as adjusting respiration, pho- Advisory: Cinema 1 with a satisfactory grade or better nation, resonation, articulation and cerebration. Results of an evaluation will become the basis of an educational plan Students receive work experience that grants college credit for of speech communication exercises. Students also learn the supervised employment for internships in the field of enter- basic procedures for using computer-aided speech exercises tainment. Students will gain on-the-job training, enhance and acquire fundamental skills in recording orally read text, work skills, and career awareness. Completion of at least analyzing their speech production and re-recording to accom- seven units, including Cooperative Education, at the end of plish mastery of new speech patterns. Students produce these the semester is required. Students must be employed or volun- newly acquired patterns with in a speech rate range of 60-89 teering/interning in order to participate in program. words per minute and 90% mastery of the assigned speech CINEMA 931 tasks. Cooperative Education - Cinema 3 UNITS (CSU) COMMUNICATION STUDIES 92 LECTURE 3 HOURS Speech Laboratory II 1 UNIT (A) Advisory: Cinema 1 with a satisfactory grade or better LABORATORY 3 HOURS Students receive work experience that grants college credit for Prerequisite: COMM 91 with a satisfactory grade. supervised employment for internships in the field of enter- Students learn to differentiate their second set of speech func- tainment. Students will gain on the job training, enhance tioning areas that require intervention based on the results work skills, and career awareness. Completion of at least of a second level evaluation. Students use computer-aided seven units, including Cooperative Education, at the end of speech exercises and acquire mastery of more complex speech the semester is required. Students must be employed or volun- patterns by recording and analyzing their speech production teering/interning in order to participate in program. followed by re-recording it. Students produce these newly CINEMA 941 acquired patterns within a speech rate range of 90-119 words Cooperative Education - Cinema per minute and 90% mastery of the assigned speech tasks. 4 UNITS (CSU) COMMUNICATION STUDIES 93 LECTURE 4 HOURS Speech Laboratory Ill Advisory: Cinema 1 with a satisfactory grade or better 1 UNIT Students receive work experience that grants college credit for LABORATORY 3 HOURS supervised employment for internships in the field of enter- Prerequisite: Communication Studies 92 tainment. Students will gain on-the-job training, and Students learn to assimilate the prior two levels in this third enhance work skills, and career awareness. Completion of set of speech functioning areas that require intervention based at least seven units, including Cooperative Education, at the on the results of a third level evaluation. Students use com- end of the semester is required. Students must be employed or puter-aided speech exercises and conversational practice dia- volun-teering/interning in order to participate in program. logues to apply complex integrated speech tasks. Recording

164 LACC 2017-2018 GENERAL CATALOG COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

and analyzing their speech production followed by re-record- and evaluation of political, marketplace and social communi- ing to accomplish mastery of the third level of new speech cation; structure of argument; analysis of assumptions, evi- patterns is also followed by small group guided conversational dence, language, formal and informal fallacies; techniques of dialogues. Students produce the integrated speech patterns creating effective and sound arguments. within a speech rate range of 120-149 words per minute and 90% mastery of the assigned speech tasks. COMMUNICATION STUDIES 106 Forensics COMMUNICATION STUDIES 94 2 UNITS (RPT 3) (CSU) Speech Laboratory IV LECTURE 1 HOUR. LABORATORY 3 HOURS 1 UNIT Students participate in competitive speaking in public address, LABORATORY 3 HOURS interpretation and/or debate as part of the LACC Forensics Prerequisite: Communication Studies 93 Team. Students develop the skills to research and prepare Students learn to generalize and habituate the prior three lev- for intercollegiate forensics tournaments outside of regularly els of speech functioning areas that have required intervention scheduled class hours. Students practice effective verbal and based on the results of a fourth level evaluation. Students uti- nonverbal communicative techniques, develop speaker cred- lize the prior learned technology and computer-aided speech ibility, and demonstrate confidence before an audience. This exercises and conversational practice dialogues/feedback course is repeatable up to three times and meets AA degree strategies transfer these skills for presenting short researched requirements. topics while applying the complex integrated speech tasks. COMMUNICATION STUDIES 111 Students produce the integrated speech patterns within a pre- Voice and Articulation sentation speech rate range of 150-185+ words per minute and 3 UNITS (CSU) 90% mastery of the assigned speech tasks. LECTURE 3 HOURS Advisories: English 28 and 67 or Comm 76 TRANSFER COURSES Students study methods of voice development and demonstrate improved speech production. Focus will be on the res- COMMUNICATION STUDIES 101 piration process, phonation, resonation, and articulation Public Speaking 3 UNITS (UC: CSU) and their coordination in pronunciation and effective vocal LECTURE 3 HOURS expression. Students practice accuracy of sound production for Standard American English through use of the Interna- Advisory: English 101 or 28, 67 or appropriate score on the Col- tional Phonetic Alphabet. This course is suited for any major lege Placement or career where speaking clearly is a requirement. Students study the theory and techniques of public speaking in a democratic society. They learn discovery, development, COMMUNICATION STUDIES 121 and criticism of ideas in public discourse through research, Interpersonal Communication reasoning, organization, composition, presentation, and eval- 3 UNITS (UC: CSU) uation of various types of speeches including informative and LECTURE 3 HOURS persuasive extemporaneous public speeches utilizing effec- Advisory: English 28 and 67 or COMM 76 with a satisfactory tive outlines, structure and style. grade. Students explore communication in a variety of interpersonal COMMUNICATION STUDIES 104 relationships. Students will study communication behaviors Argumentation and Debate 3 UNITS (UC: CSU) in dyads (pairs) and their impact on personal and professional LECTURE 3 HOURS relationships, developing effective communication skills in areas such as verbal and nonverbal communication, listening, Prerequisite: Communication Studies 101 emotional intelligence, and conflict management. This course Advisory: English 101. meets AA degree and transfer requirements. Students explore methods of critical inquiry, advocacy and argumentation. Students will analyze, present and evaluate COMMUNICATION STUDIES 122 oral and written arguments, identify fallacies in reasoning Intercultural Communication 3 UNITS(UC: CSU) and language, test evidence and evidence sources, advance LECTURE 3 HOURS a reasoned position, and defend and refute arguments orally and in writing. This course meets AA degree and transfer Advisories: Communication Studies 121 and English 101 requirements in critical and analytic thinking. Students analyze dynamics of culture within a variety of communication contexts. Students will explore cultural worl- COMMUNICATION STUDIES 105 dviews and values, verbal and nonverbal communication Critical Thinking styles, and barriers to intercultural communication. Focus 3 UNITS (CSU) will be on recognizing and appreciating cultural differences LECTURE 3 HOURS and improving intercultural communication competence for Prerequisite: English 101 more effective interactions with others in a diverse society. Principles of argumentation and critical thinking. Instruction This course meets AA degree and transfer requirements. In This course is designed to allow Students an understanding of Communication Studies and critical methodology; analysis

LACC 2017-2018 GENERAL CATALOG 165 COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

COMMUNICATION STUDIES 130 COMPUTER SCIENCE (CO SCI) Introduction to Oral Interpretation of Literature 3 UNITS (UC: CSU) CO SCI 101 LECTURE 3 HOURS Introduction to Computers and Their Uses Advisory: English 28 and 67 or equivalent with a satisfactory 4 UNITS (UC: CSU) grade. LECTURE 3 HOURS. LABORATORY 2 HOURS Students study the theory, principles, and techniques of Credit not allowed if Student has credit for CO SC/103. oral interpretation of literature. Texts include prose, poetry, drama, and other forms of performance text drawn from a Students receive instruction in computer hardware, software, diverse range of cultural viewpoints and voices. Students will terminology, ethics, and social impact, pus and overview of focus on selection, analysis, editing, performance, and evalu- operating systems, word processing, spreadsheets, database ation; developing an appreciation for and an understanding of management systems, and telecommunications and networks. oral interpretation as a communication medium. This course A general computer literacy course open to all Students. meets AA degree and transfer requirements. CO SCI 103 COMMUNICATION STUDIES 151 Introduction to Computer Systems for MIS 4 UNITS (UC: CSU) Small Group Communication LECTURE 3 HOURS. LABORATORY 2 HOURS 3 UNITS (CSU) LECTURE 3 HOURS Students receive an introduction to computers for a one-se- Students study the theory, principles, application and evalua- mester transfer course or for certificates or a degree in tion of group communication processes. Students learn effec- CSIT. Topics include computers, programming and systems tive problem-solving, decision-making, and conflict manage- design, programming languages and flowcharting. Laboratory ment techniques, including the development of individual includes word processing, spreadsheets, database concepts leadership skills. Focus will be on collaborative learning that and extensive programming in Visual BASIC. can be achieved by responsible group participation. This CO SCI 104 course meets AA degree and transfer requirements. Mathematics for Programmers 3 UNITS (CSU) COMMUNICATION STUDIES 190 LECTURE 3 HOURS Communication and New Media 3 UNITS (CSU) Advisory: CO SC/103 or equivalent. LECTURE 3 HOURS The Student develops mathematical reasoning and general Advisory: English 101 problem solving skills using topics from discrete mathemat- This course introduces computer-mediated communication. ics including first order logic, boolean algebra, set theory, rela- Students examine how the Internet, specifically popular cul- tions and functions, combinations and permutations, discrete ture, social media, websites, blogs, YouTube, and social net- probability, graph theory, and finite state machine. works, have reshaped communication practices. The course CO SCI 107 offers an overview of relevant theories and critical issues Programming Logic while providing Students with the opportunity to apply com- 3 UNITS (UC: CSU) munication skills using new media. LECTURE 3 HOURS COMMUNICATION STUDIES 185 Prerequisite: CO SCI 103 with a satisfactory grade or better or Directed Study equivalent. 1 UNIT (CSU) (RPT 2) The Student develops program design skills and general prob- COMMUNICATION STUDIES 285 lem solving skills by applying structured programming tech- DIRECTED STUDY niques to program specifications and already written pro- 2 UNITS (CSU) grams. The Student learns to write program designs and documentation from descriptions of programs and from the COMMUNICATION STUDIES 385 analysis of already written programs DIRECTED STUDY 3 UNITS (CSU) CO SCI 108 Prerequisite: 2.5 grade point average and at least 6 UNITS of Beginning Visual Basic Programming transferable courses COMM 101, 102, 104, 121 and approval of 3 UNITS (UC: CSU) the project. LECTURE 3 HOURS Students independently pursue research of specific topics in Prerequisite: CO SCI 101 with a satisfactory grade or better or Communication Studies as a directed study on a contract basis equivalent. under the direction of a supervising instructor. Refer to the The Student learns program language terminology, the syn- “Directed Study” section of this catalog for additional informa- tax and semantics of an event-driven, object-oriented pro- tion. Credit Limit: A maximum of 3 UNITSin Directed Study gram language, how to solve problems from descriptions of may be taken for credit the problem in English and how to translate problem solution descriptions to Visual Basic.

166 LACC 2017-2018 GENERAL CATALOG COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

CO SCI 117 CO SCI 138 Beginning Microcomputer Assembly Language Programming Advanced Visual Basic Programming 4 UNITS (UC: CSU) 3 UNITS (UC: CSU) LECTURE 3 HOURS. LABORATORY 2 HOURS LECTURE 2 HOURS. LABORATORY 2 HOURS The Student learns about organization and operation of real Prerequisite: CO SCI 108 with a satisfactory grade or better or computer systems at the assembly-language level; mapping equivalent. statements and constructs in a high-level language onto An advanced programming course in the Visual Basic .Net pro- sequences of machine instructions as well as the internal rep- gramming language with objects, classes, exception handling, resentations of simple data types and structures; investigates GUI, DBMS, SQL, ASP.NET, Data Structures, and Recursion. basic principles of operating systems and programming language translation process; the various data representation CO SCI 139 errors and potential procedural errors. C++ Programming I 3 UNITS (UC: CSU) CO SCI 121 LECTURE 2 HOURS. LABORATORY 2 HOURS Android Apps Inventor Prerequisite: CO SCI 103 with satisfactory grades or better. CO SCI 122 The Student learns all CS1 topics including Problem Analy- Mobile Application Development - iOS sis and Program Design, Simple Data Types, Streams and CO SCI 123 File I/O, Control Structures, Functions, Arrays, and Strings, Mobile Application Development - Android emphasizing procedural programming with C++. CO SCI 124 CO SCI 140 Python Programming C++ Programming II 3 UNITS (UC: CSU) CO SCI 133 LECTURE 2 HOURS. LABORATORY 2 HOURS Micro Database Programming 3 UNITS (CSU) Prerequisite: CO SCI 139 with a satisfactory grade or better or LECTURE 2 HOURS. LABORATORY 2 HOURS equivalent. The Students learn the essential principles and concepts of Student learns Object-Oriented and advanced programming microcomputer database environment. A comprehensive with C++ including Classes, Data Abstractions, Inheritance, examination of the functions of a database command lan- Composition, Virtual Functions, Operators & Functions Over- guage is included. loading, Templates, Exception Handling, Recursion, Pointers, Dynamic Data Types, and Linked Lists. CO SCI 134 Operating Systems CO SCI 141 3 UNITS (CSU) Programming in JAVA LECTURE 2 HOURS. LABORATORY 2 HOURS 3 UNITS (UC: CSU) LECTURE 2 HOURS. LABORATORY 3 HOURS Prerequisite: CO SCI 101 with a satisfactory grade or better or equivalent. Prerequisite: CO SCI 103 and 141 with a satisfactory grade or better or equivalent. The Student gains knowledge and skills necessary to install, plan and maintain a Windows 7, one of the four core required Students learn the basics of procedural programming, plus the courses of Microsoft Windows Certified Systems Engineer concepts of Object Oriented Programming. (MCSE), and prepares Students for the related Microsoft exam. CO SCI 142 CO SCI 136 Advanced JAVA Introduction to Data Structures 3 UNITS (CSU) 3 UNITS (UC: CSU) LECTURE 2 HOURS. LABORATORY 3 HOURS LECTURE 2 HOURS. LABORATORY 2 HOURS Prerequisite: CO SCI103 and 141 with a satisfactory grade or bet- Prerequisite: CO SCI 103 with a satisfactory grade or better or ter or equivalent. equivalent. The Student learns about: UML, MultiThreading, Networking, The Student learns to apply complex data structures to the Exception handling, Recursion, Files & Streams, JDBC, RMI, design of solutions to programming problems. The Student Inheritance, Polymorphism. This course is a sequel to CS141. learns to incorporate arrays, stacks, queues, dequeues, trees This course will prepare a Student to sit for the - Sun Certified and graphs in the design of programs with the highly desir- JAVA Programmer - industry certification exam. able result that the programs produced thereby are more data CO SCI 148 driven, more object oriented and more easily modified than Advanced Spreadsheet Applications designs that rely primarily on passing data among functions. 3 UNITS (CSU) LECTURE 2 HOURS. LABORATORY 3 HOURS Prerequisite: CO SCI101 or 103 with a satisfactory grade or better or equivalent. Students receive guidance in advanced spreadsheet operations, including nested functions, data tables, exporting/

LACC 2017-2018 GENERAL CATALOG 167 COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

importing data, what-if-analysis, macro development, macro, COSCI 162 logic, printing enhancements and spreadsheet systems PL/1 Programming development. 3 UNITS (CSU) LECTURE 2 HOURS. LABORATORY 3 HOURS CO SCI 151 Prerequisite: CO SCI 158 with a satisfactory grade or better or Adobe Dreamweaver I equivalent. 4 UNITS (A) LECTURE 2 HOURS. LABORATORY 1 HOUR Advisory: CO SCI 141 and 139. This course teaches web page development with JavaScript. Advisory: CO SCI108 with a satisfactory grade or better or This course reviews introductory JavaScript language fea- equivalent. tures. This course also covers advanced topics including The Student receives an extensive practical and theoretical object-oriented programming, the Document Object Model framework for using Adobe’s Dreamweaver to develop web (DOM), touch and mobile interfaces. It also teaches how to use sites, including enhancements for web page Iayout, coding, regular expressions, closures, callbacks, namespaces, and the and Webmaster-user interactivity; server - and client-side module pattern. Introduces JSON to transmit and store data. scripting. CO SCI 166 CO SCI152 Discrete Structures with Applications Adobe Flash 3 UNITS (CSU) 3 UNITS (A) LECTURE 2 HOURS. LABORATORY 2 HOURS LECTURE 2 HOURS. LABORATORY 1 HOUR Prerequisite: Math 125 and CO SCI 104 with a satisfactory grade Prerequisite: CO SCI 151 with a satisfactory grade or better or or better or equivalent. equivalent. Co-requisite: CO SCI 141 or 139 Students learn Macromedia’s Flash; a state-of-the-art Web ani- This course is an introduction to the discrete structures used mation software for creating highly-compact, vector-based in Computer Science with an emphasis on their applications. content for transmission over the Internet. Topics presented Topics covered include: functions, relations and sets, basic include introduction to ActionScript, Event Handlers, objects logic, proof techniques, basics of counting, graphs, trees, and and Dynamic Data. discrete probability. CO SCI 155 CO SCI 185 Electronic Commerce (E-Commerce) Directed Study - Co Sci CO SCI158 1 UNIT (RPT 2) (CSU) Hyper-Text Markup Language (HTML) LECTURE 1 HOUR 3 UNITS (CSU) Computer science Students will pursue on their own an LECTURE 2 HOURS. LABORATORY 2 HOURS in-depth study of a subject of special interest in the field of Prerequisite: CO SCI 101 with a satisfactory grade or better or computer science topic(s). Consultation with the instructor on equivalent. a weekly basis, plus independent work is required. The Student learns basic internet concepts and technologies. The Student learns to develop web sites by applying con- CO SCI 186 cepts like tables, layers, cascading styles sheets, frame sets, Introduction to Oracle: SQL and PUSQL image maps, lists, forms, and dynamic content using basic 3 UNITS (CSU) LECTURE 2 HOURS. LABORATORY 3 HOURS JavaScript. The Student learns the concepts of both relational and object COSCI 159 relational databases and the SQL language. Students learn Web Projects about data server technology and how to create and maintain 3 UNITS (CSU) database objects and how to store, retrieve, and manipulate LECTURE 2 HOURS. LABORATORY 2 HOURS data. Prerequisite: CO SCI 158 and 161 with a satisfactory grade or better or equivalent. CO SCI 187 Student learn about web development using current technol- Oracle DBA (Database Administration) Part 1A: Architecture and Administration ogy. Topics include NOSQL database, Javascript and JSON, 3 UNITS developing single page application using Angular and using LECTURE 2 HOURS. LABORATORY 3 HOURS Express to handle web page routing. This will be exemplified using the MEAN stack and Students will create a meaning- Prerequisite: CO SCI 186 with a satisfactory grade or better or ful capstone project. Creating web sites and apps for mobile equivalent. devices using Bootstrap and ionic framework will also be The Student receives a firm foundation in basic administrative covered. tasks and the necessary knowledge and skills to set up, maintain, and troubleshoot an oracle database. The Students Iearn to use an administration tool to startup and shutdown a database, manage file and database storage, and manage users and their privileges.

168 LACC 2017-2018 GENERAL CATALOG COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

CO SCI 188 interfaces, modems, and transmission media; and examine Oracle DBA (Database Administration) Part 1B: Backup and the most important protocols involved in moving data over a Recovery communication network. 3 UNITS COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY 5 LECTURE 2 HOURS. LABORATORY 3 HOURS Fundamentals of Electronics I Prerequisite: CO SCI 187 with a satisfactory grade or better or 4 UNITS (CSU) equivalent. LECTURE 3 HOURS. LABORATORY 3 HOURS This course focuses on planning and implementing database Students learn the concepts of direct current circuits, includ- backup and recovery strategies. The class addresses backup ing basics of electricity, series and parallel circuits, meters, and recovery techniques and examines various database batteries, resistors, and magnetism. The laboratory empha- backup, failure, restore and recovery scenarios. In hands-on sizes skills in the analysis of circuits and the use of test exercises, Students examine backup methodologies based on equipment. mission critical requirements of business enterprises. COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY 6 CO SCI 198 Fundamentals of Electronics II Pusql Programming For Oracle 4 UNITS (CSU) 3 UNITS LECTURE 3 HOURS. LABORATORY 3 HOURS LECTURE 2 HOURS. LABORATORY 3 HOURS The student receives a detailed study of alternating current Prerequisite: CO SCI 186 with a satisfactory grade or better or theory and applications, including reactance, impedance, res- equivalent. onance, transformers, coupling, filters, bandpass, and time The Student learns the Oracle PLISQL language which pro- constants. The laboratory emphasizes skills in the use of test vides for programming logic features not contained within equipment in AC circuits. SQL. Also, the grammar, syntax and benefits of using the PLISQL language within an Oracle database environment COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY 12 are considered. The Student creates and manages user-de- Introduction to Computer Hardware fined packages and Oracle supplied packages, plus creating 4 UNITS (CSU) functions and procedures to encapsulate business function- LECTURE 3 HOURS. LABORATORY 3 HOURS ality. The skills to take an Oracle Developer Certification are Students learn technology of computer hardware such as provided. microprocessor, RAM, BIOS/CMOS, motherboard, power sup- CO SCI 285 ply, HDD, FDD, CD, DVD, video, sound, and printer; how these Directed Study - Computer form a working system; and simple troubleshooting of PC sys- Science Information Technology tems. This course is one of two courses on the computer hard- 2 UNITS (CSU) ware and operation to prepare Students for CompTIA A+ cer- LECTURE 2 HOURS tification exam.

Computer science Students can pursue on their own an COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY 14 in-depth study of a subject of special interest in the field of A-Plus Certification Preparation Computer Science topic(s). Consultation with the instructor 4 UNITS on a weekly basis, plus independent work is required. LECTURE 3 HOURS. LABORATORY 3 HOURS One of two courses on the computer hardware and opera- COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY (CO tion to prepare Students for CompTIA A+ certification exam. TECH) Includes technology of portable computers, printers, understanding, installing and upgrading Microsoft Windows operat- COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY 1 ing systems, working with the Windows Command Line Inter- Introduction to Computer for Technicians face, troubleshooting and maintenance of Windows, essentials 4 UNITS (CSU) of computer security, networking, and internet. LECTURE 3 HOURS. LABORATORY 3 HOURS COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY 15 Advisory: English 28 and 6 7. No UC credit if taken after Spring CompTIA Network+ Certification Preparation 1994. 4 UNITS In this first course in the computer technology major Students LECTURE 3 HOURS. LABORATORY 3 HOURS learn the physical aspects of computer hardware and low level Prerequisite: Computer Technology 4 with a satisfactory grade. programming. Provides an in-depth examination of the technology and skills COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY 4 necessary to install, configure, and operate local and wide- Introduction to Computer Networks area computer networks. Prepare the Student for the Comp- 4 UNITS TIA Network+ Certification examination. LECTURE 3 HOURS. LABORATORY 3 HOURS The Students gain basic understanding of networking technologies, the OSI model, methods of signaling and encoding,

LACC 2017-2018 GENERAL CATALOG 169 COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY 16 CO TECH 30 Security+ Certification Preparation Introduction To Microprocessors 4 UNITS COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY 36 LECTURE 3 HOURS. LABORATORY 3 HOURS Digital Devices and Circuits Prerequisite: Co Tech 4 4 UNITS Students learn concepts of computer and network-security LECTURE 3 HOURS. LABORATORY 3 HOURS and gain skills necessary to apply knowledge of security con- Prerequisite: Computer Technology 20 with a satisfactory grade. cepts, tools, and procedures to react to security incidents, and Advisory: Electronics 8. guard against the security risks. At the end of the course Stu- Students learn about digital integrated circuit devices such dents are prepared for the CopmpTIA Security+ certification as registers, counters, encoder/decoders, multiplexer/demul- exam. tiplexers, memory devices, and programmable logic arrays. COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY 17 Laboratory emphasizes use of dual-trace oscilloscope. Healthcare IT Technician Certification Preparation 3 UNITS COOPERATIVE EDUCATION (COOP LECTURE 2 HOURS. LABORATORY 2 HOURS ED) Students learn concepts of Healthcare IT systems and gain skills necessary to apply knowledge to implement, deploy, COOPERATIVE EDUCATION 195 and support IT systems in the healthcare field. Students will Work Experience - General I also learn the concepts of code of conduct policies and secu- 1 UNIT (RPT 1) (CSU) rity best practices in medical facilities in order to support LECTURE 1 HOUR Electronic Health Records (EHR) systems. At the end of the Students receive college credit for supervised employment course, Students are prepared to take the CompTIA Health- intended to assist Students in acquiring desirable work habits, care IT Technician certification exam. attitudes and career awareness. Topics include preparing for CO TECH 19 the changing job market, writing applications and resumes, Mobility+ Certification Preparation communication skills, and awareness of on-the job relations with other employees, supervisors, and the general public. COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY 20 The work experience need not be related to the student’s edu- Computer Logic and Arithmetic cational goals. Students must work 75 paid hours or 60 volun- 4 UNITS (CSU) teer hours during the semester. LECTURE 3 HOURS. LABORATORY 3 HOURS Prerequisites: Electronics 4 and Electronics 10. COOP ED 196 The Student learns the essential number and logic theory Work Experience - General II upon which digital computers today are based. COOPERATIVE EDUCATION 295 Work Experience - General II CO TECH 25 2 UNITS (RPT 2) (CSU) Cloud+ Certification Preparation LECTURE 2 HOURS COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY 30 Students receive supervised employment intended to assist Introduction to Microprocessors them in acquiring desirable work habits, attitudes and career 4 UNITS awareness. Topics include preparing for the changing job mar- LECTURE 3 HOURS. LABORATORY 3 HOURS ket, writing applications and resumes, communication skills, Prerequisite: Computer Technology 20 with a satisfactory grade. and awareness of on-the-job relations with other employees, Co-requisite: Computer Technology 36. supervisors, and the general public. The work experience Advisory: Electronics 8. need not be related to the student’s educational goals. Students Students receive a survey of various microprocessor devices must work 150 paid hours or 120 volunteer hours during the with an in-depth analysis of a selected microprocessor. semester. Emphasis is placed on the architecture, instruction set, 1/0 COOP ED 296 interfacing, and typical applications of selected devices. Work Experience II COOPERATIVE EDUCATION 395 Work Experience - General I 3 UNITS (RPT 3) (CSU) LECTURE 3 HOURS Students receive supervised employment intended to assist Students in acquiring desirable work habits, attitudes and career awareness. Topics include preparing for the changing job market, writing applications and resumes, communication skills, and awareness of on-the-job relations with other employees, supervisors, and the general public. The work

170 LACC 2017-2018 GENERAL CATALOG COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

experience need not be related to the student’s educational DANCE SPECIALTIES 321 (FORMERLY DNCESPC 440) goals. Students must work 225 paid hours or 180 volunteer Social Dance Techniques I hours during the semester. 1 UNIT (UC: CSU) Students learn basic social dance steps and combinations, ter- COOP ED 396 minology, music and appreciation of dance as an art form. Work Experience II DANCE SPECIALTIES 331 (FORMERLY DNCESPC 446) CORRECTIONS (CORR) Tap Dance Techniques I 1 UNIT (UC: CSU) CORRECTIONS 1 Students learn basic tap dance steps and combinations, termi- Introduction to Corrections nology, music, and appreciation of dance as an art form. 3 UNITS (CSU) LECTURE 3 HOURS DANCE STUDIES (DANCEST) The Student learns a history of and critical analysis of punishment, the various types of punishment, alternatives to pun- DANCE STUDIES 185 ishment, and the impact of punishment on the Criminal Jus- Directed Study - Dance tice System, corrections, a critical examination of the types 1 UNIT (CSU) of correctional institutions and the clients housed in each LABORATORY 2 HOURS institution, and an examination of contemporary correctional Students pursue directed study in Dance on a contractual issues. basis under the direction of a supervising instructor. Refer to the ‘Directed Study Dance’ section in the catalog for additional COUNSELING (COUNSEL) information. Consent of instructor. DANCE STUDIES 301 COUNSELING 20 Introduction to Choreography I Post-Secondary Education: the Scope of Career Planning 1 UNIT (UC: CSU) 3 UNIT (UC: CSU) Prerequisite: Dance Technique 111 or 121 or 141 Advisory: Eligibility for English 28 and 67 or equivalent Students choreograph and perform dances with emphasis on This course is designed for Students who are undecided about energy space and time using basic steps and combinations, their career and/or educational goals. it is a hands on and spacing, design, terminology, and music, Students learn an interactive career planning process that includes the follow- appreciation of dance as a performing art form. ing topics: Self-exploration, clarification on values, interest and skills analysis, researching career options, interviewing DANCE STUDIES 302 skills, decision making, and goal setting process. Counselors Introduction to Choreography II will assist Students in creating an educational plan based on 1 UNIT (UC: CSU) major and career goals to be included in the final portfolio. Prerequisite: Dance Studies 301 COUNSELING 40 Students choreograph and perform dances with a minimum of College Success Seminar 2 people with emphasis on basic steps and combinations, spac- 3 UNIT (UC: CSU) ing, design, terminology, music, and appreciation of dance as Advisory: Eligibility for English 28 and 67 or equivalent a performing art form. This course will explore issues related to higher education DANCE STUDIES 303 that impact Student success. Topics will include an overview Introduction to Choreography Ill of academic success skills, value and purpose of higher edu- 1 UNIT (UC: CSU) cation. Los Angeles City College and Los Angeles Community Prerequisite: Dance Studies 302 College District policies and procedures, ethics and responsi- Students choreograph and perform dances using at least bility, diversity in higher education, learning strategies and 3 people or more with an emphasis on clear intention of educational planning ,interpersonal communication, career dance, energy, space, and time, using basic, intermediate, or development, health issues, and self-assessment techniques. advanced steps and combinations, design, proper terminology, music, internal or external rhythms, themes and varia- DANCES SPECIALTIES (DNCESPC) tions in dynamics, contrasts and direction. Students develop a greater appreciation and understanding of the tools necessary DANCE SPECIALTIES 311 (FORMERLY DNCESPC 459) to create the dance as a performing art form. Flamenco and Spanish Dance DANCE STUDIES 304 1UNIT (UC: CSU) Introduction to Choreography IV Students learn basic flamenco and Spanish dance with an 1 UNIT (UC: CSU) emphasis on correct posture, individual steps, arm move- Prerequisite: Dance Studies 303 ments, terminology, various rhythms, and basic step Students choreograph and perform dances for 4 or more peo- combinations. ple ,with emphasis on more advanced phrasing of movement

LACC 2017-2018 GENERAL CATALOG 171 COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

combination spacing, design, terminology, music, an appreci- DANCE TECHNIQUES 122 ation of dance as a performing art form and develop an ability Jazz Dance Techniques II to view dance critically. 1 UNIT (UC: CSU) Prerequisite: Dance Techniques 121 DANCE STUDIES 805 Students learn elementary jazz dance technique with an History and Appreciation of Dance emphasis on basic elementary level steps, combinations, ter- 3 UNITS (UC: CSU) minology, music, and appreciation of dance as a performing LECTURE 3 HOURS art form. Advisory: English 28 and 67. Students analyze dynamics of culture within a variety of DANCE TECHNIQUES 123 communication contexts. Students will explore cultural worl- Jazz Dance Techniques Ill 1 UNIT (UC: CSU) dviews and values, verbal and nonverbal communication styles, and barriers to intercultural communication. Focus Prerequisite: Dance Techniques 122 will be on recognizing and appreciating cultural differences Students learn intermediate jazz dance technique with an and improving intercultural communication competence for emphasis on intermediate level steps, combinations, termi- more effective interactions with others in a diverse society. nology, music, and appreciation of dance as a performing art This course meets AA degree and transfer requirements. form. DANCE TECHNIQUES 124 DANCE TECHNIQUES (DANCETQ) Jazz Dance Techniques IV 1 UNIT (UC: CSU) DANCE TECHNIQUES 111 (FORMERLY DANCETQ 434) Prerequisite: Dance Techniques 123 Ballet Techniques I Students learn advanced jazz dance technique with an empha- 1 UNIT (UC: CSU) sis on advanced level steps, combinations, terminology, music, Students learn basic Ballet steps and combinations at an intro- and appreciation of dance as a performing art form. ductory level, terminology, music, and appreciation of dance as a performing art. DANCE TECHNIQUES 141 (FORMERLY DANCETQ 431) Modern Dance Techniques I DANCE TECHNIQUES 112 1 UNIT (UC: CSU) Ballet Techniques II Students learn basic Modem Dance steps and combinations, 1 UNIT (UC: CSU) terminology, music, and appreciation of dance as a perform- Prerequisite: Dance Techniques 111 ing art. Students continue to learn basic Ballet steps and combinations, terminology, music, and appreciation of dance as a per- DANCE TECHNIQUES 142 forming art. Modern Dance Techniques II 1 UNIT (UC: CSU) DANCE TECHNIQUES 113 Prerequisite: Modell’! Dance Techniques I Ballet Techniques Ill Students learn basic Modern Dance steps and combinations, 1 UNIT (UC: CSU) terminology, music ,and appreciation of dance as a perform- Prerequisite: Dance Techniques 112 ing art. Students learn more complex Ballet steps and combinations, terminology, music, and appreciation of dance as a perform- DANCE TECHNIQUES 143 ing art. Modern Dance Techniques Ill 1 UNIT (UC: CSU) DANCE TECHNIQUES 114 Prerequisite: Dance Techniques 142 Ballet Techniques IV Students perform modern dance combinations with an 1 UNIT (UC: CSU) emphasis on steps and combinations of greater complexity Prerequisite: Dance Techniques 113 and duration, partnering, terminology, music, and apprecia- Students perform several Ballet combinations with an empha- tion of dance as a performing art. sis on basic steps and combinations, terminology, music, and appreciation of dance as a performing art form. DANCE TECHNIQUES 144 Modern Dance Techniques IV DANCE TECHNIQUES 121 (FORMERLY DANCETQ 437) 1 UNIT (UC: CSU) Jazz Dance Techniques I Prerequisite: Dance Techniques 143 1 UNIT (UC: CSU) Students perform advanced level modern dance combina- Students learn beginning jazz dance technique with an tions with an emphasis on complexity in dance technique, emphasis on basic steps, combinations, terminology, music, rhythmic phrasing, duel and multi-partner weight sharing in and appreciation of dance as a performing art form. all level dance phrases, clarity of detail and body connectiv- ity. Students refine techniques of personal artistry, musical- ity, and performance and display deeper understanding and appreciation of dance as a performing art form.

172 LACC 2017-2018 GENERAL CATALOG COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

DANCE TECHNIQUES 221 (FORMARLY PHY ED 225) DENTAL TECHNOLOGY (DEN TEK) Yoga Skills I 1 UNIT (UC: CSU) DENTAL TECHNOLOGY 100 Students learn the beginning level physical practice of Yoga, Introduction to the Dental Laboratory connecting body ,mind and spirit. The Students are intro- 2 UNITS (A) duced to its origins, asanas (positions) and terminology LECTURE 1 HOUR. LABORATORY 3 HOURS

DANCE TECHNIQUES 222 Students learn an introduction to the modern dental labora- Yoga Skills II tory. Working with gypsum products, as well as model and die 1 UNIT (UC: CSU) production are stressed. Prerequisite: Yoga Skills I DENTAL TECHNOLOGY 101 Students learn the physical practice of Yoga, connecting body, Elements of Dental Technology mind and spirit. The Students are introduced to its origins 2 UNITS (A) ,asanas (positions) and terminology. LECTURE 2 HOURS DANCE TECHNIQUES 223 Advisory: English 21 or equivalent. Open to all college Students. Yoga Skills Ill Students receive an orientation to the field of dental Labora- 1 UNIT (UC: CSU) tory technology, including ethics, jurisprudence, history, and Prerequisite: Yoga Skills II categories of training and employment. intermediate-level Students deepen their understanding and strengthen their physical practice of Yoga, connecting body, DENTAL TECHNOLOGY 102 Dental Anatomy and Terminology mind and spirit. Students perform harder positions, longer 3 UNITS (A) flow/ vinyasa sequences, maintain balance and inversion pos- LECTURE 3 HOURS tures for extended periods and gain greater knowledge of the philosophical principles of the Yoga system. Advisory: English 28 and 67 or equivalent. The Students learn about dental terminology, oral cavity DANCE TECHNIQUES 224 including morphology and function of the primary and sec- Yoga Skills IV ondary human dentition, occlusion concepts and anatomical 1 UNIT (UC: CSU) landmarks. Additionally, the Students learn the significance Prerequisite: Yoga Skills Ill of: skull osteology, myology and tooth supporting structures, Advanced-level Students intensify their understanding and histology. performance of Yoga asanas, develop a personal practice, and apply knowledge of the philosophical principles of the Yoga DENTAL TECHNOLOGY 103 system to real life. Connecting body, mind and spirit, Students Removable Prosthodontics I perform challenging positions, in (sanding/seated inversions) 5 UNITS (A) and extended flow/vinyasa sequences. LECTURE 3 HOURS. LABORATORY 5 HOURS Prerequisite: Dental Technology 100 an102 DANCE TECHNIQUES 241 (FORMERLY DANCETQ 400) Students learn the art and science of creating natural looking Stress Management Techniques Through Dance and Movement I 1 UNIT (UC: CSU) complete dentures by using PTC techniques and methodology. The course includes: dental anatomy, concepts of a natural Students learn techniques for managing stress through move- smile, selecting and setting denture teeth in balanced occlu- ment, dance therapy, dance meditation, authentic movement sion, duplication of natural tissue, and processing, finishing studies ,breathing exercises, yoga ,physical therapy and varied and polishing complete dentures according with established relaxation exercises. clinical standards and an introduction to digital dentistry. DANCE TECHNIQUES 242 DENTAL TECHNOLOGY 105 Stress Management Techniques Through Dance and Movement 1 UNIT (UC: CSU) Removable Prosthodontics II 5 UNITS Prerequisite: Dance Techniques 241 LECTURE 3 HOURS. LABORATORY 6 HOURS Students learn techniques for managing stress through move- Prerequisite: Dental Technology 103 ment, dance therapy, dance meditation, authentic movement studies ,breathing exercises, yoga, physical therapy and varied Students learn the design, materials ‘ science and construc- relaxation exercises. tion of maxillary complete dentures opposing a mandibular overdenture,reline and repair complete dentures, Immediate Maxillary Denture and Wrought wire Mandibular Stay Plate.

LACC 2017-2018 GENERAL CATALOG 173 COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

DENTAL TECHNOLOGY 106 DENTAL TECHNOLOGY 202 Dental Materials Laboratory Management 3.5 UNITS (A) 4 UNITS (A) LECTURE 3 HOURS. LABORATORY 1 HOUR LECTURE 2 HOURS. LABORATORY 6HOURS Prerequisite: Dental Technology 100 Co-requisite: Dental Technology 207 or 208 Students learn by lecture, demonstration and experiment the The Students learn to observe and work with a skilled dental physical properties of dental materials including, composition technician in a dental office, clinic or dental laboratory. The and uses of dental materials. Student applies the knowledge and skills learned in the classroom in a dental office, clinic or dental laboratory. The Stu- DENTAL TECHNOLOGY 108 dents learn about production, operation, and management of Gnathological Concepts dental Laboratory business including; Human Resource Man- 3 UNITS (A) agement. Various types of business financing. Identify various LECTURE 2 HOURS. LABORATORY 2 HOURS marketing strategies. Business ownership and current profes- Prerequisite: Dental Technology 109. sional topics. Students learn about gnathological concepts of morphology and functional occlusion. Understanding and reconstructing DENTAL TECHNOLOGY 203 Metal Ceramic Restorations ideal and functional contacts. Organic waxing of the maxil- 2 UNITS (A) lary and mandibular teeth occlusal surfaces is accomplished LECTURE 1 HOUR. LABORATORY 3 HOURS DENTAL TECHNOLOGY 207 on fully adjustable articulators. Advanced Complete Dentures DENTAL TECHNOLOGY 109 10 UNITS (A) FIXED PROSTHODONTICS I LECTURE 1 HOUR. LABORATORY 3 HOURS 5 UNITS Prerequisite: Dental Technology 112 LECTURE 2 HOUR. LABORATORY 8 HOURS The Student learns about dental ceramic restorations, includ- Prerequisite: Dental Technology 100 and 102 ing: materials proprieties and manipulation, tooth morpho- Advisory: English 28 and 67 or equivalent. logic design, feldsphatic materials sintering, contouring stain- The Student learns morphological and functional waxing of ing, glazing, polishing, as well as science of color and esthetic anterior and posterior single UNITS by analogue and digital design. applications. DENTAL TECHNOLOGY 204 DENTAL TECHNOLOGY 111 Orthodontics FIXED PROSTHODONTICS II 3 UNITS (A) 6 UNITS LECTURE 2 HOURS. LABORATORY 2 HOURS LECTURE 2 HOURS. LABORATORY 6 HOURS Prerequisite: Dental Technology 112 Prerequisite: Dental Technology 109 This course goes into the construction and repair of ortho- Students learn to wax single and multiple UNITS by using PTC dontic and pedodontic appliances. Emphasis will be paced on techniques and methodology based on Student learning out- pouring and trimming orthognathic study casts, wire bending comes. Learning and understanding concepts such as: tooth techniques, soldering and welding techniques, and fabrication contour alignment, functional and morphological occlusion. of various types of orthodontic appliances Students learn fundamental concepts in metal and ceramic DENTAL TECHNOLOGY 205 substructure designs applied to single UNITS. Students learn Advanced Removable Partial Dentures techniques in spruing, investing and casting including solder- 10 UNITS ing applications. LECTURE 4 HOURS. LABORATORY 12 HOURS DENTAL TECHNOLOGY 112 Prerequisite: Dental Technology 112 and 105. REMOVABLE PROSTHODONTICS III This course is the first course for Removable Prosthetic Spe- 6 UNITS cialists in Dental Technology Program. This course incorpo- LECTURE 3 HOURS. LABORATORY 5 HOURS rates advanced removable partial denture design, and manu- Prerequisite: Dental Technology 103 facturing techniques The Student will learn removable partial denture construc- DENTAL TECHNOLOGY 206 tion, both analog and digital, from start to finish. The course Advanced Fixed Prosthetics will consist of two sections, framework production and 10 UNITS replacement teeth addition to the framework. The first section LECTURE 4 HOURS. LABORATORY 12 HOURS will consist of the: use of the dental surveyor; design of the partial denture framework; waxing; casting Cobalt-Chromium Prerequisite: Dental Technology 111 and Dental Technology 108 alloy; finishing and polishing the framework. The second sec- This course is the first course for Fixed Prosthetic Special- tion will consist of replacement tooth set-up; wax-up; process- ists in the Dental Technology Program. This course incorpo- ing; equilibration; finish and polish. rates advanced fixed partial denture design,and manufacturing techniques.

174 LACC 2017-2018 GENERAL CATALOG COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

DENTAL TECHNOLOGY 207 ECONOMICS (ECON) REMOVABLE PROSTHODONTICS IV 6 UNITS ECONOMICS 1 LECTURE 3 HOURS. LABORATORY 7 HOURS Principles of Economics I Prerequisite: Dental Technology 105 and 112 3 UNITS (UC: CSU) This is an advanced course in Removable Prosthodontics Spe- LECTURE 3 HOURS cialty in the Dental Technology Program. This course incor- Prerequisites: Mathematics 115 porates advanced removable dentures design, materials’ sci- Advisories: English 28 and 67 or equivalent and Mathematics ence, and manufacturing techniques 125. DENTAL TECHNOLOGY 208 Students learn the principles and methods of economic anal- Advanced Ceramic Restorations ysis; topics include the analysis of the laws of supply and 10 UNITS (A) demand, price theory, economic analysis of the firm and LECTURE 4 HOURS. LABORATORY 12 HOURS resource allocation, market structures of the American economy, and other topics relevant to microeconomic analysis. Prerequisite: Dental Technology 206 This course is the second course for Fixed Prosthetic Special- ECONOMICS 2 ists in the Dental Technology Program. This course incorpo- Principles of Economics II rates advanced Ceramic Restoration design and manufactur- 3 UNITS (UC: CSU) ing techniques. LECTURE 3 HOURS Prerequisites: Mathematics 115 DENTAL TECHNOLOGY 304 Skeleton build-up for All Ceramic Restorations Advisories: English 28 and 67 or equivalent and Mathematics 8 UNITS 125. LECTURE 4 HOURS. LABORATORY 12 HOURS Students learn the principles and methods of aggregative macroeconomic analysis; topics include money and banking, Prerequisite: Dental Technology 300. national income determination, business fluctuations,and The Master Ceramist Program Students learn the design and other topics relevant to macroeconomic analysis. fabrication of All-Ceramic single and multiple unit restorative substructures and the skeleton build-up porcelain technique to complete dental esthetic restorations. ELECTRONICS (ELECTRN)

ELECTRONICS 2 IMPLANTS AND MAXILOFACIAL Introduction to Electronics and Computer Technology PROGRAM 3 UNITS (CSU) LECTURE 2 HOURS. LABORATORY 2 HOURS DENTAL TECHNOLOGY 401 Students learn the basic concepts of electricity and applica- Dental Implants tions of simple electronic components through introduction 4 UNITS to the technological implications of electronics. The Labora- LECTURE 2 HOURS. LABORATORY 6 HOURS tory emphasizes skills in breadboarding and soldering and Prerequisite: Dental Technology 207 and 208. hands-on exposure to basic electronic principles. The Students will learn about dental implants including:history, surgical overview, types of implants and implant resto- ELECTRONICS 4 Fundamentals of Electronics I rations, case planing, prosthodontic procedures, Laboratory 4 UNITS (CSU) procedures, restorative materials, case finalization. LECTURE 3 HOURS. LABORATORY 3 HOURS CO-REQUISITE: ELECTRON- ICS 10. EARTH SCIENCE (EARTH) Students learn the concepts of direct current circuits, including basics of electricity, series and parallel circuits, meters, EARTH SCIENCE 1 batteries, resistors, and magnetism. The Laboratory empha- Earth Science sizes skills in the analysis of circuits and the use of test 3 UNITS (UC: CSU) equipment. LECTURE 3 HOURS . Advisory: English 28 and 67 or equivalent. ELECTRONICS 6 Students learn a general introduction to the study of earth’s Fundamentals of Electronics II 4 UNITS (CSU) rocks, landforms, atmosphere, and oceans. Students learn LECTURE 3 HOURS. LABORATORY 3 HOURS interrelationships between the land, atmosphere, and oceans and relate these subjects to global climate change. Prerequisite: Electronics 4 with satisfactory grade or better or equivalent. Co-requisite: Electronics 12. The Student receives a detailed study of alternating current theory and applications, including reactance, impedance,

LACC 2017-2018 GENERAL CATALOG 175 COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

resonance, transformers, coupling, filters, bandpass, and time ELECTRONICS 156 constants. The Laboratory emphasizes skills in the use of test Electronics VI equipment in AC circuits. 4 UNITS (A) LECTURE 3 HOURS. LABORATORY 3 HOURS ELECTRONICS 8 Prerequisite: Co Tech 30 Electron Devices 4 UNITS (CSU) Students learn the technology involved in the design and LECTURE 3 HOURS. LABORATORY 3 HOURS implementation of intelligent machines using a top-down systems approach. Topics include programmable logic devices, Prerequisite: Electronics 4 and 10 with satisfactory grade or bet- complex microprocessors, embedded controllers, and input/ ter or equivalent. output devices using microprocessors or designed to work with The Student learns the nature and operation of solid state microprocessor-based machines. The Laboratory involves sys- devices including diodes, transistors, and field effect devices. tem design using CAD software, construction of prototypes, Includes simple circuit applications. and microprocessor programming. ELECTRONICS 10 Mathematics of Electronics I ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING (ENG 3 UNITS (CSU) LECTURE 3 HOURS. ELC) The Student learns mathematical methods and techniques for ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 220 the solution of basic DC circuit problems including the study Electrical Circuits I of algebraic operations, simple linear equations, algebraic 4 UNITS (UC: CSU) fractions, ratio and percent, graphing, and use of the elec- LECTURE 3 HOURS. LABORATORY 3 HOURS tronic calculator. Prerequisites: Physics 102 with a satisfactory grade or equivalent. Co-requisite: Mathematics 275. ELECTRONICS 12 Mathematics of Electronics II Students learn the theory of circuit analysis and practice its 3 UNITS (CSU) application to areas of importance in electrical engineering LECTURE 3 HOURS such as DC, AC, operational amplifiers, multi-phase power, and frequency response. Students also perform Laboratory Perquisite: Electronics 10 with satisfactory grade or better or equivalent. exercises to learn how to realize circuit designs using electronic components and to use instruments such as multime- Students develop skills in the use of algebra, trigonometry, ters, oscilloscopes, and signal generators. complex numbers, logarithms, and determinants as needed in electronics calculations. Techniques of network solutions including Kirchhoff’s and Ohm’s laws and Thevenin’s and Nor- ENGINEERING (ENG GEN) ton’s theorems are emphasized. ENGINEERING 101 ELECTRONICS 20 Introduction to Science, Engineering and Technology Electronics Circuits I 2 UNITS (UC: CSU) 4 UNITS (CSU) LECTURE 2 HOURS LECTURE 3 HOURS. LABORATORY 3 HOURS Required of all engineering first semester Students. Open to Prerequisite: Electronics 6 and 8 with satisfactory grades or better all. Students learn about the engineering method and strate- or equivalent. gies for academic and career success in engineering. Students The Students learn the applications of electronic devices such are introduced to mechanical, civil, electrical, and computer as diodes, junction and FET transistors, MOSFET’s, SCR’s, systems engineering through project work. The vast range to circuits such as signal and power amplifiers, multi-stage disciplines and opportunities in engineering are presented. amplifiers, differential amplifiers, and special controller cir- Students are guided through challenging design exercises to cuits. They solve circuit analysis problems with breadboards develop skills in planning, communication, team working, and computer simulations in the electronics laboratory. and creativity. Only basic math is required.

ELECTRONICS 101 ENG GEN 120 Science Electronics Introduction To Programming Concepts And Methodologies For 3 UNITS (CSU) Scientists And Engineers LECTURE 3 HOURS 4 UNITS (CSU) Advisory: Electronics 2 LECTURE 3 HOURS. LABORATORY 3 HOURS. Students receive a survey of electronics technology in the con- Students learn the fundamentals of the ‘C’ computer program- text of the principles of science. The application of the meth- ming language through completing hands-on projects involv- ods of science, technology, engineering, and mathematics ing sensors, motors, and displays. Students also learn how (STEM) to topics ranging from basic circuits to complex inte- to interface hardware to a desktop computer or laptop. The grated circuits, and products that use them. Includes topics course provides transfer preparation in computer program- in electronic music, computers, robotics, digital communica- ming for science and engineering majors. tion, and a variety of existing technologies. Social, political, and economic impact of electronic technology are explored.

176 LACC 2017-2018 GENERAL CATALOG COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

ENGINEERING 131 stress, strain, axial Loading, torsion, flexural stresses, trans- Statics verse shear stress, horizontal shear stresses, stress transfor- 3 UNITS (UC: CSU) mations, Mohr’s circle, pressure vessels, shear and bending LECTURE 3 HOURS moment diagrams, stresses in a beam, methods of superposi- Prerequisite: Physics 101 with a satisfactory grade or equivalent. tion, and elastic strain energy. The Students learn how to apply vector analysis of forces and moments to determine the equilibrium conditions in trusses, ENGLISH (ENGLISH) frames, and machines. The course also covers center of mass, centroids, friction, and moment of inertia. ENGLISH 20 College Reading Skills ENGINEERING 151 6 UNITS NDA Materials of Engineering LECTURE 6 HOURS 3 UNITS (UC: CSU) LECTURE 3 HOURS Prerequisite: Appropriate score on the English Placement Exam. Prerequisite: Physics 101 and Chemistry 101 with satisfactory Students receive instruction in techniques of writing clear, grades or better or equivalent. coherent compositions and improvement in reading skills which reinforce writing skills necessary for academic success. The Student learns how the properties of materials are related to atomic and crystal structure and how processing influences ENGLISH 28 structure and hence properties. Topics include atomic struc- Intermediate Reading and Composition ture and bonding; crystalline structures; phases and phase 3 UNITS (A) diagrams; metals; polymers; ceramics; composites; mechani- LECTURE 3 HOURS cal deformation, fracture, electrical, and magnetic properties. Prerequisite: ESL 6A or English 21 or 73 or 97 or equivalent or ENG GEN 153 appropriate placement score. Materials of Engineering Laboratory Co-requisite: English 67 1 UNIT (CSU) Students receive instruction in techniques of writing at the LABORATORY 3 HOURS college level. Students develop writing and reading skills, with The student learns experimental techniques, including the emphasis on grammar, various essay writing, and analysis of operation of standard materials testing equipment, to mea- fiction and non-fiction materials. sure material performance and analyze experimental data in ENGLISH 67 the context of the theories within materials science. The lab- Writing Laboratory oratory exercises relate to a range of materials science areas 0.5 UNITS NDA including: mechanical testing, heat treatment, crystal struc- LABORATORY 1 HOUR. tures, phase diagrams, thermal properties, electrical properties, and forming operations. Students gain experience of Co-requisite: English 28 working with metals, polymers, ceramics, and composites. The Students practice the writing skills presented in English 28. course provides transfer preparation for majors in Mechani- ENGLISH 68 cal, Aerospace, Manufacturing, and Civil engineering. Reading Laboratory ENGINEERING 212 0.5 UNIT NDA Introduction to Engineering Design LABORATORY 1 HOUR. 3 UNITS (RPT 3) (UC: CSU) LECTURE 1 HOUR. LABORATORY 6 HOURS Students can improve their reading comprehension and develop critical reading skills through individual help from Students develop 3-0 representations of engineering compo- instructor, one-to-one tutoring conferences, group workshops, nents and assemblies using Solidwords feature based paramet- and computer instruction by practicing previewing, para- ric solid modeling software. Instruction is given in the types phrasing, drawing inferences, and summarizing a chosen text. of solid object manipulations that are common to all parametric solid modeling software and used in industry to construct ENGLISH 69 components that can be further combined to make assem- Writing and Revising on the Computer blies. The preparation of engineering drawings from the 3-0 1 UNIT - NDA representation using automation tools is also covered. LABORATORY 2 HOURS

ENGINEERING 241 English 69 is designed to supplement and enhance learning in Strength of Materials intermediate writing composition and reading courses by pro- 3 UNITS (UC: CSU) viding individualized tutorial and self-help assistance, com- LECTURE 2 HOURS. LABORATORY 3 HOURS puters, online resources, and other resource materials that enhance Students’ critical reading, writing, and computer Prerequisite: Engineering, General131 with a satisfactory grade skills necessary for success in college, career, and vocations. or equivalent. The Student learns the application of mechanics to determining the effect of forces and torques on materials. The Student will be able to apply this knowledge to the design of load bear- ing components. The course will cover the following topics:

LACC 2017-2018 GENERAL CATALOG 177 COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

ENGLISH 78 ENGLISH 102 Writing Memoir College Reading and Composition II 3 UNITS (A) 3 UNITS (UC: CSU) LECTURE 3 HOURS LECTURE 3 HOURS Advisory: English 97, ESL 6A, or equivalent. Prerequisite: English 101 or equivalent. Students read full-length memoirs by published writers and Advisory: English 108. outline and compose their own memoirs. Students read full- Students study representative works from major genres, to length memoirs by published writers create an outline and develop close reading and analytical writing skills, and have compose their own memoir. appreciation and critical understanding of the cultural, historical, and aesthetic qualities of literature. Students study liter- ENGLISH 94 ature and literary criticism in order to develop critical think- Intensive Grammar Review ing and reading and writing skills beyond the level achieved in 3 UNITS NDA English 101. This course emphasizes logical reasoning, analy- LECTURE 3 HOURS sis, and strategies of argumentation. Advisory: English 21 or 97. ENGLISH 103 Students learn the parts of speech, grammar, mechanics, sen- Composition and Critical Thinking tence style, punctuation, and word usage in English. The Stu- 3 UNITS (UC: CSU) dents engage in an intensive review of grammar and sentence LECTURE 3 HOURS structure to better prepare them for English 28 or 101. Prerequisite: English 101 or equivalent. ENGLISH 97 This is an advanced writing course where Students further Introduction to College English and Reading Skills develop their logical, argumentative and analytical thinking, 6 UNITS and writing skills. The course will utilize various fiction and LECTURE 6 HOURS non-fictional readings. Prerequisite: English 20 or Appropriate placement score. ENGLISH 108 Students will be introduced to English fundamentals in formal Writing Workshop academic writing, focusing on basic grammar, reading, and 0.50 UNITS (CSU) writing skills. There will also be an introduction to English LABORATORY 1 HOUR grammar, college vocabulary, and academic writing skills as well as instruction in comprehending expository articles, nar- Students enrolled in English 101, 102 and 103 will receive addi- ratives, and college –level textbook material. tional instruction in writing their college-level essays. The Laboratory course will review research techniques and proper and/or ENG 103. citation, as well as strategies in organization and support, to revise their papers. ENGLISH 101 College Reading and Composition I ENGLISH 127 Creative Writing 3 UNITS (UC: CSU) 3 UNITS (UC: CSU) LECTURE 3 HOURS LECTURE 3 HOURS Prerequisite: English 67 and 28 or appropriate placement score. Prerequisite: English 102 or equivalent. Advisory: English 108 Students receive intensive training in writing poetry, prose Students develop their skills for writing college-level essays fiction, and/or playwriting. Students compose works that are that incorporate various documentation styles. Students learn discussed as part of instruction, supplemented by examples the importance of various fiction and non-fiction readings. of published writers and theoretical essays on the creative process.

ENGLISH 203 World Literature I 3 UNITS (UC: CSU) LECTURE 3 HOURS Prerequisite: English 101 or equivalent. A reading of key literary works and ideas of the Western world, the Middle East, Africa, and Asia from antiquity to the seven- teenth century. The course will require Students to recognize and compare readings from different cultures and analyze poetic forms and literary themes significant to the cultures in reasoned analysis.

178 LACC 2017-2018 GENERAL CATALOG COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

ENGLISH 204 ENGLISH 211 World Literature II (1600 to the present) Fiction 3 UNITS (UC: CSU) 3 UNITS (UC: CSU) LECTURE 3 HOURS LECTURE 3 HOURS Prerequisite: English 101 or equivalent. Prerequisite: English 101 or equivalent. Study of selected major works of World literature, covering Students read, discuss, and analyze selected short stories and Western Europe, the Middle East, Africa, and Asia, from the novels written in, or translated into, English from a diversity 17th century to the present. The course will require Students of cultures and countries to increase Students’ understanding to recognize and compare readings from different cultures and appreciation of the art and craft of fiction writing. and analyze poetic forms and literary themes significant to the cultures in reasoned analyses. ENGLISH 212 Poetry ENGLISH 205 3 UNITS (UC: CSU) English Literature I (Beginnings to 1800) LECTURE 3 HOURS. 3 UNITS (UC: CSU) Prerequisite: English 101 or equivalent. LECTURE 3 HOURS Students study works by selected poets and background for Prerequisite: English 102 or equivalent. appreciation of the poetic form, including early verses to 20th Students read, discuss, and analyze major works of English lit- and 21st century poetry. Students gain a historical sense and erature from the beginnings to the late eighteenth century to literary appreciated shaped by readings which include read- develop an understanding and appreciation of the poetry, fic- ing stylistically and culturally diverse works. tion, and drama of these literary periods and to express that appreciation in reasoned analyses. ENGLISH 214 Contemporary Literature ENGLISH 206 3 UNITS (UC: CSU) English Literature II: Nineteenth Century to the Present LECTURE 3 HOURS 3 UNITS (UC: CSU) Prerequisite: English 101 or equivalent. LECTURE 3 HOURS Students read key literary works and ideas of recent main- Prerequisite: English 102 or equivalent. stream and ethnically diverse literature to develop under- Students read, discuss and analyze major works of English lit- standing and appreciation of contemporary culture through erature from the nineteenth century to the present to develop reasoned analyses of its literature. an understanding and appreciation of the poetry, fiction, and drama of these literary periods and to express that apprecia- ENGLISH 215 tion in reasoned analyses. Shakespeare I 3 UNITS (UC: CSU) ENGLISH 207 LECTURE 3 HOURS American Literature I: Nineteenth Century to the Present Prerequisite: English 101 or equivalent. 3 UNITS (UC: CSU) Students read Shakespeare to develop an understanding of LECTURE 3 HOURS and appreciation for his sonnets and representative comedies, Prerequisite: English 102 or equivalent. histories, and tragedies, focusing primarily on the spectrum Students read American writers and analyze themes from of his earlier work to his career’s midpoint. colonial times to 1865. Besides reading the literary works of major writers, Students become acquainted with writers who ENGLISH 216 suggest the diversity of subject, and opinion, in American Shakespeare II 3 UNITS (UC: CSU) literature. LECTURE 3 HOURS ENGLISH 208 Prerequisite: English 101 or equivalent. American Literature II: Nineteenth Century to the Present Students continue to study Shakespeare’s poetry, theater, and 3 UNITS (UC: CSU) drama with a selection of different works of Shakespeare than LECTURE 3 HOURS those used in English 215. Prerequisite: English 102 or equivalent. Students read, discuss, and analyze major American literature ENGLISH 218 from the Civil War Period to the present in order to under- Children’s Literature 3 UNITS (CSU) stand, appreciate, and investigate multicultural influences LECTURE 3 HOURS within national identity. Students read works by Mark Twain, Kate Chopin, Robert Frost, Wallace Stevens, Langston Hughes, Prerequisite: English 101 or equivalent. William Faulkner, Zora Neale Hurston, Leslie Marmon Silko, A study of children’s literature with an emphasis on the nature Tomas Rivera, Bharati Mukerjee, Allen Ginsberg, and others. and development of the genre and why this literature takes so many different forms. Some consideration of the various concepts of the “child” will be Included.

LACC 2017-2018 GENERAL CATALOG 179 COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

ENGLISH 219 ENGLISH 270 The Literature of American Ethnic Groups Science Fiction - Fantasy 3 UNITS (UC: CSU) 3 UNITS (UC: CSU) LECTURE 3 HOURS. LABORATORY 3 HOURS LECTURE 3 HOURS Prerequisite: English 101 or equivalent. Prerequisite: English 101 or equivalent. Students use critical analysis of the various ethnic American Students read and study works of science fiction, with an writers who straddle two or more cultures, analyzing in terms emphasis on the use of mythology, science fiction by scien- of assimilation, acculturation, double and mestiza conscious- tists and non scientists, philosophically oriented science fic- ness and wholeness. tion, and science fiction as fantasy and escape literature.

ENGLISH 239 ENGLISH 285 Women In Literature Directed Study-English 3 UNITS (UC: CSU) 2 UNITS (CSU) LECTURE 3 HOURS LECTURE 2 HOURS Prerequisite: English 101 or equivalent. Students pursue directed study in literary analysis, a partic- Students become acquainted with the work of women writers, ular genre or period, or independent research on a contract historical and contemporary, who have made important con- basis under the direction of a supervising instructor. tributions to literature. Writers to be read include Wollstone- ENGLISH 385 craft, Woolf, Chopin, Austen, Cisneros, Butler, Hong-Kingston, Directed Study-English and Cather, among others. Students are expected to write criti- 3 UNITS (CSU) cal essays and a research paper that examine the predominant LECTURE 3 HOURS themes in path-breaking literature by and (to a lesser extent) about women, as well as the various archetypes, images, roles, Allows Students to pursue directed study on a contract basis and statuses of women. Special attention is devoted to tradi- under the direction of a supervising instructor. tional literary analysis and interpretation of primary texts through the lens of the various schools of literary criticism. ENGLISH AS A SECOND LANGUAGE ENGLISH 240 (ESL) Literature and the Motion Picture I 3 UNITS (UC: CSU) ESL 1 LECTURE 3 HOURS COLLEGE ESL I: INTEGRATED SKILLS Prerequisite: English 101 or equivalent. ESL 1B The Student will examine the comparative arts of literature COLLEGE ESL I: READING, LISTENING AND SPEAKING and the motion picture, analyzing the inherent conflicts of ESL 2A translation between two different mediums. This includes College ESL II: Writing and Grammar readings of literary works, both classic and modern, screen- 6 UNITS NDA ings of film versions based upon these literary sources, dis- LECTURE 6 HOURS cussion, and writing of critical papers. The course explores Prerequisite: Appropriate placement level demonstrated through the variations in mediums and the act of translation across the assessment process. mediums. Advisory: ESL 2B. (Pass/No Pass) ENGLISH 252 Students in this high-beginning ESL course learn reading, The English Bible as Literature writing, and grammar skills to prepare them for academic 3 UNITS (UC: CSU) work. The course content emphasizes vocabulary, grammar, LECTURE 3 HOURS and writing through guided and free writing of multi-sentence Prerequisite: English 101 or equivalent. compositions on common subjects. Reading, speaking, and lis- Students study the principle achievements of the Hebrew and tening activities reinforce writing and grammar development. Greek Testaments, analyzing the numerous literary and cul- Required: Eight to ten writing assignments, including at least tural influences within and of the Bible. four compositions of 100-150 words.

ENGLISH 255 ESL 2B Latin American Literature College ESL II: Reading, Listening, and Speaking 3 UNITS (UC: CSU) 6 UNITS NDA LECTURE 6 HOURS Lecture 3 hours Prerequisite: English 101 or equivalent. Prerequisite: Appropriate score on the ESL placement assessment. Students study a selection of significant literary works by Latin Advisory: ESL 2A. (Pass/ No Pass) American authors. Readings will include selected poems, Students in this high-beginning ESL course learn listening, plays, and fiction by writers such as Pablo Neruda, Galeano, speaking, and reading comprehension and vocabulary skills and Jorge Luis Borges and will explore the themes of magi- to prepare for their academic work across the curriculum. cal realism, social engagement, ‘Ia raza cosmica’; and utopian This course is designed to start building academic vocabulary yearnings. and reading skills.

180 LACC 2017-2018 GENERAL CATALOG COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

ESL 3A academic work across the curriculum. Speaking practice College ESL Ill: Writing and Grammar includes level-appropriate activities such as presentations, 6 UNITS discussions, and interviews using academic vocabulary. LECTURE 6 HOURS Prerequisites: ESL 2A or Appropriate Score on the English Place- ESL 6C ment Exam. A College ESL VI: Listening and Speaking 3 UNITS Advisories: ESL 3B or ESL 3C. (Credit/No Credit) LECTURE 3 HOURS Students in this low-intermediate ESL course learn written com- Prerequisite: ESL 5C or Placement Exam position, grammar, and critical reading skills to prepare them for college work. The emphasis is on writing based on critical read- Students in this low-advanced ESL course improve their lis- ing and personal experience. Grammar skills and mechanics are tening comprehension and oral fluency to prepare for aca- emphasized throughout each lesson. Required: Eight to ten writ- demic work across the curriculum. Speaking practice includes ing assignments, including at least four paragraphs of 150-250 level-appropriate activities such as presentations, discussions, words. Prerequisite: Completion of ESL 2A with credit, or appro- and debates using academic vocabulary. priate ESL placement level demonstrated through the assessment process. ENGLISH AS A SECOND LANGUAGE ESL 3B College ESL Ill: Reading and Vocabulary (E.S.L) 3UNITS E.S.L. 4A LECTURE 3 HOURS College ESL IV: Writing and Grammar 6 UNITS Prerequisite: ESL 2B or appropriate score on the ESL placement LECTURE 6 HOURS assessment. Advisory: ESL 3A or ESL 3C. (Pass/No Pass) Prerequisite ESL 3A or appropriate score on the ESL placement assessment. Students in this low-intermediate ESL course learn reading comprehension, critical reading, and vocabulary skills to Advisory: ESL 4B. prepare for their academic work across the curriculum. This (Pass/ No Pass) course is designed to build academic language fluency includ- Students in this intermediate ESL course learn written compo- ing academic vocabulary. sition, grammar, and critical reading skills to prepare them for college work. The emphasis is on writing based on critical read- ESL 3C ing and personal experience. Students will be introduced to sum- College ESL III: Listening and Speaking marizing skills. Grammar skills and mechanics are emphasized 3 UNITS throughout each lesson. Required: Eight to ten writing assign- LECTURE 3 HOURS ments, each of at least four paragraphs of 200-300 words. Pre- Prerequisite: ESL 2B or appropriate score on the ESL placement requisite: Completion of ESL 3A with credit, or appropriate ESL assessment. placement level demonstrated through the assessment process. Advisory: ESL 3A and ESL 3B. E.S.L. 4B (Pass/ No Pass) College ESL IV: Reading and Vocabulary 3 UNITS Students at the low-intermediate ESL level learn skills to LECTURE 3 HOURS improve listening and speaking to prepare them for college work. Prerequisite: ESL 3B or appropriate score on the ESL placement assessment. ESL 4C Advisory: ESL 4A. (Pass/ No Pass) College ESL IV: Listening and Speaking 3 UNITS Students in this intermediate ESL course learn reading com- LECTURE 3 HOURS prehension, critical reading, and vocabulary skills to prepare for their academic work across the curriculum. This course is Prerequisite: ESL 3C or Placement Exam designed to build academic language fluency including aca- Students in this intermediate ESL course improve their listen- demic vocabulary. ing comprehension and oral fluency to prepare for academic work across the curriculum. Speaking practice includes lev- E.S.L. 5A el-appropriate activities such as presentations, discussions, College ESL V: Writing and Grammar and interviews using academic vocabulary. 6 UNITS (CSU) LECTURE 6 HOURS ESL 5C Prerequisite: ESL 4A or appropriate score on the ESL placement Collge ESL V: Listening and Speaking assessment. 3 UNITS Advisory: ESL 5B. LECTURE 3 HOURS Students in this high-intermediate ESL course learn written com- Prerequisite: ESL 4C or Placement Exam position, grammar, and critical reading skills to prepare them for Students in this high-intermediate ESL course improve their college work. The emphasis is on writing based on critical read- listening comprehension and oral fluency to prepare for ing, interpretation/analysis, and personal experience. Students will develop paraphrasing and summarizing skills. Grammar

LACC 2017-2018 GENERAL CATALOG 181 COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

skills and mechanics are emphasized throughout each lesson. Re- emphasized throughout each lesson. Required: Eight to ten writ- quired: Eight to ten writing assignments, including at least four ing assignments, including at least four essays of 600-800 words compositions of 300-500 words. Prerequisite: Completion of ESL and one research paper. 4A with credit, or appropriate ESL placement level demonstrated through the assessment process. ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE (ENV E.S.L. 5B SCI) College ESL V: Reading and Vocabulary 3 UNITS (CSU) ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE 1 LECTURE 3 HOURS The Human Environment: Physical Processes Prerequisite: ESL 4B or appropriate score on the ESL placement 3 UNITS (UC [PENDING]: CSU) assessment. Advisory: ESL 5A. LECTURE 3 HOURS Students in this high-intermediate ESL course learn reading This course introduces Students to fundamentals of Earth’s comprehension, critical reading, and vocabulary skills to pre- physical environment, focusing on the scientific principles pare for and support their academic work across the curricu- that relate to human-environment interactions. This interac- lum. This course is designed to build academic language flu- tion is explored with regards to the Earth’s atmosphere, bio- ency including academic vocabulary. sphere, hydrosphere and lithosphere. Issues such as human populations, energy generation and use, pollution, resources, E.S.L. 6A and global climate change are discussed. College ESL VI: Writing and Grammar 6 UNITS (CSU) Prerequisite: ESL 5A or appropriate score on the ESL placement FAMILY AND CONSUMER STUDIES assessment. (FAM &CS) Advisory: ESL 6B. Students at this advanced ESL course learn written composition, FAMILY AND CONSUMER STUDIES 21 (SAME AS grammar, and critical reading skills to prepare them for college NUTRITION 21) work. The emphasis is on writing based primarily on critical Nutrition reading and interpretation/analysis. Students will be introduced 3 UNITS (UC: CSU) to appropriate citation and basic bibliographic conventions in LECTURE 3 HOURS their writing. advanced grammar skills and mechanics are emphasized throughout each lesson. Required: Eight to ten writing Advisory: English 28 and 67 or equivalent. assignments, including at least four essays of 400-600 words. Students learn the scientific concepts of Nutrition in a Lec- Prerequisite: Completion of ESL 5A with a grade of ‘C’ or better, ture interactive format evaluating how lifestyle, diet, food/ or appropriate placement level demonstrated through the assess- nutrition/nutrient excess and deficiencies; phytochemi- ment process. cals; food safety; food technology affect diseases and assess- E.S.L. 6B ment of nutrition in human development from conception College ESL VI: Reading and Vocabulary through maturity. Personal dietary assessment, synthesiz- 3 UNITS (CSU) ing data from computerized dietary program and family tree, LECTURE 3 HOURS appraises nutritional disease risk factors. Students evaluate excesses and deficiencies and construct practices that estab- Prerequisite: ESL 5B or appropriate score on the ESL placement lish and maintain a healthy lifestyle and result in a health- assessment. ier mind, healthier nutritional eating practices, enhancing the Advisory: ESL 6A. spirit and nourishing the body. Students in this low-advanced ESL course learn reading comprehension, critical reading, and vocabulary skills to prepare FAMILY AND CONSUMER STUDIES 24 for and support their academic work across the curriculum. Food Preparation This course is designed to build academic language fluency 3 UNITS (CSU) including advanced academic vocabulary. LECTURE 2 HOURS. LABORATORY 3 HOURS Advisory: English 28 and 67 or equivalent. E.S.L.008 Students are introduced to the scientific fundamentals of food Advanced ESL Composition 6 UNITS (UC: CSU) preparation in both Lecture and Laboratory format. Scientific principles of food preparation are emphasized using current Prerequisite: ESL 6A or appropriate placement level demon- technology. The role of food in cultures, nutrition, and the strated through the assessment process. economy are integrated into meal planning and preparation. This is a course in written composition, grammar, and critical reading skills tailored for the ESL student. It is a Prerequisite for English 101. The emphasis is on writing based primarily on critical reading and interpretation/analysis. Students will be required to use MLA and/or APA citation and bibliographic conventions in their research. advanced grammar skills and mechanics are

182 LACC 2017-2018 GENERAL CATALOG COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

FAMILY AND CONSUMER STUDIES 31 FAMILY AND CONSUMER STUDIES 56 Marriage and Family Life Nutrition Delivery Systems 3 UNITS (UC: CSU) 3 UNITS (CSU) LECTURE 3 HOURS LECTURE 3 HOURS Advisory: English 28 and 67 or equivalent. Co-requisite: Family and Consumer Studies 156. Advisories: En- Interpersonal growth and rewarding relationships are glish 28 or equivalent, and Mathematics 105 or higher, Learning explored over the course of the family life cycle. Examines Skills 10ABC or higher. the Impact of social, psychological and economic forces that The Student learns an introduction to nutrition delivery sys- affect the family. tems and institutional menu diet modifications. The Student will study medical nutrition therapy and how to modify diets FAMILY AND CONSUMER STUDIES 50 for particular diseases. State and federal regulatory guidelines Sanitation and Safety for food service are studied. 3 UNITS (CSU) LECTURE 3 HOURS FAMILY AND CONSUMER STUDIES 151 Advisory: English 28 and 67 or equivalent. Food Production Management Laboratory 2 UNITS (A) Students learn basic principles of sanitation and safety includ- LABORATORY 5 HOURS ing the types of microorganisms that cause foodborne illness, foodborne infections, toxin-mediated infection, and intoxica- Co-requisite: Family and Consumer Studies 51 required. tion. Class includes discussion of environmental conditions Advisory: English 28 and 67; and Math 105 or LS 10 including food hazards, contamination, cross-contamina- Students receive supervised practice in food requisitioning, tion, time and temperature, and personal food handler prac- food production planning, and quantity food production in a tices that cause sanitation/safety risks. US Food Code regula- clinical laboratory. tions, California state and Los Angeles County Environmental Health Department regulations and a HACCP system of food FAMILY AND CONSUMER STUDIES 156 safety will help define the role of food, people, and facility in Nutrition Delivery Systems Laboratory managing a sanitary food facility operation. Emphasis on the 2 UNITS (A) LECTURE 5 HOURS importance of proper employee food safety training practices as related to the providing of safe food are core competencies Prerequisite: Physical exam, negative TB test within previous of this class. 6 months, Student liability insurance, fingerprinting, social security criminal background verification and drug screen FAMILY AND CONSUMER STUDIES 51 Food Production Management Co-requisite: Family and Consumer Studies 56 required. 3 UNITS (CSU) Advisory: English 28 and 67 or equivalent; Math 105 or LS 10 LECTURE 3 HOURS The Student completes supervised practice at a long term care Co-requisite: Family and Consumer Studies 151 facility in nutritional services. Nutrition delivery systems are Advisory: Math 105 (or LS 10) and English 28 and English 67 evaluated according to state and federal regulatory guidelines. Student shadows a Dietetic Service Supervisor and increas- Students are introduced to menu analysis for food requisi- ingly contributes as a supervised member of the health care tioning, food production planning and implementation. Basic team. principles of quantity cooking are emphasized. FAMILY AND CONSUMER STUDIES 52 FINANCE (FINANCE) Food Service Management 3 UNITS (CSU) FINANCE 2 LECTURE 3 HOURS Investments Prerequisite: Family and Consumer Studies 51 and 55. 3 UNITS (CSU) Advisory: English 28 and 67 or equivalent. LECTURE 3 HOURS Current concepts In food service management are presented Advisory: English 28 and 67. In a lecture/discussion format. The course focuses on the sys- Students receive the essentials of the principles of investment, tems approach to food service management, Including the the various types of investments, the operations of investment menu, food purchasing, personal management, facility man- markets, and sources of information. agement, fiscal management, marketing, and Information systems. FINANCE 8 Personal Finance and Investments FAMILY AND CONSUMER STUDIES 55 3 UNITS (CSU) Dietetic Education LECTURE 3 HOURS 3 UNITS (CSU) Advisory: English 28 and 67 or equivalent. LECTURE 3 HOURS Students receive and apply the principles of accounting, bank- Advisory: English 28 or equivalent. ing, finance, office methods, management, and production, Students will be introduced to careers in dietetics and food to one’s personal affairs. Family budgeting, consumer credit, service. The application of communication skills to training, home ownership, life and property insurance, investments counseling, and education will be studied. and savings plans, social security and retirement plans.

LACC 2017-2018 GENERAL CATALOG 183 COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

FINANCE 15 FRENCH 8 Principles of Banking Conversational French 3 UNITS (CSU) 2 UNITS (UC: CSU) LECTURE 3 HOURS LECTURE 2 HOURS Advisory: English 28 and 67 or equivalent. Prerequisite: French 2 with a satisfactory grade or equivalent. This course is designed to provide an understanding of the Oral expression In French Is the main thrust of the course. basic functions of banking and a working knowledge of the The focus Is on conversational skills revolving around every- operation of a bank. day situations that a person may encounter when traveling or living In French-speaking countries, or when Interacting with Transfer limit: UCLA allows no credit for duplication of a for- French-speaking people In the United States. eign language if the Student completed in high school the equivalent levels with a satisfactory grade; A.A. Degree. UC Limit: maximum UNITS: 2 courses. One year of high school study In French corresponds to one FRENCH 10 French Civilization college semester of credit or one semester of French at LACC 3 UNITS (UC: CSU) equals one full year of high school credit. LECTURE 3 HOURS FRENCH (FRENCH) Advisory: English 28 and 67. An overview of the French culture from before the Romans to today. The course Includes an understanding of the differ- FRENCH 1 Elementary French I ent dynasties ruling France through the ages. It also covers 5 UNITS (UC: CSU) the various wars and revolutions and their affect on the arts LECTURE 5 HOURS and literature movement. It underlines the role of France In Europe and the world. Advisory: English 28 and 67 The Student learns French pronunciation and grammar, prac- FRENCH 21 tical vocabulary, useful phrases as well as basic facts on the Fundamentals of French I geography, customs and culture of the French speaking world. 3 UNITS (UC:CSU) LECTURE 3 HOURS FRENCH 2 The Students build basic competencies in French through Elementary French II intensive practice of the sound system and study of grammat- 5 UNITS (UC: CSU) ical patterns and expressions that prepare Students to func- LECTURE 5 HOURS tion within the contexts relevant to everyday life. Students Prerequisite: French 1 with a satisfactory grade or equivalent. learn to greet people, compare tastes and preferences in The Student completes the study of elementary French gram- music, film, art, and other activities, tell time, and make plans mar, increases their practical vocabulary, and masters useful with others. Students will gain knowledge of France and other phrases. The Student reads elementary texts including those French-speaking cultures of the world through readings and that explore basic facts on the geography, customs and culture multimedia. French 21 is the first half of French 1. Credit can of the French speaking world. not be earned for both French 1 and for French 21.

FRENCH 3 Intermediate French I GEOGRAPHY (GEOG) 5 UNITS (UC: CSU) LECTURE 5 HOURS. LABORATORY 1 HOUR. GEOGRAPHY 1 Physical Geography Prerequisite: French 2 with a satisfactory grade or equivalent. 3 UNITS (UC: CSU) Review of grammar, composition and vocabulary building. LECTURE 3 HOURS Introduction to French and Francophile authors. Advisory: English 28 and 67 or equivalent. FRENCH 4 Students learn about basic scientific principles of geography Intermediate French II such as Earth-Sun relationships, weather, climate, water, plate 5 UNITS (UC: CSU) tectonics, landforms, soil, and the biosphere. Emphasis is on LECTURE 5 HOURS the interrelationships among physical systems and processes Prerequisite: French 3 with a satisfactory grade or equivalent. and their resulting patterns and distributions. Tools of geo- Students will speak, read and understand spoken French at graphic inquiry are also briefly covered; they may include: an intermediate (semi-fluent) to advanced (near-fluent or com- maps, remote sensing, Geographic Information Systems (GIS) pletely fluent) level. Students will discuss cultural, artistic, lit- and Global Positioning Systems (GPS). Optional field trips are erary and historical traditions of the French-speaking world. offered.

184 LACC 2017-2018 GENERAL CATALOG COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

GEOGRAPHY 2 GEOLOGY 6 Cultural Elements of Geography Physical Geology Laboratory 3 UNITS (UC: CSU) 2 UNITS (UC: CSU) LECTURE 3 HOURS LECTURE 1 HOUR. LABORATORY 2 HOURS Advisory: English 28 and 67 or equivalent. Pre-Co-requisite: Geology 1 Students learn about diverse human populations in the con- Advisory: English 28 and 67 or equivalent. text of the globe, including the description, analysis, and Students learn: identification of minerals and rocks; topo- explanation of demography, migration, folk and popular cul- graphic and geologic map skills, including changing map ture, language, religion, ethnicity, political geography, devel- scales using dimensional analysis and interpretation of geo- opment, agriculture, industry, economic activities, urban logical structures in map view and cross-section; stratigraphic areas, and resource utilization. Special emphasis is placed on interpretation of sea level change; coastal sedimentary pro- contemporary issues such as the effects of globalization and cesses; determination of the location and magnitude of earth- the impact of human settlements on the natural environment. quakes; geological time and important geological events; the Students also learn basic geographic literacy and map reading. scale of the Earth and its place in the solar system; and energy and mineral resources. Field trips may be taken. GEOGRAPHY 15 Physical Geography Laboratory 2 UNITS (UC: CSU) HEALTH (HEALTH) LECTURE 1 HOUR. LABORATORY 2 HOURS Pre/Co-requisite: Geography 1 HEALTH 2 Health and Fitness Advisory: English 28 and 67 or equivalent. 3 UNITS (UC: CSU) This course is designed to provide supplemental exercises LECTURE 2 HOURS. LABORATORY 2 HOURS in topics covered in Physical Geography Lecture (Geogra- Course explores physical fitness as related to the Students phy 1). Students learn to analyze and interpret maps, includ- will determine the components of a healthy physical and psy- ing weather maps and topographic maps, as well as perform chological lifestyle, with an emphasis on disease prevention, hands-on exercises that explore Earth-Sun relationships, atmo- including violence/abuse, nutrition, sexuality, reproduction, spheric energy transfer, pressure and moisture, climate and drugs, alcohol, tobacco, aging, stress management, and weight biogeography, plate tectonics and volcanoes, and landforms. control. During the physical fitness segment, Students participate in aerobic, flexibility, and strengthening activities, focus- GEOLOGY (GEOLOGY) ing on individual improvement. Students assess their fitness status to build their own fitness plan. GEOLOGY 1 Physical Geology HEALTH 8 3 UNITS (UC: CSU) Women’s Personal Health LECTURE 3 HOURS 3 UNITS (UC: CSU) LECTURE 3 HOURS Advisory: English 28 and 67 or equivalent. Students learn: the scientific method and significant historical The Student will investigate both physiological and psycholog- developments in geological sciences; formation of Earth mate- ical health issues that are unique to women, including, nutri- rials, including minerals, igneous rocks, sedimentary rocks, tion, hygiene, sexuality, reproduction, drug use, violence and and metamorphic rocks; geological time, including relative abuse, and diseases common to women. dating, absolute dating, and fossil correlation; Earth’s internal HEALTH 11 processes, including plate tectonics, earthquakes, volcanism Principles of Healthful Living and magmatism, mountain building, geological structures, 3 UNITS (UC: CSU) and metamorphism; Earth’s external processes, including LECTURE 3 HOURS weathering, erosion, sedimentation, mass wasting, groundwa- ter, surface water, and climate systems; and renewable and This course focuses on the exploration of major health issues nonrenewable resources, including water and fossil fuels. and behaviors in the various dimensions of health. Emphasis is placed on individual responsibility for personal health and GEOLOGY 002 the promotion of informed, positive health behaviors. This Earth History course does not focus on the vocational aspects of the pub- 3 UNITS (UC: CSU) lic health field and instead looks at the connection between Students receive an introduction to the geological history of personal behavior and it’s correlation with disease preven- Earth and its inhabitants, with emphasis on the evolution tion. Topics include nutrition, exercise, weight control, men- of life and landforms of North America. Topics include how tal health, stress management, violence, substance abuse, Earth processes produce and alter landforms, climate, and reproductive health, disease prevention, aging, healthcare, energy and water resources on which humans depend; sig- and environmental hazards and safety. nificant tectonic events, such as mountain building episodes; and the evolutionary history of life on Earth, including plants, fish, dinosaurs, mammals, and humans. Multimedia presentations are used throughout the course. Field trips will be taken.

LACC 2017-2018 GENERAL CATALOG 185 COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

HEALTH 12 HISTORY 7 Safety Education and First Aid The World’s Great Religions 3 UNITS (UC: CSU) 3 UNITS (UC: CSU) LECTURE 3 HOURS Advisories: English 28 and 67 Students receive the theory and a detailed demonstration of Students survey the historical development of the world’s the first aid care of the injured. This course covers how to great religions. A study is made of the origins and growth of assess a victim’s condition and incorporate proper treat- major religions with an emphasis on the nature of religions, ment. Standard first aid, CPR, and AED certification(s) will be and religion as a discipline of study. granted upon successful completion of requirements. HISTORY 11 HEALTH 101 Political and Social History of the United States I Introduction to Public Health 3 UNITS (UC: CSU) 3 UNITS (UC:CSU) LECTURE 3 HOURS LECTURE 3 HOURS UC limit: Credit allowed for only one of African-American Studies This course provides an introduction to the discipline of Pub- 4 or History11 or Chicano Studies 7. lic Health. Students will gain an understanding of the basic Students learn the political and social history of the United concepts and terminologies of public health, and the history States from the colonial period through the Civil War and and accomplishments of public health officials and agencies. Reconstruction. An overview of the functions of various public health professions and institutions, and an in-depth examination of the HISTORY 12 core public health disciplines is covered. Topics of the disci- Political and Social History of the United States II 3 UNITS (UC: CSU) pline include the epidemiology of infectious and chronic dis- LECTURE 3 HOURS ease; prevention and control of diseases in the community including the analysis of the social determinants of health and Advisory: English 28 and 67 or equivalent. strategies for eliminating disease, illness and health dispari- UC limit: Credit allowed for only one of History 12, 13 or African ties among various populations; community organizing and American Studies 5, or Chicano Studies 8. health promotion programming; environmental health and Students survey study of the social and political history of safety; global health; and health care policy and management. the United States from the Reconstruction era to the present, focusing not only on political and social developments in HISTORY (HISTORY) the history of the United States but also on economic and cultural developments, and analyzing changes in both the United HISTORY 1 States’ domestic policies and its ongoing and changing role in Introduction to Western Civilization I international affairs. 3 UNITS (UC: CSU) LECTURE 3 HOURS HISTORY 13 The United States In the Twentieth Century Students learn about the development of western culture and 3 UNITS (UC: CSU) civilization to the Reformation. LECTURE 3 HOURS

HISTORY 2 Students learn to explain and analyze the main events, per- Introduction to Western Civilization II sonalities, and themes of the social and political history of the 3 UNITS (UC: CSU) U.S. in the 20th & 21st centuries by focusing on their overall LECTURE 3 HOURS impact on United States history, (i.e. cultural, political, and social movements), including a discussion of the country’s The Student learns the history of Western Civilization focus- central institutions. ing on the period from the French Revolution to the present. HISTORY 59 HISTORY 3 Comparative History of Genocide and War Crimes History of England and Great Britain I 3 UNITS (UC: CSU) 3 UNITS (UC: CSU) LECTURE 3 HOURS LECTURE 3 HOURS Advisory: English 28 and 67 Advisory: English 101 The Student learn the comparative history of genocide and The Student learns the history of British culture, emphasiz- war crimes in the 20th century and the legal instruments and ing social, political, and economic issues from earliest times organizations that have attempted to criminalize acts that fit to 1500. within the definitions of genocide under international law. HISTORY 4 Students will also learn the comparative history of cultural History of England and Great Britain II conflict (identity), race & racism, and nationalism. 3 UNITS (UC: CSU) LECTURE 3 HOURS Advisory: English 101 The Student learns the history of British culture, emphasizing social, political, and economic issues from 1500 to the present.

186 LACC 2017-2018 GENERAL CATALOG COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

HISTORY 73 HUMANITIES (HUMAN) Race and Racism In the United States 3 UNITS (UC: CSU) HUMANITIES 6 LECTURE 3 HOURS Great People, Great Ages Prerequisite: English 21 or equivalent. 3 UNITS (RPT 1) (UC: CSU) Students survey the development of racial theories and the LECTURE 3 HOURS interactions between ethnic groups in the United States. Stu- Advisory: English 28 and 67. dents investigate and develop an understanding of how rac- Introduction to Ideas and methods In the Humanities. Explo- ism has affected intercultural collaboration or confrontation. ration of the way In which Individuals and groups create This course encourages an understanding of the similarities meaning In their lives and In the world around them. and differences in racial and ethnic experiences in the United States. HUMANITIES 8 Great Women In Humanities HISTORY 81 3 UNITS (RPT 1) (UC: CSU) A History of Working People In the United States I LECTURE 3 HOURS 3 UNITS (UC: CSU) LECTURE 3 HOURS Advisory: English 28 and 67. Students are introduced to the ideas and methods in gender Advisory: English 101 and 67 studies. A wide range of conceptions of how gender identities The Student learns the history of working people in the United are defined across cultures and historical eras are explored. States from the colonial period through Reconstruction. Colo- Various course topics covered include: how women have nial life, the Revolutionary War, the early republic, the market resisted oppression, how women have found sources of power revolution, the rise of urban America, westward expansion, in family, friends, work and education, how sexuality is con- the Civil War, and Reconstruction are examined from the per- structed across time and place, and how gender relations con- spective of indentured servants, slaves, farmers, skilled and tinue to evolve. unskilled laborers, and male and female workers. HUMANITIES 30 HISTORY 82 The Beginnings of Civilization A History of Working People In the United States II 3 UNITS (UC: CSU) 3 UNITS (UC: CSU) LECTURE 3 HOURS LECTURE 3 HOURS Advisory: English 28 and 67. The Student learns the history of working people in the United Students receive an introduction to Ancient Cultures and States from Reconstruction to the present. Reconstruction, World Religions. The course explores the foundational texts, the gilded Age and Progressive Era, immigration, imperial- art and ideas of ancient India, China, the Middle East, Egypt ism, the Twenties, the Great Depression and New Deal, the and Greece. World Wars, the Cold War and the Fifties, the Sixties, the con- servative shift, and globalization are examined from the per- HUMANITIES 31 spective of people from diverse social groups. People In Contemporary Society 3 UNITS (UC: CSU) HISTORY 86 LECTURE 3 HOURS Introduction to World Civilizations I 3 UNITS (UC: CSU) Advisory: English 28 and 67. Traces the development and Interrelationships of the major Examination of the cultural encounters between European world civilizations and their cultural traditions and contribu- culture and the cultures of the Americas, Asia and Africa tions from the earliest times to the era of European expansion beginning from the Renaissance to present day. In the sixteenth century. HUMANITIES 61 HISTORY 87 People and Their World: the Creative Processes Introduction to World Civilizations II 3 UNITS (UC: CSU) 3 UNITS (UC: CSU) LECTURE 3 HOURS Prerequisite: English 28 and 67 or equivalent. Advisory: English 28 and 67. Traces the development of Interrelationships of the major Students explore contemporary arts, literature, and popu- world civilizations and their cultural traditions and contribu- lar culture. Students employ a range of analytic frameworks, tions for the earliest times to the era of European expansion to including how the creative process is generated through myth the sixteenth century. and dreams as well as how race, class, gender, and sexuality are portrayed in popular culture. HISTORY 385 DIRECTED STUDY History 3 UNITS (CSU) Students study History on a contract basis under the direction of a supervising instructor.

LACC 2017-2018 GENERAL CATALOG 187 COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS (INTBUS) INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS 6 International Marketing I INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS 1 3 UNITS (CSU) International Trade LECTURE 3 HOURS 3 UNITS (CSU) Open to all Students. LECTURE 3 HOURS Student is focused on how to get foreign customers for Amer- Prerequisite: Business 1 with a satisfactory grade or better. ican made products, how to identify prospective customers, Students gain an understanding of international business, the how to make contact and how to sell the product. Variables dynamics between developed and developing countries, recent include: culture, trade customs, politics, climate, wealth, busi- trends, how and why the world’s countries differ, and impli- ness and government structures and international law. One cations to managers of international companies. The princi- year of high school study in Italian corresponds to one col- ples of international trade, including the central tenets of glo- lege semester or one semester of college Italian equals one full balization, the new world order in the global economy, and year of high school study. the institutions that govern global trade will be covered. Top- ics include: globalization, foreign direct investment, political economies, regional economic integration, foreign exchange ITALIAN (ITALIAN) market, international monetary system, global capital mar- ITALIAN 1 kets, strategies of international organizations, and exporting, Elementary Italian I importing and counter-trade. 5 UNITS (UC: CSU) INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS 3 LECTURE 5 HOURS. LABORATORY 1 HOUR. Exporting Procedures I Corresponds to the first year of high school Italian. 3 UNITS (CSU) Advisory: English 28 and 67. LECTURE 3 HOURS Pronunciation and grammar, practical vocabulary, useful Prerequisite: International Business 1 with a satisfactory grade phrases: basic facts on the geography, customs and culture of or better. the Italian-speaking world. The Student identifies, defines, and explains that which is ITALIAN 2 required by the United States regulatory agencies to export Elementary Italian II from the United States. Emphasis will be placed on how to 5 UNITS (UC: CSU) determine if a commodity is acceptable for export and how to LECTURE 5 HOURS prepare the proper documentation required by the country of destination. Prerequisite: Italian 1 with a satisfactory grade or equivalent. The Students learn the pronunciation, grammar, and culture INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS 4 of the Italian-speaking world. Import Procedures I 3 UNITS (CSU) ITALIAN 10 LECTURE 3 HOURS Italian Civilization (UC[PENDING}:CSU) Advisory: International Business 1. LECTURE 3 HOURS The Student learns how to identify, define, and explain the United States regulatory agencies requirements to import to Advisory: English 28 or equivalent Open to all Students. Students the United States. Emphasis will be placed on how to deter- focus on the history, culture, traditions and arts of Italy and its mine what duties commodities might be subject to and how to people. The contribution of Italy to world civilization is examined. Course taught in English. Satisfies Humanities requirement prepare and present to the Bureau of Customs the shipment for graduation. and its document. INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS 5 JAPANESE (JAPAN) Payment Instruments and Procedures I 3 UNITS JAPANESE 1 LECTURE 3 HOURS Elementary Japanese I Advisories: Business 1 and/or International Business 1 with sat- 5 UNITS (UC: CSU) isfactory grades or better. LECTURE 5 HOURS The Student learns how to arrange and receive payment for Advisory: English 28 and 67. merchandise shipped from one country to another. Topics Students learn the fundamentals of pronunciation and gram- covered include how to prepare and fill out documents. Also mar, basic vocabulary, useful phrases; reading and writing included is information regarding credit and political risk with Romanized alphabet and Japanese scripts, basic facts on insurance. the geography, customs and culture of Japan. Corresponds to the first year of high school Japanese.

188 LACC 2017-2018 GENERAL CATALOG COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

JAPANESE 2 JAPANESE 69 Elementary Japanese II Japanese through Internet and Multimedia 5 UNITS (UC: CSU) 2 units (CSU) LECTURE 5 HOURS LABORATORY 4 HOURS Prerequisite: Japanese 1 with a satisfactory grade or equivalent. Japanese through Internet and Multimedia is a course Students continue to learn the fundamentals of pronunciation designed to supplement and enhance students’ skills in Japa- and grammar. Additional Chinese characters are introduced. nese language by providing an introduction to tutorials, self- Japanese geography, customs and culture are also included. help websites, and other resource materials that enable students to perform everyday functions, translations, searches, JAPANESE 3 and social interactions online in Japanese. Students will Intermediate Japanese I develop critical reading, writing, and computer skills in Jap- 5 UNITS (UC: CSU) anese which will be necessary for their success in both Japa- LECTURE 5 HOURS nese language courses and future careers/vocations. Prerequisite: Japanese 2 with a satisfactory grade or equivalent. Students continue to study the intermediate level of grammar JOURNALISM (JOURNAL) and vocabulary building for conversational fluency and written composition. Begins the study of short narrative writing. JOURNALISM 101 Collecting and Writing News JAPANESE 4 3 UNITS (CSU) Intermediate Japanese II LECTURE 3 HOURS 5 UNITS (UC: CSU) LECTURE 5 HOURS Prerequisite: English 28 or equivalent. Prerequisite: Japanese 3 with a satisfactory grade or equivalent. This introductory course stresses instruction and practice in news gathering and news writing. Curriculum connects the- Students complete the study of fundamental grammar and ory with meaningful activity in the basic principles of news provides additional training in grammar, written compo- writing, including a section on broadcast writing. The course sition, and use of idioms. Greater emphasis is placed on the includes an examination of freedom of the press along with knowledge and use of Kanji. Continues the reading of short a critical analysis of its responsibilities. Students receive an narrative stories. overview of press ethics and resolving ethical dilemmas. JAPANESE 8 JOURNALISM 105 Elementary Conversational Japanese 2 UNITS (UC: CSU) Mass Communications 3 UNITS (UC: CSU) LECTURE 2 HOURS LECTURE 3 HOURS Prerequisite: Japanese 2 with a satisfactory grade or equivalent. Prerequisite: English 28 and 67 or equivalent. The Students focus on conversational skills revolving around Students examine America’s mass communication systems everyday situations that a person encounter when traveling or and learn how they affect human behavior in relation to social, living in Japanese-speaking environment. political and economic institutions. Students learn the struc- UC Maximum credit: 2 times (4 UNITS). ture and function of media in the digital age. Students learn JAPANESE 9 and discuss media literacy and mass communication theories, Japanese Civilization as well as public relations practice, the history of advertising 3 UNITS (UC: CSU) and the evolution of the Internet. Survey of factors that influ- LECTURE 3 HOURS. LABORATORY 3 HOUR. ence the creation and distribution of media messages, and the Advisory: English 28 and 67. impact of those messages on society. The Student surveys Japanese civilization from ancient times JOURNALISM 185 to the present; the historical and cultural backgrounds; sig- DIRECTED STUDY nificant aspects of Japanese culture; religion, philosophy, Journalism socio-political institutions and art forms. 1 UNIT (CSU) The Student learns to work independently and produce con- JAPANESE 22 Fundamentals of Japanese II tent in Directed Study under the direction of a supervising 3 UNITS (UC: CSU) instructor. LECTURE 3 HOURS. LABORATORY 3 HOUR. JOURNALISM 217-1 Prerequisite: Japanese 21 Publication Laboratory I Students learn the fundamentals of pronunciation and gram- 2 UNITS (CSU) mar, basic vocabulary, useful phrases; reading and writing Laboratory: 6 hours with Romanized alphabet and Japanese scripts, basic facts on In this beginning level course, Students learn introductory the geography, customs and culture of Japan. Corresponds to newspaper production techniques through the publication of the first year of high school Japanese. Japanese 21 and Japa- the campus newspaper, including newspaper design, layout, nese 22 together are equivalent to Japanese 1. Prerequisite: graphic techniques, and materials. Student reporters, editors, Japanese 21 with a satisfactory grade or equivalent.

LACC 2017-2018 GENERAL CATALOG 189 COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

photographers and other visual journalists receive practical JOURNALISM 218-2 instruction in basic production and publication. Deadlines Practical Editing II and real-world working conditions are stressed. 3 UNITS (CSU) LECTURE 1 HOUR. LABORATORY 6 HOURS JOURNALISM 217-2 Prerequisite: Journalism 218-1 with a satisfactory grade or Publication Laboratory II equivalent. 2 UNITS (CSU) Laboratory: 6 hours Students learn intermediate newspaper editing skills through the publication of the campus newspaper, the Collegian. Edi- Prerequisite: Journalism 217-1 tors check facts, spelling, grammar and Associated Press style In this intermediate level course, Students learn to identify for all copy. Students improve stories and oversee major revi- relevant editorial topics and produce content for the opin- sions, and learn to collaborate with news design staff, pho- ion/editorial section, through the publication of the campus tographers and reporters. Student editors learn to manage newspaper, the Collegian. Reporters, photographers and car- social media channels in the newsroom, and assign online/ toonists learn to collaborate at the intermediate level in order broadcast and multimedia stories to reporters, producers and to produce effective staff editorials and editorial cartoons or photographers. other images. Students also produce content for the news section, and learn to create style sheets and dummy pages for the JOURNALISM 218-3 graphic design of the op/ed section. Students adhere to strict Practical Editing III deadlines. 3 UNITS (CSU) LECTURE 1 HOUR. LABORATORY 6 HOURS JOURNALISM 217-3 Prerequisite: Journalism 218-2 with a satisfactory grade or Publication Laboratory III equivalent. 2 UNITS (CSU) Laboratory: 6 hours In this course, Students practice advanced newspaper editing skills through the publication of the campus newspaper, the Prerequisite: Journalism 217-2 Collegian. Students edit reporter work for grammar, punctu- In this advanced course, Students learn newspaper production ation, clarity and Associated Press Style. Student editors craft techniques, and adapt print work to the Internet. advanced headlines and cutlines, and also practice editing skills across Students produce stories for the print edition of the campus other platforms, including broadcast and the web. Editors newspaper and also contribute content to the newspaper’s learn front page design software, and focus on copy flow and digital site, Collegian Wired. Students focus on introductory newsroom organization. Published work is critiqued in regu- vertical reporting skills that may include photography, vid- larly scheduled class meetings. eography, broadcast editing, broadcast reporting and print reporting. Students learn to generate ideas for photo essays, JOURNALISM 218-4 graphics centerpieces and bar charts. Student reporters focus Practical Editing IV on series and investigative reporting techniques. 3 UNITS (CSU) LECTURE 1 HOUR. LABORATORY 6 HOURS JOURNALISM 217-4 Prerequisite: Journalism 218-3 with a satisfactory grade or Publication Laboratory IV 2 UNITS (CSU) equivalent. Laboratory: 6 hours Students learn professional-level newspaper writing and copy editing through the publication of the campus newspaper, the Prerequisite: Journalism 217-3. Collegian. Students develop news management skills essential Students learn professional-level newspaper production tech- to the demands of evolving media. Editors master Associated niques through the publication of the campus newspaper, the Press Style and learn newsroom techniques to improve broad- Collegian with an emphasis on mobile journalism and social cast, online, multimedia and social media content. Editors media. At the professional level, Students write for the Colle- review and critique all content in regularly scheduled class gian and practice the skills necessary to work across social meetings. media, broadcast and print platforms. At the professional level, all Students publish blogs, and create online portfolios. JOURNALISM 219-1 Techniques for Staff Editors I JOURNALISM 218-1 1 UNIT (CSU) Practical Editing I LABORATORY 3 HOURS 3 UNITS (CSU) LECTURE 1 HOUR. LABORATORY 6 HOURS Prerequisite: Journalism 101 In this beginning course, Students learn practices in editorial Prerequisite: Journalism 101 with a satisfactory grade or equivalent. writing and analysis, while working as editors on the campus newspaper, the Collegian. Students also learn newsroom In this beginning course, Students learn editing fundamentals leadership skills and how to formulate editorial policy. Stu- through the publication of the campus newspaper, the Colle- dent learn to be accountable for what they publish. They also gian. This includes basic copy editing, writing headlines and learn to respond to feedback from readers, including letters cropping photographs. Editors evaluate and discuss issues of to the editor. the newspaper in regularly scheduled critique sessions following publication.

190 LACC 2017-2018 GENERAL CATALOG COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

JOURNALISM 219-2 KINESIOLOGY 180 Techniques for Staff Editors II Marathon Training Course for Run/Walk 1 UNIT (CSU) 1.5 UNITS (UC: CSU) LABORATORY 3 HOURS TO BE ARRANGED Students develop an understanding of cardiovascular endur- Prerequisite: Journalism 219-1 ance and specificity of training for marathons using a variety In this course, Student editors receive intermediate instruc- of tempo run/walks. Students utilize and understand aerobic tion in editorial writing and analysis of editorial problems. and anaerobic energy systems and when each is used. Race Students survey research methods. Students learn newsroom analysis and race psychology are also explained along with leadership skills and how to formulate editorial policy. Stu- proper hydration and nutrition. dents set advertising and editorial policy. KINESIOLOGY 185 (FORMERLY PHYS ED 185) JOURNALISM 219-3 Directed Study Physical Education 1 UNIT (CSU) Techniques for Staff Editors III 1 UNIT (CSU) Students pursue directed studies in Kinesiology on a contract LABORATORY 3 HOURS TO BE ARRANGED basis, under the direction of a supervising instructor. Prerequisite: Journalism 219-2 KINESIOLOGY 201-1 (FORMERLY PHYS ED 102) In this course, Students learn advanced techniques for man- Swimming Skills - 1 aging and producing the Student newspaper, the Collegian. 1 UNIT (UC: CSU) Students focus on newsroom operations and staff hierarchy. LABORATORY 2 HOURS Editors learn planning techniques and establish reporting Students learn intermediate swimming skills. Skills for each guidelines. At this level, editors analyze coverage during reg- stroke include kicking, arm stroke, proper breathing tech- ular meetings and implement changes to improve print and niques, body position and rhythm of stroke. The Student also online content. Students master real newsroom techniques learn water safety skills. and practices, and learn to produce under intense deadline pressure. KINESIOLOGY 202 (FORMERLY PHYS ED 110) Lap Swimming Skills JOURNALISM 220 1 UNIT (UC: CSU) Magazine Production Advanced swimmers improve their speed, strength, and 3 UNITS endurance. Instructor directs organized, challenging work- LECTURE 2 HOURS. LABORATORY 3 HOURS. outs with all four competitive strokes. Students should be able Prerequisite: Journalism 101 with a satisfactory grade or better. to swim 50 yards, without stopping, in deep water using the Students will learn the theory and practice of planning and freestyle stroke and rotary breathing. At the first pool session, producing a print magazine. This includes pre-press produc- Students’ swimming ability will be assessed to ensure mini- tion, budgeting, writing, editing and publishing a magazine mum skills for participation. that includes social media, photography and broadcast com- KINESIOLOGY 205 ponents. Unity of design and artistic principles are stressed Water Polo to produce compelling pages. Students also focus on the selec- 1 UNIT (UC: CSU) tion and use of typographic fonts in layout and design. Stu- Students learn ball handling, game strategy, shooting, defense, dents learn to create production schedules, and to work closely offense, counter attack, and game management. Instruction with the printer to stay on budget to produce the most compel- includes progressive skills attainment. ling edition possible of the Collegian Times. KINESIOLOGY 206 JOURNALISM 285 Diving Skills Directed Study 1 UNIT (UC: CSU) 2 UNITS (CSU) Students learn the theory and practice of diving drills nec- Advisory: English 28 and 67131 or equivalent. Conference: 1 hour per unit. essary to use the one-meter diving board. Demonstration and instruction on the five categories of basic dives, a front The Student learns to work independently and produce con- approach, the back take-off, jumps, line-ups, dry-land condi- tent in Directed Study under the direction of a supervising tioning exercises and drills, and work toward building a five- instructor. Credit Limit: A maximum of 3 UNITS in Directed dive list is covered. Study may be taken for credit. KINESIOLOGY 215-1 (FORMERLY PHYS ED 241) Judo Skills-1 KINESIOLOGY (KIN) 1 UNIT (UC: CSU) KINESIOLOGY 045 Students learn fifteen throwing techniques, five pinning tech- Adapted Fitness niques, and two constriction techniques, as well as the history 1 UNIT (UC: CSU) and etiquette of judo. Students with verified disabilities perform exercises as part of an individualized training program to improve cardiovascular fitness, muscular fitness, and flexibility.

LACC 2017-2018 GENERAL CATALOG 191 COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

KINESIOLOGY 215-2 training injuries, target heart rate and the intensity of exer- Judo Skills-2 cise as well as nutrition for fitness. Students train individually, 1 UNIT (UC: CSU) with a partner or in a team setting. Prerequisite: Kinesiology 215-1 Students apply the techniques of judo to a moving opponent. KINESIOLOGY 246 Students practice five throwing techniques, five pinning tech- Body Sculpting 1 UNIT (UC: CSU) niques, five constriction techniques and two arm locks. LABORATORY 2 HOURS. KINESIOLOGY 215-3 Students learn techniques for body sculpting to achieve car- Judo Skills - 3 diovascular fitness, flexibility, muscle toning and endurance. 1 UNIT (UC: CSU) Students will utilize exercise bands, core strength training on Prerequisite: Kinesiology 215-2 mats, weights, stability balls, medicine balls, kettle bells, and Students learn the competitive rules of the International Judo other activities are used to increase cardiac output and overall Federation. Additionally Students learn five new throwing lean muscle mass. techniques, five new pinning techniques, two new arm locks, and five new constriction techniques, all of which are applied KINESIOLOGY 249-1 (FORMERLY PHYS ED 299) while attacking and defending simultaneously while ran- STRESS MANAGEMENT SKILLS - 1 domly moving about the competition area. 1 UNIT (UC: CSU) Students learn techniques for managing stress through move- KINESIOLOGY 217 (FORMERLY PHYS ED 238) ment, dance therapy, dance meditation, authentic movement Self-Defense Skills 1 UNIT (UC:CSU) studies, breathing exercises, yoga, physical therapy and varied relaxation exercises. The Student develops the basic skills of self-defense, beginning with lateral movement, strength and cardiovascular fit- KINESIOLOGY 249-2 ness, agility and awareness of self in one’s environment. The STRESS MANAGEMENT TECHNIQUES THROUGH MOVEMENT II basic skills include striking, kicking, blocking, throwing, grap- 1 UNIT (UC: CSU) pling, and other techniques. Additionally, legal and moral Prerequisite: Kinesiology 249-1 issues of self-defense are discussed. Students learn additional techniques for managing stress KINESIOLOGY 229 through movement, dance therapy, dance meditation, authen- Body Conditioning tic movement studies, breathing exercises, yoga, physical 1 UNIT (UC: CSU) therapy and varied relaxation exercises. Students develop lis- Students participate in a variety of vigorous exercises for tening skills and presentation skills through practice. increasing cardiovascular fitness, muscular strength, and KINESIOLOGY 250-1 (FORMERLY PHYS ED 230) flexibility. Various modes of aerobic exercises are emphasized in support of the cross-training concept. Resistance training WEIGHT TRAINING SKILLS-1 using fixed weight of moderate to high intensity is used to 1 UNIT (UC: CSU) develop muscular strength in all major muscle groups. Flexi- Students develop muscular strength and endurance using bility training is also emphasized to enhance skeletal range of weight machines and free weights. They employ proper motion. Information on exercise methods and principles, the training techniques necessary to maintain personal fitness physiology of the human body, fitness evaluation methodolo- throughout the lifespan. gies, and nutrition education. KINESIOLOGY 250-2 KINESIOLOGY 230 WEIGHT TRAINING SKILLS-2 Cardiokickboxing Fitness 1 UNIT (UC: CSU) 1 UNIT (UC: CSU) Prerequisite: Kinesiology 250-1 Students learn a non-contact aerobic activity designed to teach Students develop resistance training experience and become basic kicking and punching techniques to improve overall fit- involved in a higher level of exercise. They will be exposed to ness and increase bio mechanics training including: cardiore- a wide variety of machine as well as free weight exercises and spiratory endurance, muscular strength and endurance, flex- will then design a program based on individual needs. ibility, and body composition. Weights, steps, and calisthenic exercises may also be utilized. KINESIOLOGY 250-3 KINESIOLOGY 237 WEIGHT TRAINING SKILLS-3 Bootcamp I 1 UNIT (UC: CSU) 1 UNIT (CSU) Prerequisite: Kinesiology 250-2 Students learn and apply low intensity style boot camp class Students develop an advanced level in weight training and activities along with nutrition and diet assessments. Students techniques that promote muscular strength and endurance. learn training exercises like basic aerobic and anaerobic con- Excelled use of free weights and machines along with safety ditioning, muscular strength, resistance and endurance train- rules are mastered. Students enrolling in advanced Weight ing, and also individual and team concepts. In addition, Stu- Training are required to take a skills test. dents are challenged to understand and apply basic fitness principles, basic anatomy and physiology, the prevention of

192 LACC 2017-2018 GENERAL CATALOG COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

KINESIOLOGY 251-1 (FORMERLY PHYS ED 225) KINESIOLOGY 271-2 Tennis Skills - 2 YOGA SKILLS - 1 (SAME AS DANCETQ 221) 1 UNIT (UC:CSU) 1 UNIT (UC: CSU) Prerequisite: Kinesiology 271-1 Students learn the physical practice of Yoga, connecting body, mind and spirit. The Students are introduced to its origins, Students learn intermediate level skills and knowledge to play asanas (positions) and terminology. tennis. Essential aspects of the game are presented through lecture, demonstration, group and individual drills, stroke KINESIOLOGY 251-2 analysis, theory and application of singles and doubles play. Emphasis is also placed on physical fitness. This skill level YOGA SKILLS - 2 (SAME AS DANCETQ 222) 1 UNIT (UC: CSU) articulates with United States Tennis Association’s level 2.5 to 3.0. Prerequisite: Kinesiology 251-1 Students’ progress in the physical practice of Yoga asana, mov- KINESIOLOGY 272 ing beyond beginning level positions and sequences, devel- Track and Field Skills oping balance in body alignment, flexibility, and strength. 1 UNIT (UC: CSU) Lecture .5 hour.; Laboratory 2.5 hours The Students learn asana (positions), terminology, and gain Students learn instruction and practice in the events relevant greater understanding of yoga philosophy and its application to track and field. Topics include techniques, strategies, fitness to daily life. conditioning, and rules pertaining to all aspects and events of track and field. Some of the topics include disk throwing, hur- KINESIOLOGY 251-3 dles, sprinting, cross training and injury prevention. Empha- YOGA SKILLS - 3 (SAME AS DANCETQ 223) sis will be put on proper biomechanics and injury prevention. 1 UNIT (UC: CSU) Prerequisite: Kinesiology 251-2 KINESIOLOGY 285 Directed Study - Kinesiology Students learn the physical and psychological aspects of Yoga 2 UNITS (CSU) Lecture 2 hours through the practice of connecting body, mind and spirit. The Students learn to participate professionally in a variety of fit- Students are introduced to its origins, asanas (positions) and ness environments. Areas of study include youth fitness, per- terminology. sonal training, group fitness, senior classes and health, diabe- KINESIOLOGY 265 tes prevention, and etc. Students learn to work with clients, Cross Country Conditioning Skills manage client care, and analyze results. They also pursue 1 UNIT (UC: CSU) directed studies in the area of Kinesiology on a contract basis, Students learn basic biomechanics pertaining to jogging, run- under the direction of a supervising instructor. ning and race walking. Students will improve their cardio- KINESIOLOGY 287-1 (FORMERLY PHYS ED 304) vascular system through various conditioning programs. Stu- Basketball Skills 1 dents learn a variety concepts pertaining to pacing, nutrition, 1 UNIT (UC: CSU) cross training and weight management that help enable them Students practice, at a beginning level, the fundamental skills to increase their quantity and quality of life. of basketball (dribbling, shooting, passing) and basic offensive KINESIOLOGY 266 - 1 and defensive team strategies through instruction and drills. Badminton - 1 KINESIOLOGY 287-2 1 UNIT (UC:CSU) Basketball Skills 2 Students learn the basic novice level skills and knowledge nec- 1 UNIT (UC: CSU) essary to play badminton such as the serve, clear, drop and Prerequisite: Kinesiology 287-1 smash shots, rules and basic strategies for the games of sin- Students practice, at an intermediate level, the fundamen- gles and doubles. tal skills of basketball (dribbling, shooting, and passing) and KINESIOLOGY 266 - 2 (FORMERLY PHYS ED 203) improve their ability to perform these skills under game con- Badminton - 2 ditions. They learn how to be a contributing team member on 1 UNIT (UC:CSU) offense and defense by setting screens, playing various zone Prerequisite: Kinesiology 266-1 defenses, and running a half-court press. Students learn the intermediate level skills and knowledge KINESIOLOGY 289-1 (FORMERLY PHYS ED 313) necessary to play badminton such as the serve, clear, drop and Soccer Skills-1 smash shots, deception, rules and intermediate strategies for 1 UNIT (UC: CSU) the games of singles and doubles as played at the intermedi- Students learn basic soccer skills of passing, dribbling, shoot- ate level. ing, and goal keeping. The course will also introduce individ- KINESIOLOGY 271-1 (FORMERLY PHYS ED 212) ual and team offense and defense, as well as the rules, proper Tennis Skills 1 etiquette, terminology, and the components of fitness. Stu- 1 UNIT (UC:CSU) dents will learn proper soccer techniques with practice skills Students learn the fundamental skills and knowledge nec- and feed back. essary to play tennis such as serve, forehand and backhand ground strokes and volleys, singles and doubles rules, and basic court positioning and strategy.

LACC 2017-2018 GENERAL CATALOG 193 COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

KINESIOLOGY 289-2 KINESIOLOGY 301-2 Soccer Skills-2 Swimming Skills II 1 UNIT (UC: CSU) 1.00 UNIT Prerequisite: Kinesiology 289-1 LECTURE .5 HOUR. LABORATORY 2.5 HOURS Students learn fundamental skills, team strategies, rules of KINESIOLOGY 301-3 the games, refereeing, and active participation of game play Swimming Skills III also learn how activities can lead to active healthy lifestyles 1.00 UNIT by developing a personal fitness plan. LECTURE .5 HOUR. LABORATORY 2.5 HOURS

KINESIOLOGY 290 KINESIOLOGY 303 Softball Skills Aqua Aerobics 1 UNIT (UC: CSU) (RPT 3) 1.00 UNIT (CSU) Students learn the fundamental skills and rules of softball. LECTURE .5 HOUR. LABORATORY 2.5 HOURS Students learn proper techniques and strategies for playing Students learn basic principles of water safety, nutrition and softball. Upon completion, Students should be able to partici- water aerobics exercises for conditioning. This class empha- pate in recreational softball. sizes cardiovascular endurance and strength training by the KINESIOLOGY 291-1 (FORMERLY PHYS ED 322) use of water resistance. Volleyball Skills - 1 KINESIOLOGY 303-1 1 UNIT (UC: CSU) Aqua Aerobics I Students learn basic volleyball skills and techniques. Skills 1.00 UNIT learned are passing, serving, setting, blocking and hitting. Stu- LECTURE .5 HOUR. LABORATORY 2.5 HOURS dents learn game strategy and rules of the sport. KINESIOLOGY 303-2 KINESIOLOGY 291-2 Aqua Aerobics II Volleyball Skills – 2 1.00 UNIT 1 UNIT (UC: CSU) LECTURE .5 HOUR. LABORATORY 2.5 HOURS Prerequisite: Volleyball Skills - 1 KINESIOLOGY 303-3 Students learn volleyball skills and techniques. Skills learned Aqua Aerobics III are passing, serving, hitting and blocking. The Students also 1.00 UNIT learn strategy used for games and the rules of the sport. LECTURE .5 HOUR. LABORATORY 2.5 HOURS

KINESIOLOGY 300 KINESIOLOGY 303-4 Swimming non-/Swimmer Aqua Aerobics IV 1.00 UNIT (CSU) 1.00 UNIT LABORATORY 2 HOURS LECTURE .5 HOUR. LABORATORY 2.5 HOURS

Students learn primary swimming skills, the beginning loco- KINESIOLOGY 307 motion skills of various swimming strokes and improve water safety awareness. SWIM AND RUN 1 UNIT (UC: CSU) KINESIOLOGY 300-1 Students develop an understanding of cardiovascular endur- Swimming non-/Swimmer I ance and fitness through running and swimming instruction. 1.00 UNIT (UC:CSU) Students will learn proper swimming and running technique LECTURE .5 HOUR.; LABORATORY 2.5 HOURS with practice drills and feedback. The emphasis will be to Students learn primary swimming skills, the beginning loco- provide safe and effective training progressions to improve motion skills of various swimming strokes and improve water health and skill acquisition. This class promotes the apprecia- safety awareness. tion of outdoor fitness and all abilities are welcomed.

KINESIOLOGY 300-2 KINESIOLOGY 307-2 Swimming non-/Swimmer II SWIM AND RUN II 1.00 UNIT 1.00 UNIT LECTURE .5 HOUR. LABORATORY 2.5 HOURS LECTURE .5 HOUR. LABORATORY 2.5 HOURS

KINESIOLOGY 300-3 KINESIOLOGY 307-3 Swimming non-/Swimmer III SWIM AND RUN III 1.00 UNIT 1.00 UNIT LECTURE .5 HOUR. LABORATORY 2.5 HOURS LECTURE .5 HOUR. LABORATORY 2.5 HOURS

KINESIOLOGY 301-1 KINESIOLOGY 326 (FORMERLY PHYS ED 630) Swimming Skills I AEROBIC SUPER CIRCUIT LAB 1.00 UNIT 1 UNIT (UC: CSU) LECTURE .5 HOUR. LABORATORY 2.5 HOURS The Student rotates through a series of weight training and cardiovascular exercises/machines at short, timed intervals for a challenging form of conditioning that develops muscular

194 LACC 2017-2018 GENERAL CATALOG COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

strength, muscular endurance and cardiovascular endurance KINESIOLOGY 333 concurrently. Students learn the importance of nutrition for Step Aerobics and Weight Training peak performance and increased overall wellness along with 1 UNIT (UC: CSU) issues pertaining to exercise physiology. Students use a combination of strength training machines, free weights , step aerobics, and low impact aerobics to increase KINESIOLOGY 327 (FORMERLY PHYS ED 640) overall fitness and knowledge of personal health. These activ- BEGINNING LIFELONG FITNESS LABORATORY ities are utilized to gain fitness, emphasizing flexibility, mus- 1 UNIT (UC: CSU) cular strength, and cardiovascular endurance. Students learn Students develop flexibility, muscular strength, muscular safety training, biomechanics, nutrition, weight management endurance, cardiovascular endurance, and body composition. and other nutrition and fitness concepts and skills. Students learn how to achieve a healthy lifestyle, proper fit- KINESIOLOGY 334 ness balance, nutrition. Cardiovascular disease prevention Walking for Fitness and education is a main component of this course. 1 UNIT (UC: CSU) LECTURE .5 HOUR. LABORATORY 2.5 HOURS. KINESIOLOGY 328 Bicycle Spinning Activity Students focus on achieving cardiovascular fitness and a 1 UNIT (UC: CSU) healthy lifestyle through walking programs and gate train- Students develop and improve both cardiovascular endurance ing. Course topics include shoe selection, posture, gait, walk- and leg strength through cycling, interval training and hill ing styles, flexibility, clothing, creating a walking program, climbing. Cycling safety, bike fit, and heart rate training will nutrition, BMI, cardiovascular disease prevention and assess- be emphasized throughout the course. Incorporates a choreo- ing fitness level. graphed workout on a specially designed stationary bicycle, using music and fundamental cycling techniques. KINESIOLOGY 334-2 Walking for Fitness II KINESIOLOGY 328-1 1 UNIT Bicycle Spinning I LECTURE .5 HOUR. LABORATORY 2.5 HOURS. 1 UNIT LECTURE 5 HOUR. LABORATORY 2.5 HOURS KINESIOLOGY 334-3 Walking for Fitness III This course increases and helps maintain both cardiovascular 1 UNIT endurance and leg strength through stationary bike workouts. LECTURE .5 HOUR. LABORATORY 2.5 HOURS. Intensity is high and challenging. Resting and target heart rates are used to monitor improvements in the students’ car- KINESIOLOGY 334-4 diovascular system. Walking for Fitness IV 1 UNIT KINESIOLOGY 329-2 LECTURE .5 HOUR. LABORATORY 2.5 HOURS. Body Conditioning II 1.00 UNIT KINESIOLOGY MAJOR (KIN MAJ) LECTURE .5 HOUR.; LABORATORY 2.5 HOURS

KINESIOLOGY 329-3 KINESIOLOGY MAJOR 100 (FORMERLY P.E. 712) Body Conditioning III Introduction to Kinesiology 1.00 UNIT 3 UNITS (UC:CSU) LECTURE 1 HOUR LECTURE 3 HOURS Students learn about the study of human movement through KINESIOLOGY 330-2 an interdisciplinary approach that includes discussing the Cardio KickboxingiI 1.00 UNIT importance of the sub-disciplines in kinesiology and the vari- LECTURE .5 HOUR. LABORATORY 2.5 HOURS ety of career opportunities in the areas of teaching, allied health, and fitness professions. KINESIOLOGY 330-3 Cardio Kickboxing III KINESIOLOGY MAJOR 107 1.00 UNIT Preparation for Certification Personal Fitness Trainer LECTURE .5 HOUR. LABORATORY 2.5 HOURS 3 UNITS LECTURE 3 HOURS. LABORATORY 1 HOUR. KINESIOLOGY 331 Prerequisites: Health 2 and KIN 250-1. Cross Training Lab 1 UNIT (UC: CSU) Students learn the knowledge, skills, and abilities to become Students learn a variety of cross training activities to achieve a Certified Personal Trainer. Students study how the muscu- their personal fitness goals. Includes Lecture on nutrition, lar, skeletal, and cardio-respiratory systems function. Topics exercise physiology concepts, and participation in a work- include anatomy and physiology, principles and methods of out designed to improve cardiovascular conditioning and cardiovascular training, strength training, safety, nutrition, body composition, increase muscle strength/endurance and and weight. flexibility.

LACC 2017-2018 GENERAL CATALOG 195 COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

KINESIOLOGY MAJOR 117 KOREAN 8 PERSONAL TRAINER INSTRUCTOR Conversational Korean 3 UNITS (CSU) 2 UNITS (UC: CSU) LECTURE 2 HOURS. LABORATORY 2 HOURS LECTURE 2 HOURS Prerequisites: KIN 250-1 and Health 2 Prerequisite: Korean 2 with a satisfactory grade or equivalent. The Students will develop the knowledge and understanding The Students focus on conversational skills on everyday top- to prepare for the ACE Personal Trainer Certification Exam ics, current events, and cultural materials. and become effective personal trainers. This is a comprehensive course for designing individualized programs based on KOREAN 10 each client’s unique health, fitness, and goals. The informa- (SAME AS HUMANITIES 45) tion covered by This course will help the Student learn how Korean Civilization to facilitate rapport, adherence, self-efficacy and behavior 3 UNITS (UC: CSU) change in clients, as well as design programs that help clients Advisory: English 28 and 67 or equivalent. Journal 101 or Journal to improve posture, movement, flexibility, balance, core func- 218. tion, cardiorespiratory fitness, and muscular endurance and This course offers the students lectures and discussions in strength. english on geography, history, government and institutions of korea; the life and customs of the people; the literature, KOREAN (KOREAN) arts, and sciences; the contribution to civilization. Advisory: english 28 or equivalent. KOREAN 1 SATISFIES HUMANITIES REQUIREMENT. LECTURE IN ENGLISH. NO KNOWL- Elementary Korean I EDGE OF KOREAN REQUIRED. 5 UNITS (UC: CSU) LECTURE 5 HOURS KOREAN 21 Fundamentals of Korean I Advisory: English 28 and 67. 3 UNITS (UC[PENDING]:CSU) Students learn the fundamentals of pronunciation and gram- LECTURE 3 HOURS mar, basic vocabulary, useful phrases; reading and writing Advisory: English 28 and 67 in Hangul, the Korean alphabet, basic facts on the geography, customs and culture of Korea. Advisory: English 28 or Advisory: English 28 or equivalent equivalent. Fundamental course for Students without prior exposure to Korean. Students learn to develop speaking, writing, listen- KOREAN 2 ing, and reading skills in Korean at ACTFL novice low, and Elementary Korean II raise awareness about Korean culture. Korean 21 and Korean 5 UNITS (UC: CSU) 22 is equivalent to Korean 1. LECTURE 5 HOURS Prerequisite: Korean 1 with a satisfactory grade or equivalent. KOREAN 22 Fundamentals of Korean II Students continue to learn the fundamentals of pronunciation 3 UNITS (UC[PENDING]:CSU) and grammar. Korean geography, customs and culture are LECTURE 3 HOURS also included. Continues the fundamentals of Korean pronunciation and KOREAN 3 grammar structure. Offers practical material for simple con- Intermediate Korean I versation based on every day experiences. Korean 21 and 5 UNITS (UC: CSU) Korean 22 together are equivalent to Korean 1. Prerequisite: LECTURE 5 HOURS Korean 21 with a satisfactory grade or equivalent. Advisory: Korean 2 with a satisfactory grade. KOREAN 69 Students continue to study the intermediate level of grammar Korean Through Internet and Multimedia and vocabulary building for conversational fluency and writ- 2 UNITS (CSU) ten composition. Begins the study of short narrative writing. LABORATORY 4 HOURS KOREAN 4 Prerequisite: Korean 1 Intermediate Korean II Korean through Internet and Multimedia is designed to sup- 5 UNITS (UC: CSU) plement and enhance Students’ Korean skills by providing LECTURE 5 HOURS tutorial, self-help assistance, computers, online resources, Prerequisite: Korean 3 with a satisfactory grade or equivalent. and other resource materials that enable the Students to perform everyday function, search and translate resources, and Students complete the study of fundamental grammar and socially interact online in Korean. Students develop critical provides additional training in grammar, written composition, reading, writing and computer skills necessary for success in and use of idioms. Continues the reading of short narratives. Korean language courses, college, career, and vocations.

196 LACC 2017-2018 GENERAL CATALOG COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

LAW (LAW) are the areas of consumer, housing, family, and employment law, along with marriage, and parental rights. additionally, LAW 1 Students learn fundamental criminal law and constitutional Business Law I law principles. this knowledge provides a platform for guided 3 UNITS (UC: CSU) discussion of important public policy issues concerning crime, LECTURE 3 HOURS discrimination, health care, and immigration.

Students learn the fundamental legal principles pertaining to LAW 10 business transactions. Students will be introduced to the legal Introduction to Legal Assistant I process. Topics include sources of law and ethics, contracts, 3 UNITS (CSU) torts, agency, criminal law, business organizations, and judi- Co-requisite: English 101 or equivalent. cial and administrative processes. The Students learn about careers in the paralegal profession; LAW 2 the inner workings of the law office; ethics and professional Business Law II responsibility; sources of American law; the court system and 3 UNITS (UC: CSU) alternative dispute resolution; and conducting interviews and LECTURE 3 HOURS investigations. This is an introductory course in understanding the role of the paralegal in the legal field. Students learn about the fundamental principles of law as they apply in the business world. Topics include, but are not LAW 11 limited to, Bankruptcy Law; Employment and Labor Law; Introduction to Legal Assistant II Employment Discrimination; Corporations; Administrative 3 UNITS (CSU) Law; Environmental Law; Real Property and Landlord-Tenant LECTURE 3 HOURS Relationships; and Wills, Trusts, and Elder Law. This course is Prerequisite: Law 10 with a satisfactory grade or equivalent. necessary for a well-rounded knowledge of business law. Students study a detailed examination of civil cases, the meth- LAW 3 ods used in trial preparations and are introduced to legal Civil Rights and the Law drafting and writing. 3 UNITS (UC: CSU) LECTURE 3 HOURS LAW 12 Tort Law and Claims Investigation Students learn about the broad range of privileges and rights 3 UNITS (CSU) guaranteed by the United States Constitution and subsequent LECTURE 3 HOURS amendments and laws that guarantee fundamental freedoms Prerequisite: Law 10 with a satisfactory grade or equivalent. to all individuals. These freedoms include the rights of free expression and action; the right to enter into contracts, own Students learn the academic and practical principles of tort property, and initiate lawsuits; the right of due process and law needed for a successful career as a paralegal. Special equal protections of the laws; opportunities in education and emphasis will be placed on the three major categories of tort work; the freedom to live, travel, and use public facilities law: Intentional Torts; Negligence; and Strict Liability. Other wherever one chooses; and the right to participate in the dem- topics covered include, but are not limited to, Malpractice; ocratic political process. Misrepresentation; Product Liability; Defamation; Vicarious Liability; and Joint Liability. LAW 4 Directed Field Work In Legal Assisting LAW 13 3 UNITS (CSU) Wills, Trusts, and Probate Administration LECTURE 1 HOUR. LABORATORY 6 HOURS 3 UNITS LECTURE 3 HOURS Prerequisite: Law 10 with a satisfactory grade or equivalent. Students learn the fundamental principles of the law of wills Students gain practical experience by working in a law office and trusts, including simple will and trust forms and forma- or other legal environment. Students are supervised by an tion. Students learn the organization and jurisdiction of the attorney, paralegal supervisor, or other legal personnel. These California Probate Court, with an overview of the administra- unpaid internship positions are available in a variety of legal tion of estates in probate. fields and legal settings. Through weekly seminars, Students also gain and share information on preparing for perma- LAW 14 nent employment. Students must complete 108 hours in their Law Office Management internship assignments. 3 UNITS (CSU) LECTURE 3 HOURS LAW 7 Street Law Students learn comprehensive, up-to-date information on the 4 UNITS (UC:CSU) use of technology by paralegals in all types of legal organiza- LECTURE 3 HOURS. LABORATORY 3 HOURS. tions. This course describes basic computer concepts as well Advisory: english 101. as more complex skills and software programs, with coverage and assignments for Word, Excel, Adobe Acrobat, AbacusLaw, Students develop a practical understanding of the u.s. legal sys- CaseMap, HotDocs, Summation iBlaze, Tabs3, TimeMap, Tri- tem and Students will engage in active community participa- alDirector, and more. This course covers important topics tion. Students learn about areas of the law that affect the daily such as electronic discovery, Internet legal/factual research, lives of all americans and u.s. residents. particularly relevant

LACC 2017-2018 GENERAL CATALOG 197 COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

legal timekeeping and billing, litigation support software, and emphasized in the areas of amnesty, naturalization, citizen- case management and docket control software. A variety of ship, international law, criminal aspects of immigration, and other topics are covered including mobile computing, docu- various types of immigration applications. ment management, security, ethics, the electronic courthouse and many other trends in legal computing. LAW 37 Bankruptcy Law LAW 17 3 UNITS Legal Writing LECTURE 3 HOURS 3 UNITS (CSU) Students learn the basics of bankruptcy law and procedure. LECTURE 3 HOURS The course focuses predominantly on Chapter 7 and Chapter Prerequisite: Law 10 and English 101 with satisfactory grades or 13 Bankruptcy, including preparing the necessary forms for equivalent. these types of bankruptcy. Other topics include, but are not Students study advanced legal drafting and writing, including limited to, the evolution of bankruptcy law, researching bank- special research projects. ruptcy law, the roles of various individuals in the bankruptcy process, and information gathering and counseling. LAW 18 Marriage and Family Law LAW 38 3 UNITS (CSU) Criminal Law and Procedure LECTURE 3 HOURS 3 UNITS LECTURE 3 HOURS Prerequisite: Law 10 with satisfactory grades or equivalent. This course presents fundamental common law and statutory Students learn substantive criminal law and the procedural concepts of family law with emphasis on California’s Commu- rights of criminal defendants. The two essential elements of nity Property Laws. a crime - mens rea and actus reus - will be covered in detail. Other topics that will be covered include, but are not limited LAW 19 to, crimes against the person, crimes against property and Property and Creditor Rights habitation, crimes against the public, parties and inchoate 3 UNITS offenses, and factual and statutory defenses. LECTURE 3 HOURS LAW 43 An introduction to California real property law. Students learn Elder Law the following subject matter: Forms of Ownership; Estates in 3 UNITS Real Property; Property Title in California; Agency Law; the LECTURE 3 HOURS Rights and Duties of Landowners; Disputes Between Neigh- bors in California; Involuntary Liens in California; Foreclo- LAW 51 sure Law in California; California Real Estate Sales Contracts; Legal Research for Paralegals Tenant—Landlord Law; Fair Housing; Transfers of Real Prop- 3 UNITS (CSU) erty; Common Interest Developments in California; Restric- LECTURE 3 HOURS tions on Land Use; Environmental Law; Litigating a Real Prop- Prerequisite: Law 10 and English 101 with a satisfactory grade or erty Case in California; Negotiation; and Personal Property. equivalent. LAW 33 Students learn how to perform library and computer-assisted Law and the Media legal research. Topics include finding the law by using legal 3 UNITS (CSU) encyclopedias; treatises; legal periodicals; A.L.R. annota- LECTURE 3 HOURS tions; Restatements; case reporters, digests, and their alternatives; case citators; constitutions and statutes; regulations; Students learn the federal, state, and local laws that most agency decisions; and looseleaf services. Students also receive directly affect mass communication in the United States, hands-on training in Westlaw and LexisNexis. focusing on: a basic understanding of the American legal system, its institutions, and some of its terminology; a broad LAW 931 understanding of First Amendment principles as they relate Cooperative Education - Law to mass communication; and a working knowledge of the laws 3 UNITS that directly restrict or enhance information gathering and LECTURE 3 HOURS message dissemination in the mass media, and an under- LAW 941 standing of the rationales behind those laws. Cooperative Education - Law LAW 35 4 UNITS Immigration Law for Paralegals LECTURE 4 HOURS 3 UNITS (CSU) LECTURE 3 HOURS Students learn the fundamental concepts of immigration law including grounds of exclusion, defenses to deportation, petitions and visa applications. Research and writing will be

198 LACC 2017-2018 GENERAL CATALOG COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

LEARNING FOUNDATION (LRNFDTN) LEARNING SKILLS 6 Academic Study Skills LEARNING FOUNDATION 2 3 UNITS Adaptive Word Processing Operations LABORATORY 9 HOURS LABORATORY 4 HOURS. The Student learns academic study skills. Students are introduced to making transitions to higher learning, first steps to Designed for Students with verified disabilities, this class pro- self-discovery, time management, discovering how to learn, vides individual training in the use of word processing tech- memorization, and reading. Depending upon the diagnostic nologies. Students learn skills at an individual, non-competi- assessment, Students are placed in an appropriate Learning tive pace using assistive hardware and software when needed. Skills study skills course. Students may enroll through the Knowledge of keyboarding skills is helpful but not required. twelfth week of the semester. This course is open to all Stu- Basic reading and writing skills are not addressed In this dents. Grades are awarded on a Pass/No-Pass basis. course. LEARNING SKILLS 7 LEARNING SKILLS (LRNSKIL) Basic Composition 3 UNITS LEARNING SKILLS 1 LABORATORY 9 HOURS Reading Comprehension The Student learns beginning to advanced writing instruction. 3 UNITS Learning Skills 7 focuses on basic sentence structures, para- LABORATORY 9 HOURS graph development and essay organization. Depending upon The Student learns individualized reading for English as a the diagnostic assessment, Students are placed in an appro- Native Language (ENL) or English as a Second Language (ESL) priate Learning Skills writing course. Students may enroll Students at the beginning level. Students progress from read- through the twelfth week of the semester. This course is open ing sentences and paragraphs to short selections and excerpts to all Students. Grades are awarded on a Pass/No-Pass basis. from novels. Based upon a preliminary diagnostic assess- LEARNING SKILLS 8 ment, Students are placed in an appropriate Learning Skills Résumé Preparation and Job Search Skills reading course in which the Learning Skills Department staff 1 UNITS NDA utilizes a system of texts, testing, tutoring and personalized LABORATORY 3 HOURS instruction to help Students increase comprehension skills and vocabulary development. Students may enroll through The Student learns how to write a résumé and cover letter. In the twelfth week of the semester. This course is open to all addition, job search techniques and job interview skills are Students. Grades are awarded on a Pass/No-Pass basis. explored. Depending upon the diagnostic assessment, Stu- dents will be placed in an appropriate Learning Skills résumé LEARNING SKILLS 2 preparation course. Students may enroll through the twelfth English Fundamentals week of the semester. This course is open to all Students. 3 UNITS Grades are on a Pass/Non-Pass basis. LABORATORY 9 HOURS LEARNING SKILLS 10 The Student learns beginning-to-advanced grammar. Students Mathematics Fundamentals receive instruction in the basic structure of the sentence, 3 UNITS NDA parts of speech, phrases, clauses, and agreement; using verbs, LABORATORY 9 HOURS pronouns, and modifiers correctly; punctuation, clear reference, a glossary of usage, and capital letters. After an initial Individualized review of basic mathematics skills involving diagnostic assessment, Students are placed in an appropriate whole number properties, order of operations, exponents, Learning Skills grammar course. Students may enroll through prime numbers, fractions, decimals, percents, ratio and pro- the twelfth week of the semester. This course is open to all portion, simple geometry, statistical graph analysis, and Students. Grades are awarded on a Pass/No-Pass basis. signed numbers. Depending upon the diagnostic assessment, Students will be placed in an appropriate program. Students LEARNING SKILLS 4 may enroll through the twelfth week of the semester. This The Mechanics of Spelling course is open to all Students. Grades are on a pass/no-pass 1 UNIT - NDA basis. LABORATORY 3 HOURS LEARNING SKILLS 11 The Student learns intensive spelling designed for non-spell- Elementary Algebra ers. Emphasis is placed upon the use of phonics, focusing on 5 UNITS NDA additive doubling, ie or ei, finding silent e, pronunciation aids, LABORATORY 15 HOURS tricky endings, words often confused, plurals, capitals, apos- trophes, and basic principles. Depending upon the diagnos- The Student learns basic algebra skills including the language tic assessment, Students are placed in an appropriate Learn- of algebra; equations and inequalities, polynomials, factoring; ing Skills spelling course. Students may enroll through the rational expressions; graphing and inequalities; linear equa- twelfth week of the semester. This course is open to all Stu- tions; exponents and radicals; quadratic equations. Depend- dents. Grades are awarded on a Pass/No-Pass basis. ing upon the diagnostic assessment, Students are placed in an appropriate Learning Skills elementary algebra course.

LACC 2017-2018 GENERAL CATALOG 199 COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

Students may enroll through the twelfth week of the semes- impede or prevent the Student from benefiting from their aca- ter. This course is open to all Students. Grades are awarded on demic classes without this foundation and support. Grades are a Pass/No-Pass basis. awarded on a Pass/No-Pass basis.

LEARNING SKILLS 15 LEARNING SKILLS 43 Overcoming Math Anxiety Adaptive Computer Operations 3 UNITS NDA 1 UNIT NDA LABORATORY 9 HOURS LABORATORY 3 HOURS The Student learns to reduce math anxiety and build self-con- Offered on a Pass/no-pass basis only. fidence so that math concepts are comprehensible. Depend- Students with disabilities learn how to use adaptive com- ing upon the diagnostic assessment, Students are placed in puter modifications and/or assistive technology utilizing key- an appropriate Learning Skills math anxiety course: LS15A - boarding, word processing, database management and other Basic Mathematics, LS15B - Elementary Algebra, and LS15C appropriate software applications. Enrollment is intended for - Intermediate Algebra. Students may enroll through the Students with current functional limitations that require indi- twelfth week of the semester. This course is open to all Stu- vidually-paced training. dents. Grades are awarded on a Pass/No-Pass basis. LEARNING SKILLS 49 LEARNING SKILLS 17 Introduction to Computer Assisted Instruction Application Individualized Intermediate 0.5 UNITS NDA 3 UNITS NDA LABORATORY 1 HOUR. LABORATORY 15 HOURS The Student learns to use the computer as a tool for learning The Student learns individualized instruction in intermediate by using hands-on computer interactive programs. Depend- algebra including number properties and linear equations in ing upon the diagnostic assessment, Students are placed in an one variable. Depending upon the diagnostic assessment, Stu- appropriate computer-assisted application (CAI) course. Stu- dents are placed in an appropriate Learning Skills intermedi- dents may enroll through the twelfth week of the semester. ate algebra course. Students may enroll through the twelfth This course is open to all Students. Grades are awarded on a week of the semester. This course is open to all Students. Pass/No-Pass basis. Grades are awarded on a Pass/No-Pass basis. LEARNING SKILLS 50 LEARNING SKILLS 24 Theory & Practice of Tutoring INTRODUCTION TO CAI 3 UNITS NDA Applications Language Arts 0.5 UNITS NDA LABORATORY 9 HOURS LABORATORY 1 HOUR. The Student learns theory and practice in tutoring sessions. The Student learns to use hands-on interactive instructional Also, tutor training is provided in each tutor’s discipline. applications programs. Depending upon the diagnostic assess- Depending upon the diagnostic assessment, Students are ment, Students are placed in an appropriate computer-as- placed in an appropriate Learning Skills theory and practice sisted instruction (CAI) language arts course. Students may of tutoring course. Students may enroll through the twelfth enroll through the twelfth week of the semester. This course week of the semester. This course is open to all Students. is open to all Students. Grades are awarded on a Pass/No-Pass Grades are awarded on a Pass/No-Pass basis. basis. LEARNING SKILLS 40 Introduction to Learning Disabilities LEARNING SKILLS 53 1 UNIT NDA Test Preparation for the General Education LABORATORY 3 HOURS DEVELOPMENT (GED): WRITING SKILLS This course will explore the nature of learning disabilities 1 UNIT NDA and the laws, accommodations, and services available for aca- Advisory: English 20, LS 1A, 1B, 1C-Basic Composition or LS 2A, demic improvement. Through assessment, Students will dis- 2B, 2C, English Fundamental. cover personal learning strengths and weaknesses to develop LABORATORY 4 HOURS a plan for academic success. Eligibility for support services This course is designed to prepare Students to pass the General will be determined. Education Development Test (GED): Writing Skills Test. It will include basics grammar and usage skills, sentence structure, LEARNING SKILLS 41 capitalization, punctuation, spelling, and the essay. Depend- Study Strategies for the Learning Disabled ing upon the diagnostic assessment, Students will be placed 1 UNIT NDA in an appropriate program. Students may enroll through the LABORATORY 3 HOURS twelfth week of the semester. This course is open to all Stu- Students learn study skills utilizing multi-sensory techniques dents. Grades are on a pass/no-pass basis. and strategies for coping with the demands of the college’s academic curriculum. This study skills class is specifically designed for Students with learning disabilities. Enrollment is intended for Students with current functional limitations that

200 LACC 2017-2018 GENERAL CATALOG COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

LEARNING SKILLS 56 LINGUISTICS (LING) Test Preparation for the General Education Development (GED): SOCIAL STUDIES LINGUISTICS 1 1 UNIT NDA Introduction to Language and Linguistics Advisory: English 20 or Learning Skills 1A, 18, & 1C - Reading. 3 UNITS (UC: CSU) Laboratory 4 hours LECTURE 3 HOURS The Student learns skills to pass the General Educational Prerequisite: English 28 and 67 or or ESL 8 equivalent. Development (GED): Social Studies Test. It includes the thir- Students are introduced to the scientific study of language to teen English colonies, the Revolutionary War, inflation and gain an understanding of language structures, functions, lin- its effects, the various branches of government, time zones, guistic universals, and the relationship between language and anthropology, sociology, and psychology. Depending upon the cognition. diagnostic assessment, Students are placed in an appropriate Learning Skills GED preparatory course. Students may enroll LINGUISTICS 2 through the twelfth week of the semester. This course is open Introduction to Sociolinguistics to all Students. Grades are awarded on a Pass/Non-Pass basis. 3 UNITS (UC: CSU) LEARNING SKILLS 485 LECTURE 3 HOURS Prerequisite: English 28 and 67 or ESL 8 or equivalent. LEARNING SKILLS 485 Advisory: Linguistics 1 Internet Research 1 UNIT NDA Students study the processes of linguistic variation and its LABORATORY 2 HOURS relationship to geography and socio-cultural identity in both monolingual and multilingual settings. Students gain an The Internet Research course teaches Students how to use understanding of language as a communicative, semiotic, and search engines; basic and advanced searches with Boolean cognitive tool in society. operators; how to locate, store, and retrieve materials in various content fields; how to critically evaluate these sources; LINGUISTICS 3 and how to use cite electronic resources. Depending upon the Introduction to Psycholinguistics diagnostic assessment, Students will be placed in an appropri- 3 UNITS (UC: CSU) ate program. Students may enroll through the twelfth week of LECTURE 3 HOURS the semester. Grades are on a pass/no-pass basis. Prerequisite: English 28 and 67 or ESL 8 Advisory: Linguistics 1 LIBERAL ARTS In this general introduction to psycholinguistics course, Stu- dents focus on speech, perception, language processing, lan- TRANSFER MAJOR guage production, and language acquisition. Students study See a Counselor for Information Interdisciplinary Program) the relationship between the theories proposed by linguistics The Library department is designed to help Students succeed and data as observed in everyday life. Students also review in their college classes. The course gives Students confidence related areas such as processes of reading, language and the in doing research using standard library resources as well as brain, and language and thought. the Internet. MANAGEMENT (MGMT) LIBRARY SCIENCE (LIB SCI) MANAGEMENT 2 LIBRARY SCIENCE 101 Organization and Management Theory Library Research Methods 3 UNITS (CSU) 1 UNIT (UC: CSU) LECTURE 3 HOURS LECTURE 1 HOUR. Students learn the basic process of the management of an Advisory: CAOT 1 organization. The course presents the process of achieving Students conduct research using the library’s electronic and set goals and objectives in a formal organization. The course print resources, evaluate the differences between academic objectives include : (a) To provide the Student with a basic and popular sources, develop search strategies, apply cita- framework of the subject matter through an overview of how tion rules, and analyze the basic requirements of academic an enterprise is organized and managed. (2) To develop Stu- integrity. dent sensitivity to the four key tools of management - planning, organizing, influencing, controlling. (3) To introduce learning tracks by which Students will appreciate the essence of management activities throughout the process and activities related to production, distribution, finance and administration, and decision-making.

LACC 2017-2018 GENERAL CATALOG 201 COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

MANAGEMENT 13 and pricing. It is the first in a series of courses which lead to Small Business Entrepreneurship the Certificate in Marketing and the AA Degree with a major 3 UNITS (CSU) in marketing. LECTURE 3 HOURS MARKETING 31 Students receive the fundamentals of how to organize and Retail Merchandising operate a small business. 3 UNITS (CSU) MANAGEMENT 31 LECTURE 3 HOURS Human Relations for Employees The Student will learn the principles and procedures in retail- 3 UNITS (CSU) ing, including a study of store location, store layout, store LECTURE 3 HOURS organization, buying, pricing, stock planning, and retail sales Advisory: English 28 and 67 or equivalent. promotion. The Students learns to recognize and develop those traits necessary for good relations with fellow workers, supervisors, MATHEMATICS (MATH) subordinates, customers, and other business associates. Placement Information MANAGEMENT 33 High school courses are not accepted as equivalent to college Personnel Management courses. Every new incoming Student will be required to take 3 UNITS (CSU) the math assessment unless he/she has satisfied the Prerequi- LECTURE 3 HOURS site by a college level course or a comparable assessment pro- The Student will learn the essentials of human resource man- cess from another college (must not be based on high school agement. Topics include recruitment, selection, training, transcripts). The result of the assessment test is valid for one appraisals, compensations, benefits, labor relations and col- year. The Student is encouraged to start his or her mathemat- lective bargaining. ics sequence as soon as possible after the assessment is taken. If you place In a 200 level math course, you should review the MARKETING (MARKET) Mathematics Course Sequence flowchart to determine which track best fits your circumstance and discuss your choice with MARKETING 1 a counselor. UC maximum limit: Refer to www.assist.org Principles of Selling 3 UNITS (CSU) MATHEMATICS 10 LECTURE 3 HOURS Math as a Second Language (MSL) 1 UNIT Advisory: English 28 and 67 or equivalent. LECTURE 1 HOUR. Students learn about careers in selling, ethics in selling, the Students study the basic mathematics sequence. The course psychology of selling and benefit selling. They learn prospect- introduces mathematical language and notation, along with ing methods, the approaches to customers, using questions in fundamental concepts necessary for successful completion of selling, techniques for meeting objections to buying and tech- the mathematics sequence. Topics include writing and speak- niques for closing the sale. This course is one of a series of ing mathematical language, understanding how to determine classes which lead to the Marketing Certificate and the AA what a problem is asking, and a multi-step program for solv- Degree with a major in marketing. ing problems. Also included are techniques that will enable MARKETING 11 Students to have a positive outlook toward future mathemat- Fundamentals of Advertising ics classes. 3 UNITS (CSU) LECTURE 3 HOURS MATHEMATICS 100 Mathematics Workshop Advisory: English 28 and 67 or equivalent. 1 UNIT NDA Students have an opportunity to explore the planning process, LABORATORY 3 HOURS the strategies and the techniques used by corporations and Co-requisite: MATH 105 or 111 or 113 or 114 or 115 or 124, or 215 small businesses to stimulate sales. or 216 or 227 or 230 or 236 or 240 or 245 or 260. MARKETING 21 Students can supplement and enhance learning in mathemat- Principles of Marketing ics through tutorial and self-help assistance, calculators, com- 3 UNITS (CSU) puters, programmed texts and other learning aids. LECTURE 3 HOURS MATHEMATICS 105 Advisory: English 28 and 67 or equivalent. Arithmetic Students learn the importance of making decisions with the 3 UNITS customer in mind and the need to select target markets for LECTURE 3 HOURS products and services. The course covers decision making rel- Students learn to perform arithmetic operations with whole ative to product development and management, trademarks, numbers, fractions, and decimals. Students learn to solve wholesaling, retailing, selling, sales promotion, advertising

202 LACC 2017-2018 GENERAL CATALOG COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

word problems including whole numbers, fractions, decimals, MATHEMATICS 115 and percents. Students learn ratios, rates, proportions and Elementary Algebra everyday life application. 5 UNITS LECTURE 5 HOURS MATHEMATICS 110 Prerequisite: Mathematics 112 with a satisfactory grade or Introduction to Algebraic Concepts equivalent. 5 UNITS LECTURE 5 HOURS This course covers operations on real numbers and algebraic expressions, solving linear equations and inequalities in one Prerequisite: Math 105 with a satisfactory grade or better. variable, graphing linear equations and inequalities in two This course reviews topics in arithmetic relevant to algebra variables, solving systems of linear equations in two variables, and introduces ideas necessary for understanding algebra. exponents, operations on polynomials, factoring polynomi- Students discuss fundamental notions of algebra including the als, operations on rational expressions, solving rational equa- arithmetic of signed numbers and solving first degree equations, simplifying radical expressions, solving radical equations using properties of equality. tions, solving quadratic equations, and graphing quadratic equations. MATHEMATICS 112 Pre-Algebra MATHEMATICS 121 3 UNITS NDA Elementary Geometry for College Students LECTURE 3 HOURS 3 UNITS (A) Prerequisite: Appropriate score on the math placement test. LECTURE 3 HOURS The Student can, In this course, bridge the gap between arith- Prerequisite: Mathematics 115 with a satisfactory grade or metic and algebra. Topics include operations with signed equivalent. numbers, order of operations, evaluating expressions and for- The Student learns the definitions, axioms and theorems of mulas, rules of integer exponents, distributive property, work- geometry relating to angles, lines, circles and polygons. Basic ing with polynomials, solving simple equations, working with constructions are introduced. The meaning and techniques of graphs, linear equations, word problems, and basic geometry. logical proofs are heavily emphasized.

MATHEMATICS 113 MATHEMATICS 124A Elementary Algebra A Intermediate Algebra - A 3 UNITS 2.5 UNITS LECTURE 3 HOURS LECTURE 2 HOURS. LABORATORY 1 HOUR Prerequisite: Mathematics 112 with a satisfactory grade or Prerequisite: Mathematics 115 with satisfactory grade or equivalent. equivalent. This is the first half of Mathematics 115. This course is for The Student learns the first part of Mathematics 125. Mathe- those who have had no algebra or whose preparation in alge- matics 124A and 124B together are equivalent to Mathematics bra is deficient. Topics include inequalities, an introduction 125. Topics include linear functions, systems of linear equa- to polynomials and their operations, equations, factoring, and tions, inequalities, polynomials, rational expressions and graphs of two variables. rational functions. Credit is allowed in only one Mathematics 125, or the Mathematics 124A and 124B combination. Simul- MATHEMATICS 114 taneous enrollment in Math 124A and 124B is not permitted. Elementary Algebra B 3 UNITS MATHEMATICS 124 B LECTURE 3 HOURS Intermediate Algebra - B Prerequisite: Mathematics 113 with a satisfactory grade or 2.5 UNITS equivalent. LECTURE 2 HOURS. LABORATORY 1 HOUR This Is the second half of Mathematics 115. Mathematics 113 Prerequisite: Mathematics 124A with satisfactory grade or and Mathematics 114 together are equivalent to Mathemat- equivalent. ics 115 (see course description for Mathematics 115). Credit The Student learns the second part of Mathematics 125. Math- Is allowed In only one Mathematics 115, or Mathematics 113 ematics 124A and 124B together are equivalent to Mathemat- and 114 combination. Simultaneous enrollment In Mathemat- ics 125. Topics include quadratic functions and equations; ics 113 and Mathematics 114 Is not permitted. Topics Include composite, inverse exponential and logarithmic functions; factoring polynomials, manipulating rational expressions and circles; and sequences, series, and binomial theorem. Credit equations, manipulating roots and radicals, solving and graph- is allowed in only one Mathematics 125, or the Mathemat- ing quadratic equations. ics 124A and 124B combination. Simultaneous enrollment in Math 124A and 124B is not permitted.

LACC 2017-2018 GENERAL CATALOG 203 COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

MATHEMATICS 125 MATHEMATICS 202 Intermediate Algebra Mathematics Workshop II 5 UNITS 1 UNIT (CSU) LECTURE 5 HOURS LABORATORY 3 HOURS Prerequisite: Mathematics 115 with a satisfactory grade or Co-requisite: One of the following Co-req: Math 215, 216, 230, 236, equivalent. 240, 245, 260, 261, 262, 263, 270, or 275. Note: A maximum of 8 UNITS may be earned by any combina- Students supplement and enhance their learning in mathe- tion of Mathematics 125, 240, and 245. matics by providing tutorial and self-help assistance, calcula- Students learn techniques for solving compound linear tors, computers, programmed text, and other learning aids for inequalities as well as absolute value equations and inequal- baccalaureate level mathematics courses. ities, solving systems of linear equations in two and three variables, simplifying non-linear expressions and solving MATHEMATICS 215 Principles of Mathematics I non-linear equations such as polynomial, rational, radical, 3 UNITS (UC: CSU) exponential, and logarithmic. Students learn techniques for LECTURE 3 HOURS rewriting the equation in the standard form for parabola and circle, and graph. Students learn how to compute terms and Prerequisite: Mathematics 125 with a satisfactory grade or sums of arithmetic and geometric series. Students will apply equivalent. the binomial theorem to expand the binomial with given This course is the first of two in a sequence designed for pro- power. Applications are included in a wide variety of word spective elementary school teachers. The Student will learn problems. topics including sets and relations, numbering systems, and elementary number theory. The main emphasis, however, MATHEMATICS 167 will be understanding the structure of systems of whole num- Pre-Statistics bers, integers, and rational numbers. 5 UNITS LECTURE 5 HOURS MATHEMATICS 216 Prerequisite: Mathematics 110 or Math 112 with a satisfactory Principles of Mathematics II grade or equivalent; or Placement. 3 UNITS (UC: CSU) LECTURE 3 HOURS Students learn key concepts of descriptive statistics such as observational and experimental design, graphical and tabu- Prerequisite: Mathematics 215 with a satisfactory grade or lar displays of data, measures of center and spread, proba- equivalent. bility, the normal distribution, and regression. This course This course is the second of two in a sequence for prospective is designed as a Prerequisite solely for Statistics(Math 227). elementary school teachers. Topics include decimal and real Students will not get math competency credit for taking This numbers, rational numbers, abstract mathematical systems, course towards an AA/AS degree. If Students wish to proceed geometry and the metric system. to another course other than Math 227, they would need to go back and take Math 125. MATHEMATICS 227 Statistics MATHEMATICS 190 4 UNITS (UC: CSU) Algebra for STEM Majors LECTURE 4 HOURS 6 UNITS Prerequisite: Mathematics 125 with a satisfactory grade or LECTURE 4 HOURS. LABORATORY 4 HOURS equivalent. Prerequisite: Mathematics 110 or Math 112 with a satisfactory This course is an introduction to probability, descriptive and grade or equivalent. inferential statistics including measures of central tendency An accelerated course covering the topic of Elementary and and dispersion, sampling, and estimation. Hypothesis testing, Intermediate Algebra. Topics Include the real number system, analysis of variance, test of independence, linear correlation rules of exponents, linear equations and Inequality In one and regression analysis also are covered. variable, linear equations and Inequality In two variables, systems of linear equations and Inequalities, nonlinear systems MATHEMATICS 230 of equations, polynomial operations, factoring polynomials, Mathematics for Liberal Arts Students 3 UNITS (UC: CSU) rational expressions, rational equations and Inequalities, radi- LECTURE 3 HOURS cal expressions and rational exponents, radical equations and Inequalities, quadratics equations and Inequalities, functions Prerequisite: Mathematics 125 with a satisfactory grade or and their graphs, exponential and logarithmic functions, the equivalent. conic sections, and sequences and series. Students receive instruction in topics which include linear equations and functions, applications of linear functions, systems of linear equations, matrices, system of linear inequalities, linear programming using the graphical method, mathematics of finance, logic, set theory, probability, basic counting, and statistics.

204 LACC 2017-2018 GENERAL CATALOG COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

MATHEMATICS 236 MATHEMATICS 261 Calculus for Business and Social Sciences Calculus I 5 UNITS (UC: CSU) 5 UNITS (UC: CSU) LECTURE 5 HOURS LECTURE 5 HOURS Prerequisite: Mathematics 125 with a satisfactory grade or Prerequisite: Mathematics 260 with a satisfactory grade or equivalent. equivalent. This course consists of elementary differential and inte- This Is the first of a three-course sequence In calculus. Top- gral calculus of algebraic, exponential and logarithmic func- ics Include limits and continuity, rates of change, derivatives, tions, as well as derivatives and the method of Lagrange mul- applications of differentiation, Integrals, the Fundamental tipliers. Applications to business and the social sciences are Theorem of Calculus, and applications of Integration. emphasized. MATHEMATICS 262 MATHEMATICS 240 Calculus II Trigonometry 5 UNITS (UC: CSU) 3 UNITS (CSU) LECTURE 5 HOURS LECTURE 3 HOURS Prerequisite: Mathematics 261 with a satisfactory grade or Prerequisite: Both Mathematics 125 and 121 with satisfactory equivalent. grades or equivalent. This Is the second In a three-course sequence In calculus. A maximum of 8 UNITS of credit may be earned by any combi- Topics Include differentiation and Integration of logarith- nation of Mathematics 125, 240 and 245. mic, exponential, circular and hyperbolic functions and their Students in Math 240 study the sine, cosine, and tangent func- Inverses, Indeterminate forms, Improper Integrals, stan- tions, including a study of their graphs, inverses of the func- dard techniques of Integration, applications of Integration to tions, solution of triangles, models for periodic phenomena, problems from economics, biology and probability, paramet- identities, conditional equations, and polar coordinates. Stu- ric equations and polar coordinates, Infinite sequences and dents also learn the basic properties of the cotangent, secant, series, and representation of functions as power series. and cosecant funcitons. MATHEMATICS 263 MATHEMATICS 245 Calculus III College Algebra 5 UNITS (UC: CSU) 3 UNITS (UC: CSU) LECTURE 5 HOURS LECTURE 3 HOURS Prerequisite: Mathematics 262 with a satisfactory grade or Prerequisite: Mathematics 125 with a satisfactory grade or equivalent. equivalent. Students solve problems from vectors calculus, parametric Students receive instruction to solve linear, rational, polyno- equations, surfaces, partial differentiation, gradient, maxima mial, exponential, and logarithmic equations; graph linear, and minima for functions of several variables, multiple inte- rational, polynomial, exponential, and logarithmic functions; grals, surface integrals, and line integrals. Students consider solve linear and nonlinear systems of equations and inequali- physical and mechanical applications of Green’s Theorem, ties; sequences and series. Divergence Theorem, and Stokes’ Theorem.

MATHEMATICS 260 MATHEMATICS 270 Pre-calculus Linear Algebra 5 UNITS (UC: CSU) 3 UNITS (UC: CSU) LECTURE 5 HOURS LECTURE 3 HOURS Prerequisite: Mathematics 240 with a satisfactory grade or Prerequisite: Mathematics 261 with a satisfactory grade or equivalent. equivalent. Students prepare for calculus, which covers the properties of This course develops the techniques and theory needed to polynomial, rational, algebraic, trigonometric, inverse trigo- solve and classify systems of linear equations. Solution tech- nometric, exponential and logarithmic identities and equa- niques include row operations, Gaussian elimination, and tions, trigonometric form of complex numbers and DeM- matrix algebra. Investigates the properties of vectors in two oivre’s Theorem, conic sections with translation and rotation and three dimensions, leading to the notion of an abstract of axes, nonlinear systems of equations and inequalities, vec- vector space. Vector space and matrix theory are presented tor algebra with dot and cross products, polar coordinates and including topics such as inner products, norms, orthogonal- graphs of polar functions, partial fractions and mathematical ity, eigenvalues, eigenspaces, and linear transformations. induction. Selected applications of linear algebra are included.

LACC 2017-2018 GENERAL CATALOG 205 COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

MATHEMATICS 272 MICROBIOLOGY 20 Methods of Discrete Mathematics General Microbiology 5 UNITS (UC: CSU) 4 UNITS (UC: CSU) LECTURE 5 HOURS LECTURE 3 HOURS. LABORATORY 3 HOURS Prerequisite: Mathematics 262 with a satisfactory grade or Advisory: English 21 or equivalent and Chemistry 60. equivalent. Students examine diseases produced by microorganisms Students study logic, algorithms, number systems, mathemat- including an introduction to bacterial classification, cytol- ical induction, sets, counting principles, probability, Boolean ogy, physiology, growth, reproduction, sterilization, disinfec- algebra, logic network, Pigeonhole principle, cardinality and tion and the applied fields of bacteriology. Bacteriological tech- computability, recurrence relations and recursion, graph the- niques are emphasized in the laboratory. ory, switching circuits, trees. MICROBIOLOGY 40 MATHEMATICS 275 Microbiology Laboratory Ordinary Differential Equations Preparations 3 UNITS (UC: CSU) 1 UNIT (CSU) LECTURE 3 HOURS LABORATORY 3 HOURS Prerequisite: Mathematics 262 with a satisfactory grade or Co-requisite: Microbiology 1 or Microbiology 20 equivalent. Students prepare media and reagents normally used in a bac- Students learn to categorize different types of differential teriological Laboratory with emphasis on safety and proper equations. Students learn to use techniques such as separation use and care of Laboratory equipment and supplies. of variables, exact differentials, homogeneity, and change-of- variable (substitution) to solve first-order equations as well as first-order Initial Value Problems (IVPs). Students apply this MUSIC (MUSIC) knowledge to solve real-world problems such as population MUSIC 101 growth and mixture problems. Students learn to solve high- Fundamentals of Music er-order linear differential equations using constant coef- 3 UNITS (UC: CSU) ficient technique, the method of undetermined coefficients LECTURE 3 HOURS and variation of parameters. Students apply this knowledge to physics applications such as simple harmonic motion. Stu- (For the non-Music major) dents solve equations of higher-order with variable coeffi- A study of the fundamentals of music Including notation, cients applying specific techniques based on the type of the meter signatures and rhythms, major and minor scales and given equations. Topics Include: Cauchy-Euler Equations, key signatures, Intervals, triads, terms and symbols. Some Power Series solutions, Bessel’s Equations, and Legendre’s sight reading and ear training Is Included. Satisfies Human- Equation. Students learn the Laplace transform and its prop- ities requirement. erties and apply this knowledge to solving various differential equations as well as IVPs. Students use techniques for solving MUSIC 111 Systems of Linear Differential Equations. Music Appreciation I 3 UNITS (UC: CSU) LECTURE 3 HOURS MICRIOBIOLOGY (MICRO) Required of all Music majors. Open to all Students. MICROBIOLOGY 1 The Student learns about masterpieces of western music from Introductory Microbiology the Middle Ages to the present day with an emphasis on per- 5 UNITS (UC: CSU) ceptive listening. Topics include the elements of music, musi- LECTURE 3 HOURS. LABORATORY 6 HOURS cal forms, music periods, styles, and the role of music and Prerequisite: Biology 3 or Physiology 1; and Chemistry 60 or ANY musicians in the western world. Fulfills humanities require- Chemistry and AND Biology with a satisfactory grade of better ments for graduation. or equivalent. MUSIC 116 Advisory: Eligibility for English 21 or equivalent. Survey and History of Rock, Pop, and Soul Music Prerequisite: Biology 3 or Physiology 1, and Chemistry 60. Advi- 3 UNITS (UC: CSU) sories: English 21. LECTURE 3 HOURS Students examine and learn: bacterial physiology, cytology, Introduction to rock, pop, and soul music styles covering genetics, growth and reproduction, and the effects of physi- their origins, stylistic development and cultural impact. This cal and chemical agents on the bacterial cell. Applied fields course is designed to increase Student awareness of the rela- covered are food, water, milk, air, soil and industrial microbi- tionship between popular music and society. ology. The immune response, diseases and bacteriologic techniques are stressed.

206 LACC 2017-2018 GENERAL CATALOG COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

MUSIC 121 MUSIC 152-1 (FORMERLY MUSIC 152) Music History and Literature I Current Musical Events I 3 UNITS (UC: CSU) 1 UNIT - (CSU) LECTURE 3 HOURS LABORATORY 2 HOURS Advisories: Music 111 and Music 202. The Student observes live concert performances, developing The Student studies music history and literature from earli- an understanding of the basic elements of music and accept- est times to 1750, including music of the ancient Greeks, early able audience behavior. Christians, Middle Ages, Renaissance and Baroque periods, MUSIC 152-2 through the music of Bach and Handel. Current Musical Events II MUSIC 122 1 UNIT (CSU) Music History and Literature II LABORATORY 2 HOURS 3 UNITS (UC: CSU) Prerequisite: Music 152-1 LECTURE 3 HOURS The Student observes and critiques live concert performances, Advisory: Music 111 and Music 202 developing an understanding of more advanced elements, A survey of music history and music literature from 1750 to styles and forms of music. the present time, Including music of the pre-Classic, Clas- MUSIC 161 sic and Romantic periods, as well as Contemporary classical Introduction to Electronic Music music. 3 UNITS (CSU) MUSIC 135 LECTURE 2 HOURS. LABORATORY 2 HOURS African-American Music The Student learns electro-acoustic, MIDI and computer 3 UNITS (UC: CSU) assisted music techniques for both the MAC and PC plat- LECTURE 3 HOURS forms. Emphasis is in computer-assisted sequencing, digital A study of African and African-American music and their and MIDI recording, mixing, sound reinforcement and CD Influence on folk, spirituals, gospels, concert music, opera, production. ballet, blues and jazz underscoring styles, characteristics, ori- MUSIC 180-1 (FORMERLY MUSIC 180) gin and contributions by African-American artists. (Credit Applied Muzsic Laboratory I allowed for only one of Music 135 and African-American Stud- 1.5 UNITS ies 60.) Satisfies Humanities requirement for graduation. LABORATORY 5 HOURS MUSIC 136 Co-requisite: Music 181 Music In American Culture The Student uses departmental practice rooms to enhance 3 UNITS - appropriate techniques and repertoire for the specific instru- LEC 3 (UC:CSU) ment or voice being studied in the co-requisite music course, A comparative and Integrative study of the multi-cultural with an emphasis on the progressive development of skills music styles of the United States. Emphasis Is given to the needed for solo performance. The focus is on playing or music of Native Americans, European Americans, African singing with precise rhythms, correct pitches and accurate Americans, Chicano/Latino Americans, and Asian Ameri- intonation. cans, tracing the development of these various musical traditions from their historical roots to their Influence on contem- MUSIC 180-2 porary American music. Applied Music Laboratory II 1.5 UNITS (CSU) MUSIC 137 LABORATORY 5 HOURS Music as a Business Prerequisite: Music 180-1 3 UNITS (A) Co-requisite: Music 182 LECTURE 3 HOURS The Student uses departmental practice rooms to further The Student learns the skills and knowledge necessary for enhance appropriate techniques and repertoire for the spe- success in the many careers available in the music industry. cific instrument or voice being studied in the co-requisite Covers the roles of personal managers, agents and attorneys; music course, with an emphasis on the progressive develop- the process of producing, publishing and copyrighting songs; ment of skills needed for solo performance. The focus is on and record production and marketing. playing or singing with the articulation, dynamics, phrasing, MUSIC 141 and expression appropriate to the literature being studied, Jazz Appreciation and if singing, diction appropriate to texts of the literature. 3 UNITS (UC[PENDING]:CSU) LECTURE 3 HOURS An introduction to American jazz music including its origins, stylistic development and cultural impact. This course is designed to increase Student awareness of the relationship between jazz music and American society.

LACC 2017-2018 GENERAL CATALOG 207 COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

MUSIC 180-3 MUSIC 183 Applied Music Laboratory III Applied Music III 1.5 UNITS (CSU) 0.5 UNIT (UC: CSU) LABORATORY 5 HOURS LABORATORY 1 HOUR. Prerequisite: Music 180-2 Prerequisite: Music 182 with a satisfactory grade or equivalent. Co-requisite: Music 183 Co-requisite: Music 180-3. The Student uses departmental practice rooms to further The Student studies appropriate techniques and repertoire enhance appropriate techniques and repertoire for the spe- for the specific instrument or voice being studied, with an cific instrument or voice being studied in the co-requisite emphasis on the progressive development of skills needed music course, with an emphasis on the progressive develop- for solo performance. The focus is on demonstrating appro- ment of skills needed for solo performance. The focus is on priate blend and balance when performing with an accompa- demonstrating appropriate blend and balance when perform- nist, and playing or singing in a stylistically appropriate man- ing with an accompanist, and playing or singing in a manner ner suitable to the genre, period, and style of the literature. suitable to the genre, period, and style of the literature. Achievement is evaluated through a juried performance. For transfer-oriented music majors as determined by the Music MUSIC 180-4 Department. (Confirmation of enrollment subject to audition). Applied Music Laboratory IV 1.5 UNITS (CSU) MUSIC 184 LABORATORY 5 HOURS Applied Music IV Prerequisite: Music 180-3 0.5 UNIT (UC: CSU) LABORATORY 1 HOUR. Co-requisite: Music 184 The Student uses departmental practice rooms to further Prerequisite: Music 183 with a satisfactory grade or equivalent. enhance appropriate techniques and repertoire for the spe- Co-requisite: Music 180-4. cific instrument or voice being studied in the co-requisite The Student studies appropriate techniques and repertoire for music course, with an emphasis on the progressive develop- the specific instrument or voice being studied, with an empha- ment of skills needed for solo performance. The focus is on sis on the progressive development of skills needed for solo memorizing performance literature and development of rep- performance. The focus is on memorizing performance liter- ertoire for exit recital and auditions for transfer. ature and development of repertoire for exit recital and auditions for transfer. Achievement is evaluated through a juried MUSIC 181 performance. For transfer-oriented music majors as deter- Applied Music I mined by the Music Department. (Confirmation of enrollment 0.5 UNIT (UC: CSU) subject to audition.) LABORATORY 1 HOUR. Co-requisite: Music 180-1. MUSIC 185 Directed Study The Student studies appropriate techniques and repertoire for 1 UNIT (CSU) the specific instrument or voice being studied, with an empha- LECTURE 1 HOUR. sis on the progressive development of skills needed for solo performance. The focus is on playing or singing with precise Vocal and instrumental Students pursue directed study on a rhythms, correct pitches and accurate intonation. Achieve- contract basis under the direction of a supervising instructor. ment is evaluated through a juried performance. For trans- MUSIC 200 fer-oriented music majors as determined by the Music Depart- Introduction to Music Theory ment. (Confirmation of enrollment subject to audition.) 4 UNITS (UC: CSU) MUSIC 182 LECTURE 2 HOURS. LABORATORY 4 HOURS Applied Music II The Student writes and recognizes rhythm and meter, basic 0.5 UNIT (UC: CSU) properties of sound, intervals, diatonic scales and triads, dia- LABORATORY 1 HOUR. tonic chords, basic cadential formulas and phrase structure, Prerequisite: Music 181 with a satisfactory grade or equivalent. dominant seventh chords, figured bass symbols, and non-har- Co-requisite: Music 180-2. monic tones. The Student applies and develops these materials through ear training, sight singing, analysis, and dictation. The Student studies appropriate techniques and repertoire for The Student also develops skills in handwritten notation. the specific instrument or voice being studied, with an emphasis on the progressive development of skills needed for solo MUSIC 201 performance. The focus is on playing or singing with the artic- Harmony I ulation, dynamics, phrasing, and expression appropriate to the 3 UNITS (UC: CSU) literature being studied, and if singing, diction appropriate to LECTURE 3 HOURS texts of the literature. Achievement is evaluated through a jur- Prerequisite: Music 200 with a satisfactory grade or equivalent. ied performance. For transfer-oriented music majors as determined by the Music Department. (Confirmation of enrollment Co-requisite: Music 217-2 subject to audition.) The Student writes and analyzes diatonic harmony including primary and secondary triads and the dominant seventh chord. Also includes figured bass and non-harmonic tones, as

208 LACC 2017-2018 GENERAL CATALOG COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

well as introducing two-part counterpoint, non-dominant sev- MUSIC 213 enth chords, secondary dominants and modulation. Students Musicianship III taking this class should also enroll in Music 217-2. 1 UNIT (UC:CSU) LABORATORY 3 HOURS MUSIC 202 The student applies and develops the rhythmic, melodic, and Harmony II 3 UNITS (UC: CSU) harmonic materials of Harmony III (advanced chromatic har- LECTURE 3 HOURS mony, jazz and modal harmony, and twentieth century techniques) through ear training, sight singing, analysis, and Prerequisite: Music 201 with a satisfactory grade or equivalent. dictation. Co-requisite: Music 218-2 The Student writes and analyzes advanced diatonic and MUSIC 217-2 beginning chromatic harmony using seventh chords, mod- Musicianship 2 1 UNIT (CSU) ally borrowed chords, sequences, secondary dominants, sim- LABORATORY 3 HOURS ple modulations, basic musical forms, and the writing of original compositions. Students enrolling in this class should also Prerequisite: Music 200 with a satisfactory grade or equivalent. enroll in Music 218-2. Co-requisite: Music 201 The Student applies and develops the rhythmic, melodic, and MUSIC 203 harmonic materials of Harmony I (diatonic harmony) through Harmony III 3 UNITS (UC: CSU) ear training, sight singing, analysis, and dictation. LECTURE 3 HOURS MUSIC 218 Prerequisite: Music 202 with a satisfactory grade or equivalent. Sight Reading I Co-requisite: Music 219-2 1 UNIT LECTURE 1 HOUR. The Student writes and analyzes advanced chromatic harmony using augmented chords, linear chromatic chords, Nea- Prerequisite: Music 200 with a satisfactory grade or equivalent. politan chords, augmented-sixth chords, chromatic mediants, The Student will acquire basic skills in sight reading rhythms tall chords, altered chords, and enharmonic and chromatic and melodies. The goal is to acquire sight reading skills nec- modulation. The Student also writes and analyzes jazz and essary for reading, performing, composing and producing modal harmony as well as twentieth century techniques music. including Impressionism, tone rows, set theory, polytonal- ity/pandiatonicism, and advanced meter/rhythm. Students MUSIC 218-2 enrolling in this class should also enroll in Music 219-2. Musicianship 3 1 UNIT (CSU) MUSIC 205 LABORATORY 3 HOURS Commercial Harmony I Prerequisite: Music 217-2 with a satisfactory grade or equivalent. 3 UNITS Co-requisite: Music 202 LECTURE 3 HOURS The Student applies and develops the rhythmic, melodic, and Students learn harmonic chord progressions used in popular harmonic materials of Harmony II (advanced diatonic and music including rock, jazz, Latin, funk and fusion, among oth- beginning chromatic harmony) through ear training, sight ers. Students are introduced to song writing by adding a mel- singing, analysis, and dictation. ody over given harmonic structures. MUSIC 219 MUSIC 211 Sight Reading II Musicianship I 1 UNIT (CSU) 1 UNIT (UC:CSU) LECTURE 1 HOUR LABORATORY 3 HOURS Prerequisite: Music 218 with a satisfactory grade or equivalent. The student applies and develops the rhythmic, melodic, and Co-requisite: Music 203 harmonic materials of Harmony I through ear training, sight singing, analysis, and dictation. The Student will acquire skills in sight reading more advanced rhythms and melodies. The goal is to acquire sight reading MUSIC 212 skills necessary for reading, performing, composing and pro- Musicianship II ducing music. 1 UNIT (UC:CSU) LABORATORY 3 HOURS The student applies and develops the rhythmic, melodic, and harmonic materials of Harmony II (advanced diatonic and beginning chromatic harmony) through ear training, sight singing, analysis, and dictation.

LACC 2017-2018 GENERAL CATALOG 209 COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

MUSIC 219-2 MUSIC 251-1 (FORMERLY MUSIC 251) Musicianship 4 Jazz Improvisation Workshop I 1 UNIT (CSU) 1 UNIT (UC: CSU) LABORATORY 3 HOURS LABORATORY 3 HOURS Prerequisite: Music 218-2 with a satisfactory grade or equivalent. Prerequisite: Music 101 Co-requisite: Music 203 The Student improvises and performs level one standard rep- The Student applies and develops the rhythmic, melodic, and ertoire in a jazz combo setting. Focus is on swing, bebop and harmonic materials of Harmony III (advanced chromatic har- blues. For intermediate to advanced jazz instrumentalists mony and twentieth century techniques) through ear train- only. (Confirmation of enrollment is subject to audition). ing, sight singing, analysis, and dictation. MUSIC 251-2 MUSIC 221 Jazz Improvisation Workshop II Counterpoint I 1 UNIT (UC: CSU) 3 UNITS (UC: CSU) LABORATORY 3 HOURS LECTURE 3 HOURS Prerequisite: Music 251-1 Prerequisite: Music 202 with a satisfactory grade or equivalent. The Student improvises and performs level two standard rep- The Student studies 18th-century contrapuntal techniques in ertoire in a jazz combo setting. Focus is on modal and penta- two, three and four voices, including species counterpoint, tonic scales and hard bop style. For intermediate to advanced invertible counterpoint, motive development and canon and jazz instrumentalists only. (Confirmation of enrollment is resulting in analysis and composition of two-part inventions, subject to audition). binary dance forms and three and four-part fugue expositions. MUSIC 251-3 MUSIC 223 Jazz Improvisation Workshop III Twentieth Century Compositional Techniques 1 UNIT (UC: CSU) 3 UNITS (UC: CSU) LABORATORY 3 HOURS LECTURE 3 HOURS Prerequisite: Music 251-2 Prerequisite: Music 202 with a satisfactory grade or equivalent. The Student improvises and performs level three standard The Student learns melodic, harmonic and rhythmic tech- repertoire in a jazz combo setting. Focus is on modern jazz niques of the Twentieth Century, resulting in the writing of style. For intermediate to advanced jazz instrumentalists original compositions. only. (Confirmation of enrollment is subject to audition).

MUSIC 224 MUSIC 251-4 Composition Jazz Improvisation Workshop IV 3 UNITS (UC: CSU) 1 UNIT (UC: CSU) LECTURE 3 HOURS LABORATORY 3 HOURS Prerequisite: Music 201 with a satisfactory grade or equivalent. Prerequisite: Music 251-3 The Student composes instrumental works based on specific The Student improvises and performs level four standard rep- compositional techniques. The Student will establish a solid ertoire in a jazz combo setting. Focus is on Afro-Cuban and technique in counterpoint, harmony, and instrumentation, Brazilian jazz styles. For intermediate to advanced jazz instru- resulting in a greater awareness of new compositional ideas mentalists only. (Confirmation of enrollment is subject to and aesthetics. The goal is to apply those techniques and ideas audition). to the development of a personal approach to composition. MUSIC 261-1 (FORMERLY MUSIC 261) MUSIC 231 Electronic Music Workshop I Orchestration and Arranging I 3 UNITS (CSU) 3 UNITS (UC: CSU) LECTURE 2 HOURS. LABORATORY 2 HOURS LECTURE 3 HOURS Prerequisite: Music 161 with a satisfactory grade or equivalent. Prerequisite: Music 202 with a satisfactory grade or equivalent. The Student learns the fundamentals of music production, Advisory: Music 241. including contemporary techniques for recording and editing The Student studies instrumentation and beginning orches- digital audio and MIDI, and the fundamentals of mixing and tration, including writing for various instrumental groups. mastering.

MUSIC 250 MUSIC 271 Music Performance Workshop Songwriter’s Workshop 1 UNIT (CSU) 3 UNITS (CSU) LABORATORY 3 HOURS LECTURE 3 HOURS The Student prepares, rehearses, and performs selected musi- Prerequisites: Music 201 and Music 312 or Music 651 cal works for small ensemble, focusing on rhythm, articula- Students learn the conventions of songwriting including lyr- tion, expression, blend and balance, appropriate performance ics, melody the relationship of lyrics and music, harmony, and practice, and professional standards of conduct. (Confirma- tion of enrollment is subject to audition.)

210 LACC 2017-2018 GENERAL CATALOG COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

song structure. Students analyze a wide variety of songs and MUSIC 312 apply the conventions of songwriting in the composition and Piano II performance of original songs. 1 UNIT (UC: CSU) LABORATORY 2 HOURS MUSIC 281 Prerequisite: Music 311 with a satisfactory grade or equivalent. Commercial Music Techniques I 3 UNITS (CSU) The Student receives continued instruction in basic piano LECTURE 2 HOURS. LABORATORY 2 HOURS skills emphasizing Note reading, simpler major and minor scales in quarter and eighth Note patterns, triads, repertoire Prerequisite: Music 261-1 with a satisfactory grade or equivalent. and memorization. (If Prerequisite is not met, enrollment is The Student learns recording and production techniques for subject to audition.) commercial applications, including scoring for TV and film, songwriting and arranging, and working with live musicians MUSIC 313 in the studio. Piano III 1 UNIT (UC: CSU) MUSIC 282 LABORATORY 2 HOURS Commercial Music Techniques II Prerequisite: Music 312 with a satisfactory grade or equivalent. 3 UNITS (CSU) LECTURE 2 HOURS. LABORATORY 2 HOURS The Student receives continued instruction in developing piano skills with increasing emphasis on Note reading, major Prerequisite: Music 281 with a satisfactory grade or equivalent. and minor scale techniques, cadences, triads, repertoire from The Student learns advanced recording and production tech- major historical periods, and memorization. (If Prerequisite is niques for commercial applications, including advanced audio not met, enrollment is subject to audition.) production, score realization, and studio workflow. MUSIC 314 MUSIC 285 Piano IV Directed Study 1 UNIT (UC: CSU) 3 UNITS (CSU) LABORATORY 2 HOURS LECTURE 2 HOUR Prerequisite: Music 313 with a satisfactory grade or equivalent. Vocal and instrumental Students pursue directed study on a The Student receives instruction in piano skills emphasizing contract basis under the direction of a supervising instructor. major and minor scales; major and minor arpeggios; reper- MUSIC 291 toire from the Baroque, Classical, Romantic, and 20th Cen- tury; and memorization. (If Prerequisite is not met, enroll- MUSIC PRODUCTION FOR MULTIMEDIA 1 ment is subject to audition.) 2 UNITS (CSU) LECTURE 1 HOUR. LABORATORY 2 HOURS MUSIC 341-1 (FORMERLY MUSIC 341) Prerequisite: Music 261-1 with a satisfactory grade or equivalent. Intermediate Piano I 2 UNITS (UC: CSU) The Student learns digital recording, MIDI, and music produc- LECTURE 1 HOUR. LABORATORY 2 HOURS tion techniques. Students gain hands on experience in LACC’s electronic music Laboratory and state-of-the-art recording Prerequisite: Music 314 with a satisfactory grade or equivalent. studio. The Student studies, practices, and performs level one intermediate piano repertoire from the Baroque, Classical, Roman- MUSIC 292 tic, and Twentieth Century periods selected by the instructor. MIDI Instrument Instruction II Repertoire to include the equivalent of Bach inventions, Dia- 2 UNITS (CSU) belli sonatinas, Schumann Kinderszenen, and Kabalevsky Op. LECTURE 1 HOUR. LABORATORY 2 HOURS 27. Technique to include the equivalent of Hanon 60 exercises Prerequisite: Music 291 with a satisfactory grade or equivalent. #1-19, Czerny Op. 100 #10-20, and all melodic minor scales in The Student learns advanced music production techniques, four octaves with cadences. Public performances are required. including mixing, editing, and automation. Students gain For the piano Student who has studied for two or more years of hands on experience in LACC’s electronic music Laboratory private or class piano. (If Prerequisite is not met, enrollment and state-of-the-art recording studio. is subject to audition.)

MUSIC 311 MUSIC 341-2 Piano I Intermediate Piano II 1 UNIT (UC: CSU) 2 UNITS (UC: CSU) LABORATORY 2 HOURS LECTURE 1 HOUR. LABORATORY 2 HOURS Open to all Students. Prerequisite: Music 341-1 The Student studies, practices, and performs level two inter- The Student receives instruction in basic piano skills with mediate piano repertoire from the Baroque, Classical, Roman- an emphasis on learning to read music, play finger-patterns, tic, and Twentieth Century periods selected by the instruc- scales, chords, and beginning pieces. Students are required to tor. Repertoire to include the equivalent of Bach sinfonias, furnish their own headphones. Haydn early sonatas, Chopin mazurkas and Bartok Mikrokos- mos Book #3. Technique to include the equivalent of Hanon 60

LACC 2017-2018 GENERAL CATALOG 211 COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

exercises #20-29, Czerny Op. 100 #20-30, and all major scales on chromatic seventh chords and sequences, chord extensions in thirds in four octaves with cadences. Public performances and the blues scale. (If Prerequisites are not met, enrollment are required. For the piano Student who has studied for two or is subject to audition.) more years of private or class piano.(If Prerequisite is not met, enrollment is subject to audition). MUSIC 361-3 Commercial Piano Techniques Workshop III MUSIC 341-3 2 UNITS (CSU) Intermediate Piano III LECTURE 1 HOUR. LABORATORY 2 HOURS 2 UNITS (UC: CSU) Prerequisite: Music 361-2 LECTURE 1 HOUR. LABORATORY 2 HOURS The Student learns chords and chord progressions used in jazz Prerequisite: Music 341-2 and popular music styles as applied to the keyboard, focusing The Student studies, practices, and performs level three inter- on comping chords and rhythms, walking bass lines, chord mediate piano repertoire from the Baroque, Classical, Roman- substitutions, and various song forms. (If Prerequisite is not tic, and Twentieth Century periods selected by the instructor. met, enrollment is subject to audition.) Repertoire to include the equivalent of Bach Well Tempered Clavier Book 1, Mozart early sonatas, Mendelssohn Songs MUSIC 361-4 without Words Book 1, Shostakovich Preludes, Op. 34. Tech- Commercial Piano Techniques Workshop IV 2 UNITS (CSU) nique to include the equivalent of Hanon 60 exercises #30-39, LECTURE 1 HOUR. LABORATORY 2 HOURS Czerny Op. 299 #1-9, and all harmonic minor scales in thirds and arpeggios in four octaves with cadences. Public perfor- Prerequisite: Music 361-3 mances are required. For the piano Student who has studied The Student learns chords and chord progressions used in jazz for two or more years of private or class piano. (If Prerequisite and popular music styles as applied to the keyboard, focusing is not met, enrollment is subject to audition). on comping chords and rhythms, walking bass lines, chord substitutions, and various song forms. (If Prerequisite is not MUSIC 341-4 met, enrollment is subject to audition.) Intermediate Piano IV 2 UNITS (UC: CSU) MUSIC 385 LECTURE 1 HOUR. LABORATORY 2 HOURS Directed Study Prerequisite: Music 341-3. 3 UNITS (CSU) LECTURE 1 HOUR. The Student studies, practices, and performs level four intermediate piano repertoire from the Baroque, Classical, Roman- Vocal and instrumental Students pursue directed study on a tic, and Twentieth Century periods selected by the instructor. contract basis under the direction of a supervising instructor. Repertoire to include the equivalent of Bach French Suites, Beethoven early sonatas, Schubert impromptus and Prokof- MUSIC 400 iev Visions Fugitives. Technique to include the equivalent of Voice Fundamentals 1 UNIT (UC: CSU) Hanon 60 exercises #40-60, Czerny, Op. 299 #10-20, all melodic LABORATORY 2 HOURS minor scales in thirds and arpeggios in four octaves with cadences. Public performances are required. For the piano This course concentrates on general, basic fundamentals of Student who has studied for two or more years of private or singing, using vocal exercises and simple songs. Emphasis is class piano. (If Prerequisite is not met, enrollment is subject placed on developing an understanding of the singing voice, to audition.) the body as a musical instrument, and the vocal potential of each student. MUSIC 361-1 (FORMERLY MUSIC 361) Commercial Piano Techniques Workshop MUSIC 401 2 UNITS (CSU) Classical Voice I LECTURE 1 HOUR. LABORATORY 2 HOURS 1 UNIT (UC: CSU) LABORATORY 2 HOURS Prerequisite: Music 201 and 313 with a satisfactory grade or equivalent. Prerequisite: Music 400 with a satisfactory grade or equivalent. The Student learns chords and chord progressions used in jazz The Student concentrates on general basic fundamentals of and popular music styles as applied to the keyboard, focusing singing using vocal exercises and simple arias and art songs in on ii7-V7-I progressions and diatonic seventh chords, as well Italian. Italian pronunciation and vocal style will be studied. as their applicable commercial chord symbols. (If Prerequi- (If Prerequisite is not met, enrollment is subject to audition.) sites are not met, enrollment is subject to audition.) MUSIC 402 MUSIC 361-2 Classical Voice II Commercial Piano Techniques Workshop II 1 UNIT (UC: CSU) 2 UNITS (CSU) LABORATORY 2 HOURS LECTURE 1 HOUR. LABORATORY 2 HOURS Prerequisite: Music 401 with a satisfactory grade or equivalent. Prerequisite: Music 361-1 The Student learns the basic fundamentals of singing using The Student learns chords and chord progressions used in jazz vocal exercises, simple arias and art songs in German. Ger- and popular music styles as applied to the keyboard, focusing man pronunciation and vocal style are studied. (If Prerequi- site is not met, enrollment is subject to audition.)

212 LACC 2017-2018 GENERAL CATALOG COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

MUSIC 403 focusing on mic technique and the development of a unique Classical Voice III personal style. Course includes coaching sessions with class 1 UNIT (UC: CSU) accompanist. (If Prerequisite is not met, enrollment is subject LABORATORY 2 HOURS to audition.) Prerequisite: Music 402 with a satisfactory grade or equivalent. MUSIC 501 The Student learns the basic fundamentals of singing using College Choir vocal exercises, simple arias and art songs in French. French 1 UNIT (RPT 3) (UC: CSU) pronunciation and vocal style are studied. (If Prerequisite is LABORATORY 3 HOURS not met, enrollment is subject to audition.) The Student prepares, rehearses and performs selected musi- MUSIC 404 cal works for beginning choir, focusing on rhythm, intonation, CLASSICAL VOICE IV articulation, expression, blend and balance, following the con- 1 UNIT (UC: CSU) ductor, appropriate performance practice, and professional LABORATORY 2 HOURS standards of conduct. Prerequisite: Music 403 with a satisfactory grade or equivalent. (Confirmation of enrollment subject to audition.) The Student learns the fundamentals of singing using more MUSIC 531 advanced vocal exercises, arias and art songs in French, Ger- Philharmonic Choir man and Italian. Focus is on interpretation and pronunciation. 1 UNIT (RPT 3) (UC: CSU) (If Prerequisite is not met, enrollment is subject to audition.) LABORATORY 3 HOURS MUSIC 431 The Student prepares, rehearses and performs selected musi- Commercial Voice I cal works for a large intermediate choir, focusing on rhythm, 1 UNIT (CSU) intonation, articulation, expression, blend and balance, fol- LABORATORY 2 HOURS lowing the conductor, appropriate performance practice, and Prerequisite: Music 400 with a satisfactory grade or equivalent. professional standards of conduct. (Confirmation of enrollment subject to audition.) The Student concentrates on the basic fundamentals of singing using vocal exercises and songs selected from the com- MUSIC 561 mercial song literature. Course includes coaching sessions Chamber Chorale with class accompanist. (If Prerequisite is not met, enrollment 1 UNIT (RPT 3) (UC: CSU) is subject to audition.) LABORATORY 3 HOURS

MUSIC 432 The Student prepares, rehearses and performs selected musi- Commercial Voice II cal works for a small advanced choir, focusing on rhythm, 1 UNIT – (CSU) intonation, articulation, expression, blend and balance, fol- LABORATORY 2 HOURS lowing the conductor, appropriate performance practice, and professional standards of conduct. (Confirmation of enroll- Prerequisite: Music 431 with a satisfactory grade or equivalent. ment subject to audition.) The Student concentrates on the singing voice using more difficult vocal exercises and songs from the many areas of MUSIC 601 commercial vocal music. Stylistic interpretation and perfor- Brass Instrument Instruction I mance practices are emphasized. Coaching sessions with class 2 UNITS (UC: CSU) accompanist are included. (If Prerequisite is not met, enroll- LECTURE 1 HOUR. LABORATORY 2 HOURS ment is subject to audition.) The Student receives basic instruction on the brass instru- MUSIC 433 ments, including trumpet, French horn, trombone and tuba. Commercial Voice III Some instruments available to loan to enrolled Students. Open 1 UNIT (CSU) to all Students. LABORATORY 2 HOURS MUSIC 602 Prerequisite: Music 432 with a satisfactory grade or equivalent. Brass Instrument Instruction II The more advanced singer concentrates on the study through 2 UNITS (UC: CSU) performance of the stylistic interpretations and performances LECTURE 1 HOUR. LABORATORY 2 HOURS practices of the many areas of commercial vocal music. Course Prerequisite: Music 601 with a satisfactory grade or equivalent. includes coaching sessions with class accompanist. (If Prereq- The Student continues brass instrument instruction with uisite is not met, enrollment is subject to audition.) emphasis on the development of embouchure, range, endur- MUSIC 434 ance and music reading skills. Some instruments available to Commercial Voice IV loan enrolled Students. (If Prerequisite is not met, enrollment 1 UNIT (CSU) is subject to audition.) LABORATORY 2 HOURS Prerequisite: Music 433 with a satisfactory grade or equivalent. The advanced singer concentrates on the stylistic interpretations and performance practice of commercial vocal music,

LACC 2017-2018 GENERAL CATALOG 213 COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

MUSIC 603 MUSIC 614 Brass Instrument Instruction III String Instrument Instruction IV 2 UNITS (UC: CSU) 2 UNITS (UC: CSU) LECTURE 1 HOUR. LABORATORY 2 HOURS LECTURE 1 HOUR. LABORATORY 2 HOURS Prerequisite: Music 602 with a satisfactory grade or equivalent. Prerequisite: Music 613 with a satisfactory grade or equivalent. The Student continues brass instrument instruction with The Student learns more advanced string instrument tech- increased emphasis in all areas covered. Primary emphasis niques with increased emphasis in all areas covered. Primary is on interpretation of more complex rhythmic notation and emphasis is on interpretation of advanced solo and small performance skills. Some instruments available to loan to ensemble literature. Some instruments available to loan to enrolled Students. (If Prerequisite is not met, enrollment is enrolled Students. (If Prerequisite is not met, enrollment is subject to audition.) subject to audition.)

MUSIC 604 MUSIC 621 Brass Instrument Instruction IV Woodwind Instrument Instruction I 2 UNITS (UC: CSU) 2 UNITS (UC: CSU) LECTURE 1 HOUR. LABORATORY 2 HOURS LECTURE 1 HOUR. Prerequisite: Music 603 with a satisfactory grade or equivalent. LABORATORY 2 HOURS The Student continued brass instrument instruction with The Student learns basic woodwind instrument techniques. increased emphasis in all areas covered. Primary emphasis is Includes flute, oboe, clarinet, bassoon and saxophone. Some on interpretation of solo and small ensemble literature. Some instruments available to loan to enrolled Students. Open to instruments available to loan to enrolled Students. (If Prereq- all Students. uisite is not met, enrollment is subject to audition). MUSIC 622 MUSIC 611 Woodwind Instrument Instruction II String Instrument Instruction I 2 UNITS (UC: CSU) 2 UNITS (UC: CSU) LECTURE 1 HOUR. LABORATORY 2 HOURS LECTURE 1 HOUR. LABORATORY 2 HOURS Prerequisite: Music 621 with a satisfactory grade or equivalent. The Student receives basic instruction on the string instru- The Student learns more advanced woodwind instrument ments, either violin, viola, cello or bass. Some instruments techniques with increased emphasis in all areas covered. Pri- available to loan to enrolled Students. Open to all Students. mary emphasis is on embouchure development, range, endurance and music reading skills. Some instruments available to MUSIC 612 String Instrument Instruction II loan to enrolled Students. (If Prerequisite is not met, enroll- 2 UNITS (UC: CSU) ment is subject to audition.) LECTURE 1 HOUR. LABORATORY 2 HOURS MUSIC 623 Prerequisite: Music 611 with a satisfactory grade or equivalent. Woodwind Instrument Instruction III The Student learns more advanced string instrument tech- 2 UNITS (UC: CSU) niques with increased emphasis in all areas covered. Primary LECTURE 1 HOUR. LABORATORY 2 HOURS emphasis is on development of bow and fingering techniques Prerequisite: Music 622 with a satisfactory grade or equivalent. and music reading skills. Some instruments available to loan The Student learns more advanced woodwind instrument to enrolled Students. (If Prerequisite is not met, enrollment is techniques with increased emphasis in all areas covered. Pri- subject to audition.) mary emphasis is on interpretation of more complex rhythmic notation and performance skills. Some instruments avail- MUSIC 613 String Instrument Instruction III able to loan to enrolled Students. (If Prerequisite is not met, 2 UNITS (UC: CSU) enrollment is subject to audition.) LECTURE 1 HOUR. LABORATORY 2 HOURS MUSIC 624 Prerequisite: Music 612 with a satisfactory grade or equivalent. Woodwind Instrument Instruction IV The Student learns more advanced string instrument tech- 2 UNITS (UC: CSU) niques with increased emphasis in all areas covered. Primary LECTURE 1 HOUR. LABORATORY 2 HOURS emphasis is on development of bow and fingering technique Prerequisite: Music 623 with a satisfactory grade or equivalent. in third position and music reading skills. Some instruments The Student learns more advanced woodwind instrument available to loan to enrolled Students. (If Prerequisite is not techniques with increased emphasis in all areas covered. met, enrollment is subject to audition.) Primary emphasis is on interpretation of advanced solo and small ensemble literature. Some instruments available to loan to enrolled Students. (If Prerequisite is not met, enrollment is subject to audition.)

214 LACC 2017-2018 GENERAL CATALOG COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

MUSIC 631 MUSIC 651 Percussion Instrument Instruction I Classical Guitar I 2 UNITS (UC: CSU) 2 UNITS (UC: CSU) LECTURE 1 HOUR. LABORATORY 2 HOURS LECTURE 1 HOUR. LABORATORY 2 HOURS The Student learns basic rhythms, rudiments, beginning nota- Prerequisite: Music 650 with a satisfactory grade or equivalent. tion and meters as applied to the snare drum and related per- (Student must provide own guitar.) cussion instruments. The Student reinforces fundamental music reading, right and MUSIC 632 left hand playing techniques and performance of elementary Percussion Instrument Instruction II solo guitar compositions. For Students who wish to continue 2 UNITS (UC: CSU) beyond the beginning level. Student must provide own guitar. LECTURE 1 HOUR. LABORATORY 2 HOURS (If Prerequisite is not met, enrollment is subject to audition.)

Prerequisite: Music 631 with a satisfactory grade or equivalent. MUSIC 652 The Student continues with basic rhythms, rudiments, begin- Classical Guitar II ning notation and meters as applied to the snare drum and 2 UNITS (UC: CSU) related percussion instruments. (If Prerequisite is not met, LECTURE 1 HOUR. LABORATORY 2 HOURS enrollment is subject to audition.) Prerequisite: Music 651 with a satisfactory grade or equivalent. MUSIC 633 (Student must provide own guitar.) Percussion Instrument Instruction III The Student performs intermediate level exercises and solos. 2 UNITS (UC: CSU) For Students who want to progress further into more tech- LECTURE 1 HOUR. LABORATORY 2 HOURS nically demanding compositions. Student must provide own Prerequisite: Music 632 with a satisfactory grade or equivalent. guitar. (If Prerequisite is not met, enrollment is subject to The Student receives intermediate instruction on percussion audition.) instruments and develop greater skill in the reading of percussion notation and in the playing of drum set. (If Prerequisite is MUSIC 653 not met, enrollment is subject to audition.) Classical Guitar III 2 UNITS (UC: CSU) MUSIC 634 LECTURE 1 HOUR. LABORATORY 2 HOURS Percussion Instrument Instruction IV Prerequisite: Music 652 with a satisfactory grade or equivalent. 2 UNITS (UC: CSU) (Student must provide own guitar.) LECTURE 1 HOUR. LABORATORY 2 HOURS Prerequisite: Music 633 with a satisfactory grade or equivalent. The Student performs compositions of greater harmonic and technical complexity. For intermediate to advanced Students The advanced Student develops greater skill in the reading who wish to probe deeper into analysis and performance of percussion notation and in the playing of drum set as it practices of the classical guitarist. Student must provide own relates to contemporary funk styles. (If Prerequisite is not guitar. (If Prerequisite is not met, enrollment is subject to met, enrollment is subject to audition.) audition.) MUSIC 635 MUSIC 654 Drum Set I 2 UNITS ( CSU) Classical Guitar IV 2 UNITS (UC: CSU) LECTURE 1 HOUR. LABORATORY 2 HOURS LECTURE 1 HOUR. LABORATORY 2 HOURS Prerequisite: Music 631 with a satisfactory grade or equivalent. Prerequisite: Music 653 with a satisfactory grade or equivalent. Advisory: Music 101 or Music 200. (Student must provide own guitar.) The Student learns beginning drum set techniques with an emphasis on popular musical styles, the role of the drum set The Student analyzes, prepares and performs advanced com- in contemporary music, and drum set arranging for music positions for classical guitar, incorporating the full range of production. classical guitar techniques. Musicianship and aesthetics of music are considered in depth. Ensembles of various sizes pre- MUSIC 650 pare and perform music from all eras. Beginning Guitar 2 UNITS (UC: CSU) MUSIC 661 LECTURE 1 HOUR. LABORATORY 2 HOURS Commercial Guitar I 2 UNITS (CSU) (Student must provide own guitar.) Lec 1 Laboratory 2 The Student learns basic positioning of body and hands, music Students interested in popular and jazz guitar techniques notation and reading, finger picking and chord accompani- explore topics such as Chords, Scales, Blues and Swing pat- ment. Designed for Students with no previous musical train- terns. Students also practice soloing styles and accompani- ing. Student must provide own guitar. ment techniques as well as ensemble playing in jazz bands and combos.

LACC 2017-2018 GENERAL CATALOG 215 COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

MUSIC 662 articulation, expression, blend and balance, following the con- Commercial Guitar II ductor, appropriate performance practice, and professional 2 UNITS (CSU) standards of conduct. (Confirmation of enrollment subject to Lec 1 Laboratory 2 audition.) Prerequisite: Music 661 This course is designed for Students interested in more MUSIC 725 advanced popular and jazz guitar techniques not covered in Community Orchestra 1 UNIT (RPT 3) (UC: CSU) Mus 661. Topics include major, minor and blues chords and LABORATORY 3 HOURS associated scales. More advanced blues and swing style rhythmic patterns, soloing styles and accompaniment technique The Student prepares, rehearses and performs selected large will be learned as well as ensemble playing in jazz bands and musical works for orchestra, focusing on rhythm, intonation, combos. articulation, expression, blend and balance, following the conductor, appropriate performance practice, and professional MUSIC 663 standards of conduct. (Confirmation of enrollment subject to Commercial Guitar III audition.) 2 UNITS (CSU) Lec 1 Laboratory 2 MUSIC 751 Prerequisite: Music 662 Wind Ensemble This course is designed for Students interested in more 1 UNIT (RPT 3) (UC: CSU) advanced popular and jazz guitar techniques. Topics include LABORATORY 3 HOURS Jazz chords, chord substitution, and associated scales. More The Student prepares, rehearses and performs selected musi- advanced blues and swing style rhythmic patterns, soloing cal works for wind ensemble, focusing on rhythm, intonation, styles and accompaniment technique will be learned as well articulation, expression, blend and balance, following the con- as techniques for ensemble playing in jazz bands and combos. ductor, appropriate performance practice, and professional standards of conduct. (Confirmation of enrollment subject to MUSIC 664 audition.) Commercial Guitar IV 2 UNITS (CSU) MUSIC 765 Lec 1 Laboratory 2 Percussion Ensemble Prerequisite: Music 663 1 UNIT (RPT 3) (UC: CSU) In this course, a continuation of mus 663, the Student will LABORATORY 3 HOURS learn more advanced sight-reading and improvisation skills, The Student prepares, rehearses and performs selected musi- advanced Jazz chords and chord substitutions with associ- cal works for percussion ensemble, focusing on rhythm, artic- ated scales, comping styles, as well as the application of more ulation, expression, blend and balance, following the con- advanced technical skills necessary for the performing ama- ductor, appropriate performance practice, and professional teur and professional guitarist. Jazz and popular music litera- standards of conduct.(Confirmation of enrollment subject to ture is used as a basis for study. audition.)

MUSIC 670 MUSIC 771 Fingerboard Harmony Guitar Ensemble 2 UNITS (CSU) 1 UNIT (RPT 3) (UC: CSU) LABORATORY 2 HOURS LABORATORY 3 HOURS Students further their understanding of chord construction The Student prepares, rehearses and performs selected musi- and progressions on the guitar. (If Prerequisite is not met, cal works for guitar ensemble, focusing on rhythm, intona- enrollment is subject to audition.) tion, articulation, expression, blend and balance, following the conductor, appropriate performance practice, and profes- MUSIC 705 sional standards of conduct. (Confirmation of enrollment sub- Chamber Music 1 UNIT (RPT 3) (UC: CSU) ject to audition.) LABORATORY 3 HOURS MUSIC 781 The Student prepares, rehearses, and performs selected musi- Studio Jazz Band cal works for chamber ensemble, focusing on rhythm, articula- 1 UNIT (RPT 3) (UC: CSU) tion, expression, blend and balance, appropriate performance LABORATORY 4 HOURS practice, and professional standards of conduct.(Confirmation The Student prepares, rehearses and performs selected musi- of enrollment subject to audition.) cal works for jazz band, focusing on rhythm, intonation, articulation, expression, blend and balance, following the con- MUSIC 711 ductor, improvisation of solos, and professional standards of Rehearsal Orchestra 1 UNIT (RPT 3) (UC: CSU) conduct. (Confirmation of enrollment subject to audition.) LABORATORY 3 HOURS The Student prepares, rehearses and performs selected musical works for orchestra, focusing on rhythm, intonation,

216 LACC 2017-2018 GENERAL CATALOG COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

MUSIC 782 NURSING (NURSING) Jazz Combos 1 UNIT (CSU) NURSING 100 LABORATORY 3 Certified Nursing Assistant The Student rehearses and performs selected musical works 5 UNITS for small jazz ensembles with an emphasis on improvisation LECTURE 2 HOURS. LABORATORY 6 HOURS. skills, group interplay, arranging, and rehearsal techniques. This course is approved by the State of California. Students This course is designed for intermediate to advanced instru- will be prepared to perform basic nursing tasks and educated mentalists. (Confirmation of enrollment subject to audition.) about the roles and responsibilities of the Certified Nurse Assistant. Students perform skill that include principles of MUSIC 911 Cooperative Education - Music safety, infection control and basic patient care practices. Stu- 1 UNIT (CSU) dents who successfully complete the course are eligible to LECTURE 1 HOUR take the State Certification Examination. Advisories: Music 101 and 161 NURSING 101 Students receive credit for approved internships with an Home Health Aide employer in the music industry. The work site must be 2 UNITS approved by the Department Chair. LECTURE 1.5 HOURS. LABORATORY 1.25 HOURS. Students learn to provide comfort, hygiene, nutrition, elimi- MUSIC 921 nation, sleep and rest care activities to clients. Emphasis is on Cooperative Education - Music the role of the home health aide, interpretation of client needs, 2 UNITS (CSU) LECTURE 2 HOURS personal-care services, nutrition and cleaning and care tasks in the home. The Certified Nursing Assistant (CNA) will be Advisories: Music 101 and 161 prepared as a Home Health Aide (HHA) to perform in-home Students receive credit for approved internships with an care to patients and assist them with activities of daily living. employer in the music industry. The work site must be This course is approved by the State of California. approved by the Department Chair.

MUSIC 931 NURSING, REGISTERED (REGNRSG) Cooperative Education - Music 3 UNITS (CSU) NURSING, REGISTERED 103 LECTURE 3 HOURS Nursing Pharmacology 1 UNIT (CSU) Advisories: Music 101 and 161 LECTURE 1 HOUR. Students receive credit for approved internships with an employer in the music industry. The work site must be Prerequisite: Admission to Nursing program. approved by the Department Chair. Co-requisite: Nursing, Registered 104. First semester nursing Students acquire introductory knowl- MUSIC 941 edge about the most frequently prescribed medications, their Cooperative Education - Music side effects, and possible interactions that are used in health 1 UNIT (CSU) care setting today. LECTURE 4 HOURS Advisories: Music 101 and 161 NURSING, REGISTERED 104 Nursing Foundations Students receive credit for approved internships with an 4 UNITS (CSU) employer in the music industry. The work site must be LECTURE 2 HOURS. LABORATORY 6 HOURS approved by the Department Chair. Prerequisite: Math 115, English 101, Sociology 1, Communication Studies 101, Psych 1, 41, Physiology 1, Anatomy 1 and Microbiol- NURSING SCIENCE (NRSCE) ogy 20. Students acquire introductory knowledge about theoretical NURSING SCIENCE 100 concepts and fundamental skills in nursing that are required TRANSITION FROM LVN TO RN for safe patient care. Students also learn and apply the Roy 2 UNITS Adaptation Model nursing process as the conceptual frame- LECTURE 2 HOURS work for practice. Then Students develop enhanced crit- Eligible Licensed Vocational Nurses (LVN) participate in this ical thinking and psychomotor skills during the clinical bridge course to prepare for transition to the Registered Nurse component. (RN) program. Students learn and apply theory and skills in the following areas; role transition from LVN to RN, Profes- sional Nursing, Nursing Process, Roy Adaptation Model and Maslow’s Hierarchy of Needs, communication skills, ethical and legal issues affecting nursing practice, cultural assessment techniques, pharmacology, and dosage calculation.

LACC 2017-2018 GENERAL CATALOG 217 COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

NURSING, REGISTERED 105 the life span and nursing interventions to promote client Beginning Medical-Surgical Nursing adaptation. Students also apply theoretical concepts during 5 UNITS (CSU) concurrent clinical experience. LECTURE 2.5 HOURS. LABORATORY 7.5 HOURS Prerequisite: Nursing, Registered 104 with a satisfactory grade. NURSING, REGISTERED 110 Advanced Medical-Surgical Nursing Students will develop introductory knowledge and under- 5 UNITS (CSU) standing of common medical-surgical health problems, using LECTURE 2.5 HOURS. LABORATORY 7.5 HOURS knowledge about the Roy Adaptation Model nursing process. Prerequisite: Nursing, Registered 108 and Nursing, Registered 109 This framework will be used for implementing nursing care. with a satisfactory grade. Theoretical concepts and nursing skills will be applied by the Students in a clinical setting. In this advanced nursing course, Students will learn to understand and apply advanced theoretical and clinical concepts in NURSING, REGISTERED 106 the care of critically ill adult, older adult, and pediatric medi- Nursing Care of the Childbearing Family cal-surgical patients with complex problems. Student acquires 4 UNITS (CSU) translational knowledge about complex concepts that include LECTURE 2 HOURS. LABORATORY 6 HOURS ECG monitoring, beginning ventilator management, hemody- Prerequisite: Nursing, Registered 105 with a satisfactory grade. namic monitoring, care of the client with multisystem failure, Students learn to asses and care for women through the lifes- and nursing care in emergency situations. Students will apply pan and newborns, with emphasis on reproductive health theoretical knowledge across all specialty care settings. and the childbearing years, healthy neonates, and women’s NURSING, REGISTERED 111 health. Utilizing the Roy Adaptation model, the nursing pro- Nursing Leadership and Management cess, and QSEN competencies, family-centered care is empha- 4 UNITS (CSU) sized, including identification of the bio-psycho-social needs, LECTURE 2 HOURS. LABORATORY 6 HOURS as well as cultural diversity, of patients and families. Students Prerequisite: Nursing, Registered 110 with a satisfactory grade. will apply concepts that include the disease process, medical treatments, nursing responsibilities, and interventions, cul- Nursing Students will explore, apply the legal, ethical and cur- tural, ethical, and legal issues to the childbearing family. rent issues and trends that affect the Registered Nurse today within the context of the Roles of Practice. Students will com- NURSING, REGISTERED 107 plete a 96 hours of clinical preceptorship and 12 hours of com- Nursing Care of the Pediatric Client munity home health. 4 UNITS (CSU) (RPT 1) LECTURE 2 HOURS. LABORATORY 6 HOURS NURSING, REGISTERED 115 Nursing Skills Competency I Prerequisite: Nursing, Registered 105 with a satisfactory grade. 1 UNIT – (CSU) Utilizing the Roy Adaptation Model and the nursing process, LABORATORY 3 HOURS Students in pediatric nursing focus on the nursing care of chil- Co-requisite: Nursing, Registered 104. dren of various ages and their families. The Student applies concepts that include disease process, medical treatments, Updated - the Students will participate in this weekly three- nursing responsibilities, interventions, cultural, ethical, and hour adjunct Laboratory course to practice procedures and legal issues to the pediatric population. skills learned in concurrent Fundamentals and Beginning Medical-Surgical Nursing theory and clinical Laboratory NURSING, REGISTERED 108 courses. Nursing Care of the Client with Psychosocial Needs 4 UNITS (CSU) NURSING, REGISTERED 116 LECTURE 2 HOURS. LABORATORY 6 HOURS Nursing Skills Competency II 1 UNIT (CSU) Prerequisite: Nursing, Registered 107 with a satisfactory grade LABORATORY 3 HOURS and approved second year status in RN program. Prerequisite: Nursing, Registered 105 with a satisfactory grade. The Student correlates theoretical knowledge and clinical experience in the care of the psychiatric patient in the acute The Student participates in this weekly 3 hour adjunct, Lab- care facility. Emphasis will be on the holistic care of clients oratory course to practice procedures and skills learned in with mental health problems, cognitive disorders, and/or dif- concurrent Maternal/Newborn and Pediatrics Nursing theory ficulties in coping with problems of daily living. and clinical courses.

NURSING, REGISTERED 109 NURSING, REGISTERED 117 Intermediate Medial - Surgical Nursing Nursing Skills Competency III 5 UNITS (CSU) 1 UNIT (CSU) LECTURE 2.5 HOURS. LABORATORY 7.5 HOURS LABORATORY 3 HOURS Prerequisite: Nursing, Registered 106 and Nursing, Registered 107 Prerequisite: Nursing, Registered 107 with a satisfactory grade with a satisfactory grade and approved second year status in RN and approved second year status in RN program. program. Third semester nursing Students practice and enhance both Students identify and manage the needs of the older adult cli- mental health and medical-surgical nursing skills. ent possessing complex medical-surgical health problems. Stu- dents focus on the bio-psycho-social impact of illness across

218 LACC 2017-2018 GENERAL CATALOG COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

The Student will participate in competency assessment in the PHILOSOPHY 9 progression from novice graduate to Registered Nurse in the Symbolic Logic I Pediatric Nursing specialty. 3 UNITS (UC: CSU) LECTURE 3 HOURS OCEANOGRAPHY(OCEANO) Advisories: English 28 and 67 or equivalent The Student learns to translate, analyze and evaluate argu- OCEANOGRAPHY 1 ments in modern symbolic logic by employing the principles Introduction To Oceanography and methods of propositional and predicate logic. 3 UNITS (UC: CSU) LECTURE 3 HOURS PHILOSOPHY 14 History of Modern European Philosophy Advisory: English 28 and 67 or equivalent. 3 UNITS (UC: CSU) The Student receives a general introduction to the origin of the LECTURE 3 HOURS universe, plate tectonics, ocean basins, water, beaches, tides, Advisory: Eligibility for English 28 and 67 or equivalent and the overall uses and abuses of the ocean by human beings. This class traces the development of the Ideas which shape the modern mind. The Individual’s relationship to the state, to his PHILOSOPHY (PHILOS) fellow human beings and to the universe will be explored In the works of modern philosophers. PHILOSOPHY 1 Introduction to Philosophy I PHILOSOPHY 20 3 UNITS (UC: CSU) Ethics LECTURE 3 HOURS 3 UNITS (UC: CSU) LECTURE 3 HOURS Advisories: English 28 and 67 or equivalent This introductory course is open to all Students. The follow- Advisory: Eligibility for English 28 and 67 or equivalent ing questions will be discussed: Does life have meaning? Does The Student learns the major historical and contemporary God exist? Do we have free will? Can we trust our senses? ethical theories, as well as a discussion and analysis of current moral issues. PHILOSOPHY 5 Critical Thinking and Composition PHILOSOPHY 30 3 UNITS (UC: CSU) Asian Philosophy LECTURE 3 HOURS 3 UNITS (UC: CSU) LECTURE 3 HOURS Prerequisite: ENGLISH 101 with a satisfactory grade or better or equivalent. Advisory: Eligibility for English 28 and 67 or equivalent The Student develops critical thinking skills necessary for This course explores the major philosophies of India, China evaluating and formulating argumentative/persuasive essays. and Japan, including Hinduism, Buddhism, Confucianism, Instruction in writing is a central focus of this course. Taoism and Zen Buddhism. Consideration is given to the differences between Eastern and Western thought. PHILOSOPHY 6 Logic In Practice PHILOSOPHY 32 3 UNITS (UC: CSU) Philosophy of Religion (formerly Philosophy 27) LECTURE 3 HOURS 3 UNITS (UC: CSU) LECTURE 3 HOURS Advisories: English 28 and 67 or equivalent Students apply logical principles and critical thinking to Advisory: Eligibility for English 28 and 67 or equivalent everyday life in such areas as advertising, news reports, and Offers an exposition, discussion and analysis of significant editorials. philosophical questions which have been directed at religious beliefs. PHILOSOPHY 8 Deductive Logic PHILOSOPHY 40 3 UNITS (UC: CSU) Introduction To the Philosophy of Art LECTURE 3 HOURS 3 UNITS (UC: CSU) LECTURE 3 HOURS This introductory logic class, which is open to all Students, is designed to develop the student’s ability to think critically and Advisory: Eligibility for English 28 and 67 or equivalent. to reason correctly. Attention will be given to both formal and Students learn various philosophical theories regarding the informal logic. nature of art, ‘beauty’ and the aesthetic experience.

LACC 2017-2018 GENERAL CATALOG 219 COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

PHOTOGRAPHY (PHOTO) PHOTOGRAPHY 20 Beginning Photojournalism PHOTOGRAPHY 1 4 UNITS (CSU) Elementary Photography LECTURE 2 HOURS. LABORATORY 6 HOURS. 6 UNITS (CSU) Advisory: Photography 7. LECTURE 3 HOURS. LABORATORY 9 HOURS Students learn photography for publications, including maga- Prerequisite: Photography 10 with a satisfactory grade. zines, wire services, print and online newspapers and campus The Student learns all phases of professional techniques, publications. The primary emphasis is on digital photography emphasizing view camera operation, exposure and devel- and its use in the journalism and publication worlds. Students opment control of film, printing for optimum technical and practice using cameras and computers, correctly applying the aesthetic values, basic lighting techniques, theory of photo- techniques of instruction to photo journalistic methods and graphic processes, and basic sensitometry. Estimated mate- visual news gathering. rial cost is approximately $300. Owning a professional quality PHOTOGRAPHY 22 light meter is recommended. Owning medium format or 4x5 Creative Photo-Vision camera equipment is not essential. This is a required course 3 UNITS (A) for photography majors. LECTURE 2 HOURS. LABORATORY 3 HOURS PHOTOGRAPHY 7 Prerequisite: Photography 1 with a satisfactory grade. Exploring Digital Photography Advisory: Photography 107 3 UNITS (CSU) The Student learns sensitive seeing through avenues of self-ex- LECTURE 2 HOURS. LABORATORY 3 HOURS pression in nontraditional photographic techniques including The Student learns the uses and applications of professional non-silver processes, collage, hand-coloring, serial imagery digital SLR cameras in this introductory course. Camera con- and other alternative processes. The Student explores the cre- trols, elements of composition, and photographing with nat- ative and artistic applications of the materials and processes ural light will be stressed. Professional digital cameras may of silver and non-silver photography. Emphasis is placed on be provided by the department for Student usage. Students the combining of technical skill with the aesthetic and expres- may use their own cameras to supplement assignments. sive use of the media. Owning a digital camera is not a requirement but is highly recommended. PHOTOGRAPHY 34 History of Photography PHOTOGRAPHY 10 3 UNITS (UC: CSU) Beginning Photography LECTURE 3 HOURS 3 UNITS (UC: CSU) Advisory: English 28 and 67 or equivalent LECTURE 2 HOURS. LABORATORY 3 HOURS Students recognize and identify the major historical develop- The Student learns the basic principles of black and white ana- ments of in photography including major technological inven- log photography from the mechanical creation of the image tions and advancements, styles and movements, and import- with camera and film to enlarging the photograph for display, ant photographers from 1826 through 1960. Special attention while applying the guidelines of composition, communica- is paid to the impact of the photographic image and how it has tion and self-expression. 35mm single lens camera required. shaped modern art and culture worldwide. Automatic cameras are OK, but they must have manual shut- ter speed and lens opening capability. An approximate supply PHOTOGRAPHY 46 cost is $175. Student must attend the first Lecture meeting, Photographic Digital Imaging or be replaced by Students wishing to add. The first sched- 3 UNITS (CSU) uled class is the first Lecture meeting. Labs will meet only LECTURE 2 HOURS. LABORATORY 3 HOURS after announced in Lecture class. This is a traditional dark- In this beginning course, Students will utilize Adobe Photo- room class. shop tools to solve practical photographic problems such as color and tonal correction and retouching. Students will also PHOTOGRAPHY 15 learn non-destructive image editing techniques to maintain Fundamentals of Portraiture the highest quality images possible and will correctly prepare 3 UNITS (CSU) files for both print and web output. LECTURE 2 HOURS. LABORATORY 3 HOURS Prerequisite: Photography 1 or Photography 107 with a satisfac- PHOTOGRAPHY 49 tory grade. Advanced Photographic Digital Imaging Students learn to create individualized portraits utilizing 6 UNITS (CSU) LECTURE 3 HOURS. LABORATORY 9 HOURS a wide variety of traditional lighting styles both on location with available light, and in the studio with professional tung- Prerequisite: Photography 46 with a satisfactory grade. sten lighting and electronic strobes. Students learn how model (see “Health Advisory” under Certificate Programs) selection, posing techniques, wardrobe, props, locations and Students learn advanced digital imaging/Photoshop tech- other factors contribute to the total professional portrait. Stu- niques which will incorporate the use of computers and pho- dents will make portraits of individuals, couples and groups. tographic digital software to alter, enhance, and create new Students learn to make decisions regarding camera format images that can be output to print and digital media. Detailed including digital and film, printing and presentation.

220 LACC 2017-2018 GENERAL CATALOG COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

instruction in the application of Adobe Photoshop will be cov- PHYSICS (PHYSICS) ered. Development of concept and design, and the use of photographic images are emphasized. Creation of specialized PHYSICS 6 projects will integrate digital image manipulation, composit- General Physics I ing/ collaging, retouching, editing and other specialized Pho- 4 UNITS (UC: CSU) toshop techniques. LECTURE 3 HOURS. LABORATORY 3 HOURS

PHOTOGRAPHY 50 Prerequisite: Math 240 Specialty Fields Students learn the fundamentals of Newtonian physics, such 3 UNITS (A) as mechanics, heat and sound. This course is designed for LABORATORY 9 HOURS majors in Health and Life Sciences, Architecture, and all those Prerequisite: Photography 1 or 107 with a satisfactory grade or in- needing a one-year course in college physics requiring trigo- structor’s approval of advanced level portfolio. nometry but not calculus. The advanced Student contracts with the instructor to pro- PHYSICS 7 duce an independent study photography project that is the General Physics II basis of a free-lance, photojournalistic, commercial or fine art 4 UNITS (UC: CSU) photographic portfolio. The Student designs a portfolio based LECTURE 3 HOURS. LABORATORY 3 HOURS on individual concepts and goals under the guidance of the Prerequisite: Physics 6 with a satisfactory grade or equivalent. instructor. Students learn the later developments of physics leading PHOTOGRAPHY 107 through electricity and magnetism to optics, relativity and Intermediate Digital Photography quantum theory, atomic and nuclear physics. This course is 3.00 UNITS (CSU) designed for majors in Health and Life Sciences, Architecture, LECTURE 2 HOURS. LABORATORY 3 HOURS and all those needing a one-year course in college physics Prerequisite: Photo 7 and Photo 46. requiring trigonometry but not calculus. The Student learns all levels of digital imagery workflow, from PHYSICS 11 image ingestion through pre-production, production, deliv- Introductory Physics ery and archiving while working on course projects. Prerequi- 4 UNITS (UC: CSU) sites: Photo 7 and Photo 46 with a grade of C or better. LECTURE 3 HOURS. LABORATORY 3 HOURS

PHOTOGRAPHY 501 Prerequisite: Mathematics 240 with a satisfactory grade or Media Aesthetics and Design for Film and Digital Media equivalent. 3.00 UNITS (UC[PENDING]:CSU) Advisory: English 28 and 67. LECTURE 2 HOURS. LABORATORY 2 HOURS Credit allowed for only one of Physics 11 or 12. The Student learns the analysis of film and modern visual This general introductory course with Laboratory serves media, including the cinema, television, the internet, adver- as the Prerequisite for Physics 101, 6, 21, and for the health tising, social networking and fine art. The Student learns to career programs. It is aimed at developing physical intuition, examine the broad questions of form and content, aesthetics problem solving techniques and Laboratory procedures. It is and meaning, and history and culture, exploring the diverse not open to Students who have had a college course in phys- possibilities presented by the cinematic art form through an ics. Those needing only one semester of Laboratory science examination of a wide variety of productions, national cine- should consider enrolling in Physics 12. mas, and film movements. Topics include modes of production, narrative and non-narrative forms, visual design, edit- PHYSICS 12 ing, sound, genre, ideology and critical analysis. This course is Physics Fundamentals 3 UNITS (UC: CSU) recommended for all cinema and photography majors, and is LECTURE 3 HOURS open to graphic artists as well as the general public. Advisory: English 28 and 67 or equivalent. PHYSICAL SCIENCE ( PHYS SC) Students learn a practical and historical overview of basic physics, including laws of motion, properties of matter, heat, sound, electricity and magnetism, light, atomic and nuclear PHYSICAL SCIENCE 10 Physics and the Movies physics, and relativity, and is reminded of their role in tech- 3 UNITS (UC[PENDING]:CSU) nology and culture today. No mathematical preparation is LECTURE 3 needed. If a Student wishes to transfer this as a Laboratory science course, the Student must also complete Physics 14. The Student learns the basic principles of physics: mechanics, forces, Newton’s laws, fluids, oscillations, heat, optics, sound, PHYSICS 14 electricity & magnetism and relativity, by applying them to Physics 14 Laboratory analyses of popular movie scenes to gauge their level of phys- 1 UNIT (UC: CSU) ical plausibility and realism. LABORATORY 3 HOURS Co-requisite: Physics 12. Advisory: English 21 The Student will learn to use basic Laboratory techniques to understand and apply simple physical laws and concepts,

LACC 2017-2018 GENERAL CATALOG 221 COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

including the use of graphs, calculators and simple measure- and other topics), and electricity and magnetism (electric ments to understand and measure the speed of sound, forces, forces, electric fields, potential, magnetism, magnetic forces densities, velocities, indexes of refraction, specific heats, and and fields, capacitance, resistance, inductance, DC and AC cir- verify Hooke’s Law, Boyle’s law, and Ohm’s Law. When taken cuits and other topics). The Laboratory includes both quanti- with or after Physics 12, it completes the UNITS requirement tative and qualitative experiments which permit Students to for a Natural Science course with laboratory. verify, illustrate and deduce the laws of physics related to the topics discussed. PHYSICS 21 General Physics I with Calculus PHYSICS 103 4 UNITS (UC: CSU) Physics for Engineers and Scientists III LECTURE 3 HOURS. LABORATORY 3 HOURS 5 UNITS (UC: CSU) Prerequisite: Physics 11 with a satisfactory LECTURE 3 HOURS. LABORATORY 6 HOURS Co-requisite: Mathematics 261. Prerequisite: Physics 102 with a satisfactory grade or equivalent. Physics 21 is the first of a two-semester, calculus-based, Co-requisite: Concurrent enrollment in Mathematics 263, unless sequence of general physics courses. (Physics 22 completes taken previously. the sequence.) This sequence is recommended and designed Students learn the topics of mechanical waves, electromag- for Pre-medical Students, Life Science Students and other Stu- netic waves, light and optics, relativity, introductory quantum dents that require a two-semester, calculus-based, sequence of mechanics, atomic and nuclear physics. Topics in molecular physics courses. Topics covered in Physics 21 include mechan- physics and condensed matter as well as particle physics may ics, waves and fluids, with an emphasis on applications to the also be included. The Laboratory includes both quantitative life sciences. and qualitative experiments which enable Students to verify, illustrate, and deduce some of the laws of physics that apply to PHYSICS 22 the topics covered. General Physics II with Calculus 4 UNITS (UC: CSU) PHYSICS 161 Prerequisites: Physics 21 with a satisfactory grade or equivalent. Astrophysics and Cosmology Co-requisite: Mathematics 262. 3 UNITS (UC: CSU) LECTURE 3 HOURS. LABORATORY 3 HOURS LECTURE 3 HOURS Life-sciences Students, premedical Students, and other Stu- Prerequisite: Physics 101 with a satisfactory grade or equivalent. dents that require a two-semester calculus-based sequence of Co-requisite: Concurrent enrollment in Physics 102. physics courses can benefit from this course. Topics covered Students learn various aspects of astrophysics and cosmology, in Physics 22 include thermodynamics, electricity and mag- including elements of general relativity, the physics of pul- netism, optics, and atomic and nuclear physics. There is an sars, cosmic rays, and black holes. Topics include the cosmo- emphasis on applications to the life sciences. logical distance scale, elementary cosmological models, and the mass density and age of the universe. Evidence for dark PHYSICS 101 matter and concepts of the early universe and of galaxy forma- Physics for Engineers and Scientists I tion are also presented. The Student reflects on astrophysics 5 UNITS (UC: CSU) LECTURE 3 HOURS. LABORATORY 6 HOURS as a probe of the extremes of physics. Prerequisite: Physics 11 with a satisfactory grade or high school PHYSICS 185 DIRECTED STUDY physics; and Mathematics 261. 1 UNIT (CSU) Co-requisite: appropriate score on Math Placement test. PHYSICS 285 DIRECTED STUDY The Student learns the fundamental principles and appli- 2 UNITS (CSU) cations of Newton’s Laws in classical mechanics, includ- PHYSICS 385 DIRECTED STUDY ing motion in one and two dimensions, gravitation, rotation, 3 UNITS (CSU) energy, momentum, periodic motion, and fluid mechanics at Prerequisite: Signature of Instructor and Science and Mathemat- the beginning calculus level of mathematics. The Laboratory ics classes appropriate to the research to be undertaken. includes both quantitative and qualitative experiments that LECTURE 1 HOUR PER UNIT. permit Students to verify, illustrate, and deduce various laws of physics. Allow Students to pursue Directed Study on a contract basis under the direction of a supervising instructor. Refer to PHYSICS 102 the “Directed Study” section of this catalog for additional Physics for Engineers and Scientists II information. 5 UNITS (UC: CSU) Credit Limit: A maximum of 3 UNITS in Directed Study may be LECTURE 3 HOURS. LABORATORY 6 HOURS taken for credit. Prerequisite: Physics 101 with a satisfactory grade or equivalent. Co-requisite: Concurrent enrollment in Mathematics 262, unless taken previously. Physics 102 continues the study of physics begun in PHYSICS 101. In PHYSICS 102 Students learn the topics of introductory thermodynamics (temperature, heat, heat engines, entropy

222 LACC 2017-2018 GENERAL CATALOG COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

PHYSIOLOGY (PHYSIOL) countries concerning the nature, roots, and historical evolution of the region’s regimes, nationalism, leadership, and insti- PHYSIOLOGY 1 tutions. The approach is thematic, not chronological. Introduction to Human Physiology 4 UNITS (UC: CSU) POLITICAL SCIENCE 19 LECTURE 3 HOURS. LABORATORY 3 HOURS Women In Politics 3 UNITS (UC: CSU) Prerequisite: Anatomy 1 with a satisfactory grade or equivalent. LECTURE 3 HOURS Advisory: English 21 Students learn political theories and public policies which Students examine and learn the general principles of physiol- shape the various possibilities and strategies for women’s ogy with special emphasis upon the human body. political participation in the United States and elsewhere. They also examine the political institutions, processes, and POLITICAL SCIENCE (POL SCI) problems of the national, state, and local government. POLITICAL SCIENCE 1 PSYCHOLOGY (PSYCH) The Government of the United States 3 UNITS (UC: CSU) PSYCHOLOGY 1 LECTURE 3 HOURS General Psychology I An Introduction to United States and California government 3 UNITS (UC: CSU) and politics, Including their constitutions, political Institu- LECTURE 3 HOURS tions and processes, and political actors. Examination of polit- Students learn the psychological principles behind behaviors ical behavior, political Issues, and public policy. such as learning, motivation, intelligence, feelings and emotions, personality, abnormal behavior and methods of adjust- POLITICAL SCIENCE 2 ment. Different psychological perspectives such as psycho- Modern World Governments 3 UNITS (UC: CSU) analysis, neuroscience, cognitive, behaviorism and humanism LECTURE 3 HOURS will be emphasized. Students survey several countries around the world and major PSYCHOLOGY 2 concepts in comparative politics, focusing on the ‘Developing Biological Psychology World’ and questions of globalization, democracy, political and 3 UNITS (UC: CSU) economic development and major theories and concepts in LECTURE 3 HOURS comparative politics. Prerequisite: Psychology 1 with a satisfactory grade or equivalent. POLITICAL SCIENCE 5 Students learn to explain psychological behavior as a result The History of Western Political Thought and cause of events taking place in the brain, nervous sys- 3 UNITS (UC: CSU) tems, and genes. Students learn to explain the relationship of LECTURE 3 HOURS biological events to psychopathology, sexuality, motivation, sleep, stress, emotions, perception, and learning. Examination of various theoretical approaches to politics and of basic political problems and proposed solutions: Analysis of PSYCHOLOGY 3 selected political theories, relevance of theory to contempo- Personality and Social Development rary problems, and new approaches to political thought. 3 UNITS (CSU) LECTURE 3 HOURS POLITICAL SCIENCE 7 Contemporary World Affairs Prerequisite: Psychology 1 with a satisfactory grade or equivalent. 3 UNITS (UC: CSU) The Student focuses on self-awareness and personality devel- LECTURE 3 HOURS opment. Topics considered include love, work, loneliness, Advisory: Political Science 1 or equivalent. death and loss, intimate relationships, sex roles and sexuality, and values in life. Students learn the major aspects and important issues of international relations and global politics, including but not limited PSYCHOLOGY 13 to the study of war and conflict, international organizations Social Psychology and actors, and development and globalization. 3 UNITS (UC: CSU) LECTURE 3 HOURS POLITICAL SCIENCE 14 Government and Politics In the Middle East Prerequisite: Psychology 1 with a satisfactory grade or equivalent. 3 UNITS (UC: CSU) Students learn how we are influenced by our society in the LECTURE 3 HOURS areas of persuasion, propaganda and brain washing, obedi- ence and conformity, aggression and prejudice, sexism and Students survey the domestic, regional, and international fac- interpersonal relationships. tors which shape the political landscape of the Middle East. They identify and explain sources of instability and violence in the region by focusing on the processes of state building and state disintegration. In addition, in a comparative context, they investigate particular experiences of Middle Eastern

LACC 2017-2018 GENERAL CATALOG 223 COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

PSYCHOLOGY 14 psychopharmacology, counseling ethics, and interviewing. Abnormal Psychology Included are techniques for agency survival such as job inter- 3 UNITS (UC: CSU) viewing, report writing and resource referral. LECTURE 3 HOURS Prerequisite: Psychology 1 with a satisfactory grade or equivalent. PSYCHOLOGY 52 Psychological Aspects of Human Sexuality An overview of abnormal behavior from the perspective 3 UNITS (UC: CSU) of contemporary medical, psychosocial, and socio-cultural LECTURE 3 HOURS approaches. Abnormal disorders are described, and their major causes and treatment are reviewed. Students learn information about different psychological aspects of sexual expression such as the biochemical factors, PSYCHOLOGY 27 childhood experiences, gender influences and societal influ- Online and Software Resources for Human Services ences. Topics include attraction, love, marriage, the sexual 1 UNIT response cycle, sexual orientation, paraphilias, prostitution, LECTURE 1 HOUR. rape and pornography.

Human Services majors receive a basic introduction to perti- PSYCHOLOGY 60 nent computer resources currently being utilized by human Stress Management services professionals. Hands-on training will allow Students 3 UNITS (CSU) to become familiar with software and online resources com- LECTURE 3 HOURS monly being used. Students learn to explain stress as a result of biological, inter- PSYCHOLOGY 41 personal, environmental, and everyday life events. Students Life Span Psychology: From Infancy to Old Age learn effective stress management techniques. 3 UNITS (UC: CSU) LECTURE 3 HOURS PSYCHOLOGY 63 Alcohol/Drug Studies: Prevention and Education Prerequisite: Psychology 1 with a satisfactory grade. 3 UNITS (CSU) Students learn about physical, emotional, cognitive and social LECTURE 3 HOURS growth and change affecting individuals across the lifespan. Students learn the strategies of prevention and education nec- Students follow the development of humans from conception essary to work with various populations dealing with alco- to death, examining theories and research in the fields of per- hol, drug, and STI (Sexually Transmitted Infection) related sonality, social, emotional, and cognitive psychology. This problems. course will also investigates problems of development. PSYCHOLOGY 64 PSYCHOLOGY 43 Introduction to Alcohol and Drug Abuse and Physiological Effects Principles of Group Dynamics I 3 UNITS (CSU) 3 UNITS (CSU) LECTURE 3 HOURS LECTURE 3 HOURS The Student learns the physiology and psychopharmacology Students learn group dynamics principles including active lis- of drugs and alcohol, theories of addiction, historical overview tening, communication models, body language principles and of treatment, drug classification, social policy and drug abuse, factors that influence group cohesion. and the issues of relapse, rehabilitation and recovery. PSYCHOLOGY 44 PSYCHOLOGY 65 Principles of Group Dynamics II 3 UNITS (CSU) Chemical Dependency, Intervention, Treatment and Recovery 3 UNITS (CSU) LECTURE 3 HOURS LECTURE 3 HOURS Prerequisite: Psychology 43 with a satisfactory grade or Students learn the processes of treatment and recovery of equivalent. alcohol and drug abuse among various populations. An over- Students learn the role of group processes in changing behav- view of the causes, treatment, models, and recovery, relapse, ior, the principal modes of counseling and therapy, princi- rehabilitation, and aftercare is emphasized. ples of verbal and nonverbal communication, and modes of learning. PSYCHOLOGY 66 Introduction to Critical Thinking PSYCHOLOGY 45 3 UNITS (CSU) Issues In Human Service Careers LECTURE 3 HOURS 3 UNITS (CSU) LECTURE 3 HOURS Advisory: Eligibility for English 28 and 67. Students apply the theories and research evidence in cog- Prerequisite: Psychology 81 or Psychology 84 with satisfactory grades or equivalent. nitive psychology to enhance the ability to effectively solve problems, make decisions and think creatively. Practice with a Students learn how to survive in the real world of work in variety of problems and simulations take place to ensure these Human Services. This course integrates psychological theory critical thinking skills. learned in previous classes with practice. The course covers specialized areas of psychology such as crisis intervention,

224 LACC 2017-2018 GENERAL CATALOG COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

PSYCHOLOGY 67 skills, at an intermediate level, in diverse human services Counseling Techniques for Chemically Addicted organizations. Fieldwork internships at human services orga- 3 UNITS (CSU) nizations are required. LECTURE 3 HOURS PSYCHOLOGY 83 This course will focus on the environment of chemical depen- Field Work III dency counseling and the issues of the paraprofessional in 3 UNITS (CSU) alcohol and drug abuse treatment facilities. Case management LECTURE 1 HOUR. LABORATORY 6 HOURS in a multi-discipline team will be emphasized. All aspects of modern treatment techniques will be covered in class. Prerequisite: Psychology 82 with a satisfactory grade or equivalent. PSYCHOLOGY 68 Students learn more specialized skills in Human Services. Biopsychology of Chemical Dependency: Drugs, behavior, and This class is intended for the advanced Student of the general- health ist option of Human Services. Students build on the skills they 3 UNITS (CSU) learned in Field Work I, and Field Work II by participating, LECTURE 3 HOURS under supervision, at various facilities in the community that The Student learns pharmacological and behavioral effects of offer Human Services. Students will achieve advanced coun- all major categories of both legal and illegal psychoactive sub- seling and communication skills and be able to apply these stances, including an overview of contemporary and histor- skills in diverse human service organizations. Students con- ical drug regulation and abuse, and a detailed review of the tinue to develop their knowledge of the 12 core functions of the nervous system. human services career, and apply these skills, at an advanced level, in diverse human services organizations. Fieldwork PSYCHOLOGY 74 internships at human services organizations are required. Research Methods In the Behavioral Sciences 3 UNITS (UC: CSU) PSYCHOLOGY 84 LECTURE 3 HOURS Fieldwork I – Drug/Alcohol Prerequisites: Psych 1, Math 227 and English 101. 3 UNITS (CSU) LECTURE 1 HOUR. LABORATORY 6 HOURS The Student surveys various research methods with an emphasis on research design, experimental procedures, instrumen- Co-requisite: Psychology 1 and Psychology 43. tation, and the collection, analysis, interpretation, and report- The Student is introduced to the field of Drug and Alcohol ing of research data. Research design and methodology will be Studies. illustrated through a selected review of research in the field of Students will achieve basic counseling and communication psychology. skills and be able to apply these skills in diverse drug and PSYCHOLOGY 81 alcohol treatment programs. Students learn the 12 core func- Field Work I tions of the human services career, and apply these skills, at 3 UNITS (CSU) a beginning level, in diverse drug and alcohol treatment pro- LECTURE 1 HOUR. LABORATORY 6 HOURS grams. Fieldwork internships at drug and alcohol treatment programs are required. Co-requisite: Psychology 1 and Psychology 43. The Student is introduced to the field of Human Services. PSYCHOLOGY 85 Field Work II: Drug/Alcohol Students will achieve basic counseling and communication 3 UNITS (CSU) skills and be able to apply these skills in diverse human ser- LECTURE 1 HOUR. LABORATORY 6 HOURS vices organizations. Students learn the 12 core functions of the human services career, and apply these skills, at a begin- Prerequisite: Psychology 84 with a satisfactory grade or ning level, in diverse human services organizations. Fieldwork equivalent. internships at human services organizations are required. Students build on the skills they learned in Field Work I by participating, under supervision, at various facilities in the PSYCHOLOGY 82 community that offer Drug and Alcohol Treatment programs. Field Work II Students will achieve intermediate counseling and communi- 3 UNITS (CSU) cation skills and be able to apply these skills in diverse drug LECTURE 1 HOUR. LABORATORY 6 HOURS and alcohol treatment settings. Students continue to develop Prerequisite: Psychology 81 with a satisfactory grade or their knowledge of the 12 core functions of drug and alcohol equivalent. treatment, and apply these skills, at an intermediate level, in Students build on the skills they learned in Field Work I by drug and alcohol treatment programs. Fieldwork internships participating, under supervision, at various facilities in the at drug and alcohol treatment programs are required. community that offer Human Services. Students will achieve intermediate counseling and communication skills and be able to apply these skills in diverse human service organizations. Students continue to develop their knowledge of the 12 core functions of the human services career, and apply these

LACC 2017-2018 GENERAL CATALOG 225 COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

PSYCHOLOGY 86 RADIOLOGIC TECHNOLOGY 180 Field Work III: Drug/Alcohol Clinical Education In Radiologic Technology I 3 UNITS (CSU) 12 UNITS (CSU) LECTURE 1 HOUR. LABORATORY 6 HOURS LABORATORY 18 HOURS Prereqiuisite: Psychology 85 with a satisfactory grade or Prerequisite: Radiologic Technology 160. Enrolled in the Radio- equivalent. logic Technology program. This course is designed to orient the Student to the field Stu- Students apply radiographic theory in their clinical training dents learn more specialized skills in Human Services. This site under direct supervision of qualified clinical personnel class is intended for the advanced Student of the Drug/Alco- and college instructors. Emphasis is on completing the 58 hol option of Human imaging competencies that include: chest, upper and lower extremities and abdominal imaging. The LACC Clinical Coor- Services. Students build on the skills they learned in Field dinator will serve as a resource for hospital based preceptor Work I, and Field Work II by participating, under supervision, experience. at various facilities in the community that offer Drug and Alco- hol treatment programs. Students will achieve advanced coun- RADIOLOGIC TECHNOLOGY 200 (FORMERLY RAD TEC seling and communication skills and be able to apply these 100) skills in diverse drug and alcohol treatment programs. Stu- Introduction to Radiologic Technology dents continue to develop their knowledge of the 12 core func- 3 UNITS (CSU) tions of the human services career, and apply these skills, at LECTURE 3 HOURS an advanced level, in diverse drug and alcohol treatment programs. Fieldwork internships at drug and alcohol treatment Students learn the history of radiography, organization of the programs are required. hospital, the medical practitioner’s who work in medical facilities, and careers in the radiological sciences. PSYCHOLOGY 385 Directed Study RADIOLOGIC TECHNOLOGY 201 (FORMERLY RAD TEC 3 UNITS (CSU) 101) Prerequisite: Psychology 1 with a satisfactory grade plus one ad- Medical Terminology For Radiologic Technology ditional course in Psychology and signature of instructor. 3 UNITS (CSU) LECTURE 1 HOUR PER UNIT. LECTURE 3 HOURS Allows Students to pursue Directed Study on a contract Students learn the origins of medical terminology, word-build- basis under the direction of a supervising instructor. Refer ing systems, abbreviations, symbols, diagnostic and therapeu- to the “Directed Study” section of this catalog for additional tic terms. Students review simulated patient charts in order information. to understand radiographic orders and diagnostic report interpretation. Credit Limit: A maximum of 3 UNITSin Directed Study may be taken for credit. RADIOLOGIC TECHNOLOGY 202 (FORMERLY RAD TEC 102) RADIOLOGIC TECHNOLOGY (RAD Introduction to Electromagnetic Radiation Image Recording and TEC) Processing 4 UNITS (CSU) RADIOLOGIC TECHNOLOGY 103 LECTURE 3 HOURS. LABORATORY 2 HOURS Radiographic Anatomy and Positioning - Skeletal System Prerequisite: English 28 and 67, Radiologic Technology 200 and 4 UNITS (CSU) 201, and Math 115 LECTURE 3 HOURS. LABORATORY 2 HOURS Students learn atomic structure, characteristics of radiation, Prerequisite: Admission to the Radiologic Technology Program. x-ray production, radiation protection and photon interaction Students learn radiographic anatomy, positioning and selected with matter. pathology of the musculoskeletal system. Laboratory experience is included. RADIOLOGIC TECHNOLOGY 205 (FORMERLY RAD TEC 105) RADIOLOGIC TECHNOLOGY 104 Fundamentals of X-Ray Physics Radiographic Anatomy and Positioning - Cranium and Visceral 4 UNITS (CSU) Organs LECTURE 3 HOURS. LABORATORY 2 HOURS 4 UNITS (CSU) Prerequisite: Radiologic Technology 202. LECTURE 3 HOURS. LABORATORY 2 HOURS Students learn the physical principles of x-ray generation, Students learn radiographic anatomy, positioning and selected Electrostatics, Electromagnetism, Electrodynamics, electri- pathology of the visceral organs and cranium. Laboratory cal circuitry of radiographic equipment, interactions of X-ray experience is included. radiation and matter.

226 LACC 2017-2018 GENERAL CATALOG COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

RADIOLOGIC TECHNOLOGY 206 (FORMERLY RAD TEC RADIOLOGIC TECHNOLOGY 240 (FORMERLY RAD TEC 106) 140) Radiographic Exposure Radiation Protection and Biology 4 UNITS (CSU) 4 UNITS (CSU) LECTURE 3 HOURS. LABORATORY 2 HOURS LECTURE 3 HOURS. LABORATORY 2 HOURS Prerequisite: Radiologic Technology 205. Prerequisite: Radiologic Technology 202. Students learn the factors that affect radiographic exposure Students learn the principles of radiation protection and fed- and the basic principles and components of digital imaging. eral and state laws pertaining to radiography. Laboratory experience is provided including: Computer applications in diagnostic medical imaging. RADIOLOGIC TECHNOLOGY 243 Principles and Practices of Fluoroscopy RADIOLOGIC TECHNOLOGY 207 (FORMERLY RAD TEC 3 UNITS (CSU) 107) LECTURE 3 HOURS Patient Care Management Students learn the factors that influence patient and operator 4 UNITS (CSU) radiation dose during fluoroscopic procedures, fluoroscopic LECTURE 3 HOURS. LABORATORY 2 HOURS equipment, components and ancillary equipment. Prerequisite: Radiologic Technology 202. RADIOLOGIC TECHNOLOGY 260 Students learn the principles of patient care management for Introduction to Clinical Education radiographers. Routine and emergency care procedures are 3 UNITS (CSU) discussed. The role of the Radiographer in patient education LECTURE 1 HOUR. LABORATORY 9 HOURS will also be explained. Laboratory experience is included. Students are oriented to the hospital environment which RADIOLOGIC TECHNOLOGY 208 includes the: reception area, surgery, general radiography, Cross Sectional Anatomy and Pathology emergency room, and diagnostic imaging areas. Student 3 UNITS (CSU) interns are assigned 16 hours per week in a Clinical Educa- LECTURE 3 HOURS tion Center. Prerequisite: Radiologic Technology 201. RADIOLOGIC TECHNOLOGY 280 (FORMERLY RAD TEC Students learn to identify normal anatomy through a variety 180) of imaging formats. Students learn how to identify normal and Clinical Education In Radiologic Technology pathologic organ structures. 6 UNITS (CSU) LABORATORY 18 HOURS RADIOLOGIC TECHNOLOGY 209 Pharmacology and Venipuncture with Basic Life Support (BLS) Prerequisite: Radiologic Technology 260. Enrolled in the Radio- 3 UNITS (CSU) logic Technology program. LECTURE 1 HOUR. LABORATORY 1 HOUR. Students apply radiographic theory in their clinical training Prerequisite: Radiologic Technology 207. site under direct supervision of qualified clinical personnel Students learn the concepts of pharmacology, venipuncture, and college instructors. Emphasis is on completing the 58 contrast administration and intravenous medications used in imaging competencies that include: chest, upper and lower the treatment of adverse effects from contrast agents. extremities and abdominal imaging. The LACC Clinical Coor- dinator will serve as a resource for hospital based preceptor RADIOLOGIC TECHNOLOGY 210 experience. Quality Management 3 UNITS (CSU) RADIOLOGIC TECHNOLOGY 281 LECTURE 1 HOUR. LABORATORY 4 HOURS Clinical Education In Radiologic Technology II 12 UNITS (CSU) Prerequisite: Radiologic Technology 202. LABORATORY 36 HOURS Students learn the responsibilities of quality management Prerequisite: Radiologic Technology 280. Enrolled in the Radio- which entails performing quality control tests, assessing film logic Technology program. density, monitoring accuracy, and identifying and solving issues associated with producing medical images. Students apply radiographic theory in their clinical training site under direct supervision of qualified clinical personnel RADIOLOGIC TECHNOLOGY 211 and college instructors. Emphasis is on completing the 58 Computed Tomography imaging competencies that include: abdominal, thoracic vis- 3 UNITS (CSU) cera, spine, common contrast exams, and generalized skull LECTURE 3 HOURS radiography. The LACC Clinical Coordinator will serve as a Prerequisite: Radiologic Technology 205 with satisfactory grade. resource for hospital based preceptor experience. Students learn the principles and operation of CT Instrumen- tation, procedures, ancillary devices and radiation protection.

LACC 2017-2018 GENERAL CATALOG 227 COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

RADIOLOGIC TECHNOLOGY 282 appraising, and the California Real Estate Act. Preparation of Clinical Education in Radiologic Technology III documents used in real estate transactions, property trans- 4 UNITS (CSU) fers, and exchanges is included. LABORATORY 12 HOURS Prerequisite: Radiologic Technology 281. Enrolled in the Radio- REAL ESTATE 5 logic Technology program. Legal Aspects of Real Estate I3 UNITS (CSU) Students apply radiographic theory in their clinical train- LECTURE 3 HOURS ing site under direct supervision of qualified clinical personnel and college instructors. Emphasis is on completing the Open to all Students. 58 imaging competencies that include: basic vascular proce- Advisory: English 28 and 67 or equivalent. dures (angiograms), PICC and tunnel catheter line placement, Students who plan to take the state examination, which is pacemakers, lithotripsy, tube placement, myelograms, arthro- required in order to obtain a broker license (meets optional grams, hysterosalpingograms, E.R.C.P., sialogram, retrograde requirements for sales license), can receive the appropriate and advanced procedures. The LACC Clinical Coordinator will legal background, including principles of property ownership serve as a resource for hospital based preceptor experience. and management in their business aspects, with special refer- RADIOLOGIC TECHNOLOGY 283 ence to law of California as it applies to community property, Clinical Education In Radiologic Technology IV deeds,trust deeds, mortgages, leases, brokerage, mechanic’s 12 UNITS (CSU) liens, homesteads, wills, and estates. LABORATORY 36 HOURS REAL ESTATE 6 Prerequisite: Radiologic Technology 282. Enrolled in the Radio- Legal Aspects of Real Estate II logic Technology program. 3 UNITS (CSU) Students apply radiographic theory in their clinical training LECTURE 3 HOURS site under direct supervision of qualified clinical personnel Advisory: English 28 and 67. and college instructors. Emphasis is on completing the 58 The Students learn advanced issues involving real estate imaging competencies that include: other imaging modalities, legal matters, including an advanced and in depth study of therapeutic application of radiation, tomosynthesis, mammo- agency and sub-agency law, civil rights and fair housing laws grams, bone density, magnetic resonance imaging, computed in real estate practice, and real estate escrow and title insur- tomography, nuclear medicine, ultrasound, and radiation ther- ance laws. Also included are the introductory studies of wills, apy. The LACC Clinical Coordinator will serve as a resource trusts, and probate administration as they apply to real estate for hospital based preceptor experience. broker’s practice. REAL ESTATE (REAL ES) REAL ESTATE 7 Real Estate Finance I 3 UNITS (CSU) REAL ESTATE REAL ESTATE 1 LECTURE 3 HOURS Real Estate Principles 3 UNITS (CSU) Open to all Students. LECTURE 3 HOURS Advisory: English 28 and 67 or equivalent. Open to all Students. Students study the forms, and sources of financing real prop- Advisory: English 28 and 67 or equivalent. erty, including purchase, construction, refinance, and other creative permanent financing approaches. Also included is Students study the principles, economic aspects, and laws of an assessment of the procedures for obtaining government real estate, including the information needed to obtain a real - sponsored financing through FHA, DVA, and Cal-Vet. The estate sales/brokers license and/or for better management of various loan sources currently being used in the marketplace personal real estate investments. Topics include legal descrip- will be evaluated including banks, savings and loans, insur- tions and estates, encumbrances, agencies, contracts, financ- ance companies, mortgage brokers/bankers, pensions, credit ing, appraisal, escrow and title, leases, urban economics, taxa- unions, and private parties. tion, and vocational careers.

REAL ESTATE 3 REAL ESTATE 9 Real Estate Practices Real Estate Appraisal I 3 UNITS (CSU) 3 UNITS (CSU) LECTURE 3 HOURS LECTURE 3 HOURS Advisory: English 28 and 67 or equivalent. Open to all Students. The Student learns the purpose of appraisals, the appraisal Advisory: English 28 and 67 or equivalent. process, and the different approaches of valuation. Addi- Students solve the problems of establishing and conducting a tionally, the Student learns methods and techniques used to real estate business, including establishing the office, secur- determine the value of various types of properties. The mar- ing listing and prospects, showing properties and closing ket comparison and cost approaches are emphasized, plus an sales, ethics and professional relationships, rentals and leases, introduction to investment property valuation by the income approach.

228 LACC 2017-2018 GENERAL CATALOG COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

REAL ESTATE 11 REAL ESTATE 60 Escrow Principles Real Estate Mathematics 3 UNITS (CSU) 3 UNITS (CSU) LECTURE 3 HOURS LECTURE 3 HOURS Advisory: English 28 and 67 or equivalent. Advisory: English 28 and 67 or equivalent. Students study real estate escrow responsibilities, procedures Students study typical real estate mathematics problems and management, such as preparing escrow instructions, which are most common in actual practice, as well as those loan documentation, and closing statements. Topics covered necessary for other real estate courses and for those found in In This course also include the basics of escrow accounting, the California Real Estate Licensing examinations. financing procedures for real property and title transfer and title insurance procedures. RUSSIAN (RUSSIAN) REAL ESTATE 14 Property Management RUSSIAN 1 3 UNITS (CSU) Elementary Russian I LECTURE 3 HOURS 5 UNITS (UC: CSU) LECTURE 5 HOURS Open to all Students. Advisory: English 28 and 67. Advisory: English 28 and 67 or equivalent. Students study the fundamentals of Russian pronunciation, Students study the nature and types of property manage- grammar, practical vocabulary, and sentence structure. Basic ment, leases and contracts, rent scheduling, selling of space facts on the geography, customs and the culture of Russia are and techniques of renting, tenant selection and supervision, also covered. relations with owners and budgets, purchasing and accounts, reporting, ethics, and legal and professional relationships. RUSSIAN 2 Elementary Russian II REAL ESTATE 18 5 UNITS (UC: CSU) Real Estate Investments I LECTURE 5 HOURS 3 UNITS (CSU) LECTURE 3 HOURS Prerequisite: Russian 1 with a satisfactory grade or equivalent. Completes elementary Russian I. Emphasis on reading and spoken Advisory: English 28 and 67 or equivalent. language. Students study the principles of real estate investment with RUSSIAN 3 respect to identifying and understanding the language, basic Intermediate Russian I procedures, financing, and facts essential to ownership, con- 5 UNITS (UC: CSU) veyance, environment problems, business organization LECTURE 5 HOURS. LABORATORY 1 HOUR. involvement, and evaluation with other investments. A comparison and assessment of commercial, industrial, and resi- Prerequisite: Russian 2 with a satisfactory grade or equivalent. dential projects, including location, feasibility studies, zoning Students continue their study of Russian grammar and vocab- restrictions, financing options, sale and leaseback, and prefer- ulary, advancing their conversation and writing skills. Read- ential tax benefits. ing of selected texts in Russian is also included.

REAL ESTATE 21 RUSSIAN 4 Real Estate Economics Intermediate Russian II 3 UNITS (CSU) 5 UNITS (UC: CSU) LECTURE 3 HOURS LECTURE 5 HOURS Advisory: English 28 and 67 or equivalent. Prerequisite: Russian 3 with a satisfactory grade or equivalent. The Student learns fundamentals of economic trends and fac- This course continues the review of grammar and vocabulary tors which affect the real estate market. Topics include urban build-up. It continues to introduce Students to Russian life structural relationships, real estate market analysis, sup- through the reading of selected Russian authors. ply and demand, economic forecasting, land use theory and RUSSIAN 8 problems of sub-division. Additionally, the Student learns the Conversational Russian government’s role in the economy and its influence upon the 2 UNITS (UC: CSU) real estate market including the federal reserve system, taxa- LECTURE 2 HOURS tion and land use controls including zoning, planning and fair housing legislation. Prerequisites: Russian 2 with a satisfactory grade or equivalent. Students develop and practice conversational skills in Rus- sian pertaining to typical situations and topics a person may encounter when traveling or living among a Russian-speaking community. UC maximum credit: 4 UNITS

LACC 2017-2018 GENERAL CATALOG 229 COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

RUSSIAN 10 SOCIOLOGY 31 Russian Civilization Sociology of Gender 3 UNITS (UC: CSU) 3 UNITS (UC[PENDING]:CSU) LECTURE 3 HOURS LECTURE 3 HOURS Advisory: English 28 and 67. Sociological analysis of the social construction of gender, mas- Students learn various aspects of Russian Civilization, includ- culinity, and femininity historically and cross-culturally. ing historical, social and cultural developments from the early It examines the debates on sex and gender. It analyzes the stages to the present, and Russia’s contribution to the world. Impact of economic and political change on gender expecta- tions and practices. It focuses on macro-analyses of how Insti- tutions shape gender and microanalyses of how Individuals SOCIOLOGY (SOC) are socialized and how they “do” and practice gender.

SOCIOLOGY 1 SOCIOLOGY 32 Introduction to Sociology Introduction to Criminology 3 UNITS (UC: CSU) 3 UNITS (UC: CSU) LECTURE 3 HOURS LECTURE 3 HOURS Advisory: English 28 and 67 or equivalent. Advisories: ENGLISH 28 and 67; and Sociology 1 The Students learn the major principles of sociology as they Students examine the basic elements of criminology - the are applied to contemporary social issues. With the use of sev- scientific study of crime and criminal behavior. This will eral theoretical perspectives it examines social structures include, but not limited to, an analysis of the following con- within American society and other cultures from macro and cepts; social deviance, crime, delinquency, victimization, the micro perspectives. There are extensive references to contem- criminal justice system, social control, and terrorism. There porary research findings on social structure, group dynamics, is an extensive review of the major sociological explanations social stratification, and social institutions. on the causes of crime and criminality in addition to a consideration of the biological and psychological perspectives. SOCIOLOGY 2 An examination of the research methods employed by crim- American Social Problems inologists in the collection and analysis of data will also be 3 UNITS (UC: CSU) undertaken LECTURE 3 HOURS Advisory: English 28 and 67 or equivalent. SPANISH (SPANISH) The Student applies sociological perspectives and concepts in analyzing contemporary social problems in the United States. SPANISH 1 Problems associated with drug abuse, poverty, racial, ethnic, Elementary Spanish I and gender inequality, crime and violence, and the environ- 5 UNITS (UC: CSU) ment are some of the topics addressed. LECTURE 5 HOURS SOCIOLOGY 11 Advisory: English 28 and 67. Ethnic and Racial Minorities In the United States Student receives practice in the pronunciation, grammar, 3 UNITS (UC: CSU) practical vocabulary, and useful phrases in Spanish. In addi- LECTURE 3 HOURS tion, basic facts of the geography, customs and culture of the Advisory: English 28 and 67 or equivalent. Spanish speaking world are presented. Examines global racial and ethnic relations with an Students SPANISH 2 examine global racial and ethnic relations with an emphasis Elementary Spanish II on the United States. There will be extensive use of several 5 UNITS (UC: CSU) theoretical perspectives and an analysis of historical records LECTURE 5 HOURS in explaining minority/majority relations, prejudice and discrimination, and the political and economic status of various Prerequisite: Spanish 1 with a satisfactory grade or equivalent racial and ethnic groups. There will be extensive references to Students complete Elementary Spanish I emphasizing reading contemporary research findings on majority/minority group of elementary texts and the spoken language. relations. SPANISH 3 SOCIOLOGY 12 Intermediate Spanish I Marriage and Family Life 5 UNITS (UC: CSU) 3 UNITS (UC: CSU) LECTURE 5 HOURS LECTURE 3 HOURS Prerequisite: Spanish 2 with a satisfactory grade or equivalent Advisory: ENGLISH 28 and 67. Students receive review of grammar, composition and vocab- Students learn to use theory and research to examine the fam- ulary building. Introduction to Spanish and Latin-American ily and other forms of intimate-partner relationships that exist authors. within a diverse, multicultural society. The Students analyze these structures and their functions along with historical changes, emerging variant patterns, and the influence of contemporary society on the family.

230 LACC 2017-2018 GENERAL CATALOG COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

SPANISH 4 comparisons to the histories and cultures of other European Intermediate Spanish II countries will clarify Spain’s similarities to them as well as 5 UNITS (UC: CSU) highlight its stark uniqueness. The course is taught in English. LECTURE 5 HOURS Prerequisite: Spanish 3 with a satisfactory grade or equivalent. SPANISH 10 Latin American Civilization Students review grammar and composition while they build 3 UNITS (UC: CSU) their vocabulary. LECTURE 3 HOURS SPANISH 5 Advisory: English 28 and 67 Advanced Spanish I The Student learns the history, cultures and arts of Latin Amer- 5 UNITS (UC: CSU) ica. The focus of the course is to study the differences and sim- LECTURE 5 HOURS ilarities between the countries that comprise Latin America, Prerequisite: Spanish 4 with a satisfactory grade or equivalent. noting the unifying forces as well as those that divide. The The Student participates in an overall examination of the arts course also explores the relationship between Latin America and the concept of aesthetics in preparation for the study of and the United States throughout their histories. literature. The focus is on the narrative (short story and novel) SPANISH 15 and poetry in Spanish and Latin American literary traditions. Great Books of Latin American Literature The course also examines the translation to film of some of the 3 UNITS (UC[PENDING]:CSU) works studied. Discussions generated by lectures and readings LECTURE 3 HOURS provide oral practice in the target language. Written expres- Prerequisite: Spanish 4 sion and review of grammatical structures, orthography and punctuation is done through essays on selected themes. Advisory: English 28 Students explore the major authors and works of Latin Ameri- SPANISH 6 can literature from the Pre-columbian Times to the 20th Cen- Advanced Spanish II tury. Students will analyze the literary history of Latin Amer- 5 UNITS (UC: CSU) ica, examining the literary genres, themes and movements in LECTURE 5 HOURS cultural, social, and historical context. Conducted in Spanish. Prerequisite: Spanish 5 with a satisfactory grade or equivalent. Readings are in Spanish. The Student studies the theater as a literary and perform- SPANISH 21 ing art, and the essay as a non-fictional form of expression. Fundamentals of Spanish I Through lectures and readings, Students will learn about 3 UNITS (UC:CSU) the trajectory of the theater and the essay in Spanish and ADVISORIES: ENGLISH 28 AND 67. Latin-American literary traditions. Discussions generated by lectures and reading provide for oral practice in the tar- Student receives practice in the pronunciation, grammar, get language. Written expression and review of grammati- practical vocabulary,and useful phrases in Spanish. In addi- cal structures, orthography and punctuation is done through tion, basic facts of the geography, customs and culture of the essays on selected themes. Spanish speaking world are presented. Spanish 21 and Span- ish 22 together are equivalent to Spanish 1. Advisory: English SPANISH 8 28 or equivalent. Conversational Spanish 2 UNITS (UC: CSU) SPANISH 22 LECTURE 2 HOURS Fundamentals of Spanish II 3 UNITS (UC:CSU) Prerequisite: Spanish 2 with a satisfactory grade or equivalent. LECTURE 3 HOURS The Student practices the oral expression in Spanish as the Prerequisite: Spanish 21 main thrust of the course. The focus is on conversational skills revolving around everyday situations that a person may Student receives practice in the pronunciation, grammar, practi- encounter when traveling or living in Spanish-speaking coun- cal vocabulary,and useful phrases in Spanish. In addition, basic tries, or when interacting with Spanish-speaking people in the facts of the geography, customs and culture of the Spanish speaking world are presented. Spanish 21 and Spanish 22 together are United States. equivalent to Spanish 1. Prerequisite: Spanish 21 with a satisfac- SPANISH 9 tory grade or equivalent. Civilization of Spain SPANISH 35 3 UNITS (UC: CSU) Spanish for Spanish Speakers I LECTURE 3 HOURS 5 UNITS (UC: CSU) Advisory: English 28 and 67. LECTURE 5 HOURS The Student learns the history, cultures, traditions and arts of Advisory: English 28 and 67 Spain. Beginning with prehistory and progressing through the The bilingual Student practices written Spanish with an different epochs to the present day, an overview of the iden- emphasis on the acquisition of a solid grammatical base, tity of Spain and its peoples will be the focus. Furthermore, vocabulary enrichment, and spelling. Addresses all four skills

LACC 2017-2018 GENERAL CATALOG 231 COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

in Spanish, but focuses on reading and writing. Includes read- TELEVISION 6 ings on the geography, customs and culture of Spain and Latin Studio and Remote Production America. 3 UNITS (A) LECTURE 2 HOURS. LABORATORY 3 HOURS SPANISH 36 Spanish for Spanish Speakers II Prerequisite: Television 46 with a satisfactory grade or better 5 UNITS (UC: CSU) Advisory: Cinema 2 LECTURE 5 HOURS Students light and shoot remote setups then edit those pieces for inclusion into a half hour live to tape production in the Prerequisite: Spanish 35. - - - studio. The Student completes the study of grammar and continues the development of reading and writing skills. Further study TELEVISION 7 of Spanish and Latin American culture and civilization is Television Announcing I included. 3 UNITS (CSU) LECTURE 2 HOURS. LABORATORY 3 HOURS SUPERVISION (SUPV) Students produce news packages and interviews and perform the role of reporter as part of training in television announc- SUPERVISION 1 ing for broadcast news, sports, weather, and entertainment. Elements of Supervision They participate as on-camera talent and writers for the pro- 3 UNITS (CSU) duction of a half hour in-studio live-to-tape production of a Lecture 3 hours Open to all Students. local news broadcast. Advisories: English 28 and 67 or equivalent. TELEVISION 9 Students develop leadership abilities used in supervisory posi- TV Equipment tions in business and industry. 3 UNITS (CSU) Lecture 3 hours Advisory: Television 4 SUPERVISION 12 Students learn the principles and operation of a multi-cam- Written Communications for Supervisors era television control room and studio equipment leading to 3 UNITS the production of their own live-switched one-minute public LECTURE 3 HOURS service announcement. Sound control, studio lighting, control Advisory: English 28 and 67 or equivalent. room procedures, camera operation, directing, script writing, Students learn to improve their writing ability and write pro- storyboarding, and production design are emphasized. fessional email messages, memorandums and a wide range of business letters, including direct requests for information, TELEVISION 25-1 replies to information requests, direct claims, adjustment Iet- Television and Film Dramatic Writing I ters, Ietters of recommendation, persuasive requests, refus- 3 UNITS (CSU) ing routine requests and breaking bad news to customers and LECTURE 2 HOURS. LABORATORY 2 HOURS to employees. This course is one in a series that applies to Students learn professional methods and techniques of creating the college’s Certificates in Business Administration, Market- charac-ters and stories to develop into film and TV scripts, ing and Management, and the Western Association of Food including drama and comedy, in both the single-and multi- Chains’ Marketing Management Certificate. camera for-mats. Class also deals with getting an agent and how scripts are sold.

TELEVISION (T V) TELEVISION 25-2 Television and Film Dramatic Writing II TELEVISION 1 3 UNITS (CSU) Introduction to Television LECTURE 2 HOURS. LABORATORY 2 HOURS 3 UNITS (CSU) Prerequisite: TV 25-1 with a satisfactory grade or better Lecture 3 hours Open to all Students. Students learn professional methods and techniques of Students study what’s on television and why, including the advanced television and film writing for drama and comedy history of radio and television broadcasting. They also learn for single- and multiple-camera. Scripts begun in TV 25-1 may costs, ratings, profits, the FCC rules, cable and pay television. be worked on for completion and/or revision. Recommended elective for Journalism, Theatre and Public Relations.

TELEVISION 4 Television Camera Lighting and Sound 3 UNITS (A) LECTURE 3 HOURS Students learn the basic techniques, aesthetic conventions and practical use of lighting and sound equipment in a multi-camera television production environment.

232 LACC 2017-2018 GENERAL CATALOG COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

TELEVISION 46 THEATER (THEATER) Television Production 3 UNITS (CSU) THEATER 100 LECTURE 2 HOUR. LABORATORY 2 HOURS Introduction to the Theatre Prerequisite: Television 9 or 4 with a satisfactory grade. 3 UNITS (UC: CSU) LECTURE 3 HOURS Students write, produce, and direct a series of live-switched video productions. Each Student functions as talent or crew Advisory: or equivalent. in productions produced by classmates. Production proto- A survey study and analysis of the various elements that make col learned will include: operation of studio cameras; light- up the Institution called the Theatre. Subjects range from ori- ing instruments and control; and operation of control room gins of primitive drama to contemporary structure and direc- equipment including switcher, audio mixer, video record- tion of our modern Theatre. ing, and character generator as well as directing, writing and producing. THEATER 105-1 (FORMERLY THEATER 105) Theater Survey, Literature TELEVISION 48 1 UNITS (CSU) Television Programming and Video Tape Production Workshop LECTURE 1 HOUR 3 UNITS (CSU) Enrollment required of Theater majors each semester of atten- LECTURE 1 HOUR. LABORATORY 3 HOURS dance. The Student is introduced to theater literature and is Prerequisite: Television 46 with a satisfactory grade. enriched through the survey and observation of regularly Students learn professional methods and techniques of creat- scheduled programs consisting of acting scenes and exercises ing characters and stories to develop. Film and TV scripts are from the various theater classes. The basic program is aug- studied, including drama and comedy, in both the single- and mented by the appearance of guest artists and theater groups. multi-camera formats. Class also deals with getting an agent Students are required to attend live events outside campus and how scripts are sold. and report on their observations of theater literature through journal and essay writing assignments. TELEVISION 49 TV Production Workshop THEATER 105 - 2 3 UNITS (A) Theater Survey, Performance LECTURE 2 HOURS. LABORATORY 2 HOURS 1 UNITS (CSU) LECTURE 1 HOUR Prerequisites: Television 46 with a satisfactory grade. Advanced television production course that focuses on below Enrollment required of Theater majors each semester of atten- the line production responsibilities for live-to-tape multi-cam- dance. The Student is introduced to theater performance by era television productions. Production positions for This the actor and is enriched through the survey and observation course include: Camera Operator, Lighting Director, Set of regularly scheduled programs consisting of acting scenes Designer, Graphics, Audio Engineer, Technical Director, Floor and exercises from various theater classes. The basic program Director, Field Shooter, Segment Editor. There is no Produc- is augmented by the appearance of guest artists and theater ing or Directing In this course. TV 48&49 meet together at the groups. Students are required to attend live events outside same time. You can not take both classes in the same semester. campus and report on their observations of acting performance through journal and essay writing assignments. TELEVISION 55 Digital Video Production Workshop I THEATER 105-3 3 UNITS (A) Theater Survey, Design 1 UNITS (CSU) LECTURE 1 HOUR. LABORATORY 4 HOURS LECTURE 1 HOUR Prerequisite: Cinema 1, 2, and Television 4, 9. Enrollment required of Theater majors each semester of Intermediate cinema and television students produce short attendance. The Student is introduced to theater design and video projects using digital video cameras and editing systems. is enriched through the survey and observation of regularly TELEVISION 185 scheduled programs consisting of acting scenes and exercises Directed Study Television from the various theater classes. The basic program is aug- 1 UNIT (CSU) mented by the appearance of guest artists and theater groups. LECTURE 1 HOUR PER UNIT. Students are required to attend live events outside campus and report on their observations of theater design through Prerequisite: Television 46 with satisfactory grades or better journal and essay writing assignments. Note: Courses limited to advanced LACC Television Students. Allows students to pursue directed study in television on a THEATER 105-4 contract basis under the direction of a supervising instructor. Theater Survey, Audience Experience 1 UNITS (CSU) LECTURE 1 HOUR Enrollment required of Theater majors each semester of attendance. The Student is introduced to the audience experience and is enriched through the survey and observation of regularly scheduled programs consisting of acting scenes and

LACC 2017-2018 GENERAL CATALOG 233 COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

exercises from the various theater classes. The basic program THEATER 210 is augmented by the appearance of guest artists and theater Introduction to Oral Interpretation of Dramatic Literature groups. Students are required to attend live events outside 3 UNITS (UC: CSU) campus and report on their observations of their audience LECTURE 3 HOURS experience in journal and essay writing assignments. A study of the techniques of oral Interpretation Including phrasing, Inflection, work relish, verse scansion, tempo and THEATER 110 rhythm-designed to develop the actor’s Interpretive skills. History of the World Theater 3 UNITS (UC: CSU) THEATER 212 LECTURE 3 HOURS Introduction to Oral Interpretation of Shakespearean Literature Advisory: English 101 or equivalent. 3 UNITS (UC: CSU) Students read, discuss and analyze major works of dramatic Students study and practice techniques of oral interpretation literature from the Golden Age of Greece through contempo- - including phrasing, inflection, word relish, verse scansion, rary. They develop an understanding and appreciation of the tempo and rhythm - designed to develop the actor’s interpre- dramatic form in, story arc, character development through- tative skills of Shakespearean text at an introductory level. out major artistic movements in dramatic literature and THEATER 225 within the social and political context they were written and Beginning Direction to express that appreciation in reasoned analyses. 3 UNITS (UC: CSU) THEATER 114 LECTURE 3 HOURS Script Study for Theatre Performance, Production and Appreciation Prerequisite: Theater 274 with a satisfactory grade. 3 UNITS (CSU) The Student learns fundamental concepts in stage direction as LECTURE 3 HOURS explored through lecture, exercise and demonstration. Begin- The Student studies and learns principles, theories, and tech- ning with play analysis from a director’s point of view to cre- niques of play script analysis for theatrical production. Topics ating a directorial vision, the course includes an introduction covered will include the exploration of social and political con- to the basic principles of stage directing and the fundamental text of the literature, character development, story arc, and working techniques for the realization of the values of a play theatrical conceits used in live productions. onstage.

THEATER 185 THEATER 232 Directed Study Play Production 1 UNITS (CSU) 2 UNITS (RPT 3) (UC: CSU) Allows Students to pursue Directed Study on a contract LABORATORY 6 HOURS basis under the supervision of a instructor. Please refer to The Student is given the opportunity to work intensely in one the “Directed Study” section of this catalog for additional or more areas associated with production: acting, voice, move- information. ment, management, costuming or technical theatre. Students must be prepared to work irregular hours THEATER 200 Introduction to Acting THEATER 235 3 UNITS (UC: CSU) Play Production and Company Performance LECTURE 3 HOURS 5 UNITS (UC:CSU) (RPT 3) Through lecture, discussion, demonstration, and various par- LABORATORY 10 HOURS ticipation exercises, the Student is introduced to the art and Theater Students study the rehearsal and performance prac- craft of acting. tices of performing in theater productions assigned as lead actors, character actors, or bit parts. Theater Students study THEATER 205 the real practices ofmanagerial and technical theater while Actor’s Orientation to Professional Theatre 2 UNITS (CSU) participating in college public performances, technical shops LECTURE 1 HOUR. LABORATORY 2 HOURS and theater spaces. Production work may consist of the following: Acting, carpentry, costumes, painting, lighting, sound, Prerequisite: Theater 270. props and stage management. The Student learns about a career as a professional actor in Study culminates In a college public performance entered In the American entertainment industry including methodology the American College Theater Festival. and techniques for seeking and gaining employment in The- ater, Film, Television, Commercials, and New Media, which THEATER 240 includes all forms of electronic performance. Voice and Articulation for the Theatre 3 UNITS (UC: CSU) LECTURE 3 HOURS Developing voice and speech skills, emphasizing clarity, precision, tone, dynamics and imaginative use of language. Indi- vidual goals will be set for performance and standards of improvement to help the Student acquire the basics of good theatre speech.

234 LACC 2017-2018 GENERAL CATALOG COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

THEATER 242 - 1 (FORMERLY THEATER 242) THEATER 246-3 Voice Development Workshop - Level1 Vocal Performance Workshop - Level 4 3 UNITS (CSU) 2 UNITS (CSU) LABORATORY 6 HOURS The pre-professional Student actor learns and demonstrates The Student actor studies, practices, and demonstrates knowl- advanced application of vocal performance skills to the act- edge and skill in vocal and physical development at an intro- ing of role(s) in a Theatre Academy production from con- ductory level with specific emphasis on proper breath sup- temporary/modern literature such as Becket - with focus on port, alignment, and vocal & physical clarity, freedom, and advanced vocal exercises, techniques, and coaching sessions strength. that create authentic ‘character’ voices through pitch variation, inflection, placement, physicality, tempo, and subtext THEATER 242 - 2 Voice Development Workshop - Level 2 THEATER 246-4 3 UNITS (CSU) Vocal Performance Workshop - Level 4 LABORATORY 6 HOURS 2 UNITS (CSU) Through advanced vocal exercises, techniques, warm-ups, The Student actor studies, practices, and demonstrates knowl- and coaching sessions the pre-professional Student actor edge and skill in vocal and physical development at a begin- learns and demonstrates advanced application of vocal per- ning level with specific emphasis on resonance, precision & formance skills to the acting of a role(s) in a Theatre Acad- dynamics, and enhanced expressiveness emy production from classical literature such as Shakespeare THEATER 242 - 3 - with detailed focus on the unique challenge of authenti- Voice Development Workshop - Level 3 cally speaking heightened text with powerful, meaningful, 3 UNITS (CSU) dynamic vocal expressiveness and subtlety. LABORATORY 6 HOURS THEATER 262 The Student actor studies, practices, and demonstrates knowl- Special Projects edge and skill in vocal and physical development at an inter- 2 UNITS (CSU)(RPT 3) mediate level with specific emphasis on diction, International LABORATORY 4 HOURS Phonetic Alphabet (IPA), and dance choreographed movement. Prerequisite: Theater 270 with a satisfactory grade. THEATER 242 - 4 Advanced Students are given the opportunity to plan, Voice Development Workshop - Level 4 rehearse, stage and produce approved all Student projects for 3 UNITS (CSU) presentation before an audience. LABORATORY 6 HOURS THEATER 270 The Student actor studies, practices, and demonstrates Beginning Acting knowledge and skill in vocal and physical development at 3 UNITS (UC: CSU) an advanced level with specific emphasis on elevated speech LECTURE 2 HOURS. LABORATORY 4 HOURS & language, rhythm & gestural expressiveness, and stage combat. The Students receive an introduction to the art and craft of acting. This class is the first level of the Theater Academy’s THEATER 246-1 (FORMERLY THEATER 246) Professional Training Program’s acting option. Vocal Performance Workshop - Level l Students perform on stage using the physical body and voice 2 UNITS (CSU) LABORATORY 6 HOURS to experience the process of the actor. Topics covered include: basic stage technique, movement values, relaxation, body The Student actor learns and applies correct vocal perfor- awareness, physical limbering and alignment, pantomimic mance skills to the acting of a role(s) in a Theatre Academy dramatization, pay and scene study. Students receive an intro- production with special focus on landing the specific meaning ductory appreciation of how an actor trains for a career in the- of the text with precision and clarity - through varied intro- ater, film and television as they develop their own skills of ductory vocal exercises, techniques, warm-ups, and coaching physical, verbal and emotional communication. sessions. THEATER 271 THEATER 246-2 Intermediate Acting Vocal Performance Workshop - Level 2 2 UNITS (UC: CSU) 2 UNITS (CSU) LECTURE 1 HOUR. LABORATORY 2 HOURS LABORATORY 6 HOURS Prerequisite: Theater 200 Through detailed vocal exercises, techniques, warm-ups, and Acting principles are expanded and applied In staged scenes. coaching sessions the Student actor learns and applies correct The emphasis Is on comprehension, translation Into meaning- beginning vocal performance skills to the acting of a role(s) in ful dramatic action, and creation. The actor’s self-awareness Is a Theatre Academy production with special focus on building explored and developed before a classroom audience. & sustaining powerful breath support which creates rich resonance and extended range for speaking and singing on stage

LACC 2017-2018 GENERAL CATALOG 235 COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

THEATER 272 THEATER 274-2 Intermediate Applied Acting Advanced Applied Acting - Level 2 3 UNITS (UC: CSU) 3 UNITS (UC: CSU) LECTURE 2 HOURS. LABORATORY 4 HOURS LECTURE 2 HOURS. LABORATORY 4 HOURS Prerequisite: Theater 270 and 100. Prerequisite: Theater 2 72 with a satisfactory grade. The Student learns to apply the acting principles introduced The Student is engaged in character and text analysis of rdes in Theatre 270 in staged scenes. The Student incorporates fun- in staged scenes at an advanced level. Emphasis is paced upon damental and basic techniques of acting into meaningful dra- the student’s demonstration of advanced rehearsal processes matic action on stage. The actor’s self-awareness is explored and techniques. and developed before a classroom audience in scenes and exercises. THEATER 275 Scene Study THEATER 274-1 (FORMERLY THEATER 274) 2 UNITS (CSU) Advanced Applied Acting - Level 1 LECTURE 1 HOUR. LABORATORY 2 HOURS 3 UNITS (UC: CSU) Prerequisite: Theater 270 with a satisfactory grade. LECTURE 2 HOURS. LABORATORY 4 HOURS The Student is engaged in greater in-depth analysis of staged Prerequisite: Theater 2 72 with a satisfactory grade. scenes. Emphasis is placed upon the rehearsal process and The Student is engaged in greater in-depth analysis of staged techniques. scenes. Emphasis is placed upon the rehearsal process and rehearsal techniques. THEATER 276-1 (FORMERLY THEATER 276) Actor’s Workshop - Level 1 3 UNITS (CSU) LECTURE 2 HOURS. LABORATORY 4 HOURS Prerequisite: Theater 2 70. The Student demonstrates the ability to to analyze scenes and speeches from selected plays at an advanced level. Content

236 LACC 2017-2018 GENERAL CATALOG COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

emphasizes research, characterization, playing actions/reac- THEATER 311 tions, vocal development, emotional centering, discoveries, Theatrical Lighting release, control and physical expressiveness. 3 UNITS (UC: CSU) LECTURE 2 HOURS THEATER 276-2 LABORATORY 2 HOURS Actor’s Workshop - Level 2 3 UNITS (CSU) Students develop skills used in theatrical lighting including LECTURE 2 HOURS. LABORATORY 4 HOURS use of lighting instruments, accessories, control systems, as well as safety proceedures. Students will light projects that Prerequisite: Theater 276-1. develop foundational skills placement of appropriate lights, The Student demonstrates the ability to to analyze scenes and magic sheets, patching as well as accuracy in the reproduc- speeches from selected plays at an advanced level. Content tion of light plots. emphasizes research, characterization, playing actions/reactions, vocal development, emotional centering, discoveries, THEATER 313 release, control and physical expressiveness. Scenic Painting for the Theatre 3 UNITS (CSU) THEATER 277 LECTURE 2 HOURS. LABORATORY 2 HOURS Character Analysis 3 UNITS (UC: CSU) Students develop skills used in theatre scene painting, includ- Lecture 3 hours ing--use of equipment and materials, preparation of paint surfaces, paint application techniques as well as safety practices. Prerequisite: Theater 270. Students will paint projects that develop foundational skills- - The course covers the analytical steps Involved In the study cartooning and layout, color theory, paint mixing, brushwork of a play and the development of a character preparatory to (lining, lay-in, wet blend) as well as accuracy in the reproduc- rehearsals and performances. tion of paint elevations.

THEATER 285 THEATER 314 Directed Study Theatrical Sound Design: Fundamentals, Procedures and Operation 2 UNITS (CSU) 3 UNITS (CSU) LECTURE 2 HOURS LECTURE 2 HOURS. LABORATORY 2 HOURS TA 285 allows Students to pursue Directed Study on a contract Students interested in the study of theory and practices used basis under the supervision of a supervising instructor. Please to setup production and sound equipment related materials refer to the ‘Directed Study’ section of this catalog for addi- utilized in a professional sound design for the theater. Stu- tional information. dents will practice professional sound

THEATER 294 THEATER 315 Rehearsals and Performances IV Introduction to Theatrical Scenic Design 4 UNITS (RPT 3) 3 UNITS (UC: CSU) LABORATORY 12 HOURS LECTURE 2 HOURS. LABORATORY 2 HOURS Students perform a role (or roles) in a public performance of Students study and develop a graphic vocabulary in order to a play in the Theatre Academy season integrating principles express design concepts for scenic environments. Students and techniques of acting, character analysis, voice and move- analyze specific text or events and create design documenta- ment. Students will be introduced to rehearsal disciplines and tion in order to communicate ideas and visual concepts. Class professional work habits during the preparation for public per- projects focus on specific skills and forms of design presen- formance and will experience audience response to their act- tations; script analysis, ground plan and section, elevations, ing skills. details, model building and computer pre-visualization of virtual environments. THEATER 300 Introduction to Stagecraft THEATER 321 3 UNITS (UC: CSU) Computer Aided Drafting and Design III LECTURE 3 HOURS 3 UNITS (RPT 3) (CSU) The Student studies the theory and professional practices of Students create design plans for theatre disciplines on vari- design and technical play production for;:scenery, properties, ous computer applications including Auto CAD, Sketchup, and lighting, sound, costuming, and stage management. Sketcbook. The design Student will be introduced to the necessary skills to create professional design documentation and THEATER 302 paperwork for scenic, lighting, and costume design. Introduction To Stage Management 3 UNITS (UC: CSU) THEATER 325 LECTURE 3 HOURS Stage Management and advanced Stagecraft Advisory: English 28 and 67 or equivalent. 3 UNITS (RPT 3) (UC: CSU) Students learn the function of stage managers in professional Advisory: English 28 and 67 or equivalent. theater productions. This course will provide the Student with instruction in advanced methods, physical techniques, and crew responsibilities of the theatre technician in all the specialty areas. The

LACC 2017-2018 GENERAL CATALOG 237 COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

process will include emphasis on practical solutions and lead- THEATER 400 ership in crew and equipment management. Use of state-of- Costume Periods and Styles the-art stage equipment and show operation forms to execute 3UNITS (UC: CSU) a production in multiple entertainment medias is covered. LECTURE 3 HOURS The direct outcome is to prepare the Student for work in the The Student studies the changes in dress from ancient to mod- behind the scenes of the entertainment industry. ern times, relating social and political forces influencing costuming for stage, film, and television. THEATER 335 Applied Stage Management and Production THEATER 411 4 UNITS (RPT 3) (UC: CSU) Costuming For the Theatre LABORATORY 12 HOURS 3 UNITS (CSU) Technical Theatre Students study the real and theoretical LECTURE 2 HOURS. LABORATORY 2 HOURS practices of managerial and technical theatre while construct- Students study the techniques and practices of theatrical ing an actual production in college shops. Production work costuming. Topics include: choice, use, and manipulation of will consist of; carpentry, painting, lighting, sound editing patterns, textiles, jewelry and accessories to imitate histori- and or stage management. cal appearances meeting the needs of performance costume rather than clothing. Practical solutions to budget limits and THEATER 336 camera media. Applied Stage Management and Production Lab 1 UNIT THEATER 413 LABORATORY 3 HOURS Costume Dyeing and Painting Technical Theater Students study the real and theoretical 3 UNITS CSU practices of theater production while mounting an actual pro- LECTURE 2 HOURS. LABORATORY 2 HOURS duction in a college theater venue. Production crew work will The Student learns techniques of dyeing and surface design consist of the collaborative synthesis of multiple departments of fabric for theater and film and practices dyeing, tie dye, in the creation of a theatrical performance and the techniques batik, stencil, screening, heat transfer, aging, antiquing and necessary in the management of resources towards a success- distressing. ful entertainment event. THEATER 414 THEATER 338 Costume Draping and Accessories Introduction to Design: Theatre, Film, and Television 3 UNITS 3 UNITS (UC: CSU) LECTURE 2 HOURS. LABORATORY 2 HOURS LECTURE 3 HOURS Students study the theory and practice of creating stage and An Introduction to the design process for theatre, film, and film costumes and costume accessories through draping. television. Exploration of; the relationship between text and esthetic design choices, the recognition of basic composi- THEATER 415 tional elements; color, mass, line, texture, rhythm, balance as Costume Design for the Theater used In storytelling, and the creation of design presentations 3 UNITS CSU through collage as well as studying the architectural spaces LECTURE 2 HOURS. LABORATORY 2 HOURS of storytelling, from the proscenium arch to the sound stage. Students study the techniques and practices of theatrical costume design and illustration. Topics include: analyzing the THEATER 345 play script, research techniques, creating the costume plot, Technical Stage Production choice and use of media, illustrating costume design for needs 4 UNITS (RPT 3) (UC: CSU) LABORATORY 12 HOURS of theatrical performance. Co-requisite: Theater 346 and 270 or 2 72 THEATER 416 Theatre Academy advanced Acting Students study the real Materials and Methods for the Costumer and theoretical practices of managerial and technical the- 3 UNITS (CSU) LECTURE 2 HOURS. LABORATORY 2 HOURS atre while mounting an actual production in a college theater venue. Production work will consist of the collaborative syn- Advisory: English 28 and 67131 or equivalent. thesis of multiple departments in the creation of a theatrical Lecture and Laboratory study of the properties of various performance and the techniques necessary in the manage- non textile materials used by the costumer including latex, ment of resources towards a successful entertainment event. leather, plastics, dyes, glues, foam, rubber and molds.

THEATER 385 THEATER 417 Directed Study-Theater Costuming for Film 3 UNITS 3 UNITS (CSU) Theater Students pursue on their own an in-depth study of a LECTURE 2 HOURS. LABORATORY 2 HOURS subject of special interest in the field of theater. Consultation Techniques and practices of costuming for film; analyzing and with the instructor on a weekly basis, plus independent work breaking down the script using computer spreadsheet, creat- is required. ing character boards, design conferences, budgeting, prepro- duction planning and resourcing.

238 LACC 2017-2018 GENERAL CATALOG COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

THEATER 418 Programs Offered Communicating Theatrical Design The Los Angeles City College (LACC) Noncredit Success Acad- 3 UNITS emies prepares Basic Skills learners, English as a Second LECTURE 2 HOURS. LABORATORY 2 HOURS language learners, economically disadvantaged, and other Students explore basic methods and techniques for the theatri- non-traditional college Students to attain the essential knowl- cal designer to communicate both scenic and costume design. edge, skills and abilities to successfully acquire and retain Includes perspective drawing, ground plans, shading, tex- employment, transition to College, and/or effectively explore, tures, character bodies and illustration techniques using pen- plan and establish career pathways leading to growth oppor- cil and colored pencil. tunities in high demand occupations.

THEATER 419 The focus of the Academies Is to designate participation In Advanced Costume Illustration workforce education programs as the first step In the career 3 UNITS (RPT 1) (A) pathway of success towards attaining economic self-suffi- LECTURE 2 HOURS. LABORATORY 2 HOURS ciency, with subsequent career pathway progression to credit, vocational education skills certificates, certificated programs, The Student studies advanced costume illustration for theatre and associate degree programs. and film, including; advanced figure drawing, sketch artist techniques, computer illustration, rendering textures and cre- The Academy’s education and training programs encompass ating finished costume plates. valuable Noncredit Skills Certificates and over 50 courses In Basic Education, Computing skills, English as a Second Lan- THEATER 420 guage (ESL), Vocational ESL (VESL), Citizenship/English Lit- Costuming on Set eracy, Workforce Literacy, Entrepreneurship, and Job Read- 3 UNITS iness skills. We also offer associated Short-Term Vocational LECTURE 2 HOURS. LABORATORY 2 HOURS Training for high demand jobs In high-growth Industries such Students study and practice techniques of on set costuming. as healthcare, child development, hospitality and retailing. Instructional activities include: interview with Student direc- All courses can be offered on a “Stand-Alone” basis. tors, prepare for design conferences, prepare costumes, and All noncredit courses and certificate programs are FREE to work as an on-set costumer for a Student film project. Com- all program participants. Training opportunities will help pleted film project will be viewed as part of final evaluation. participants advance In their career. The tuition–free non- THEATER 425 credit classes listed In this catalog are held at various loca- Applied Costuming for the Theatre tions within the district to make classes more accessible to 4 UNITS (RPT 3) (CSU) community members. Courses are taught at the LACC Main LABORATORY 12 HOURS Campus 855 N. Vermont Avenue, Los Angeles, CA 90029, (For other off-campus locations, please visit the Noncredit Educa- Students receive practical experience in construction and tion website). maintenance of costumes for public theatrical presentation. Emphasis on professional wardrobe/dressing room practices, construction, alteration, maintenance, repair, cleaning and storage of costumes. Students must be available for rehearsals BASIC SKILLS 006CE and performances. Review of Basic English 0 UNITS THEATER 450 This course is designed for Students who need an overview Beginning Stage Make Up of high school level English. Students review: grammar, read- 3 UNITS (UC: CSU) ing comprehension, literary responses and writing skills. This LECTURE 2 HOUR. LABORATORY 2 HOURS course is modifiable for the LEP student. The Student learns techniques and practices of theatrical Class Hours: 36 hours makeup design and application. The Student analyzes faces and designs and performs makeups including; glamor, aging, BASIC SKILLS 007CE Review of Basic Math beards, stylized, and impersonations on their own face. Topics 0 UNITS include the use of makeup for film and television. This course is a review of High School Level Math. The cur- THEATER 941 riculum is designed to assist a variety of Students i.e., includ- Cooperative Education - Theater ing those still in High School, in transition from high school to 4 UNITS (UC: CSU) employment and dislocated workers returning back to school. LECTURE 4 HOURS The curriculum is also modifiable for the LEP student. Class Hours: 36 hours NON-CREDIT

NON-CREDIT SUCCESS ACADEMIES DEAN/CHAIR: ANGELICA RAMIREZ [email protected] (323) 953-4000 ext. 2230, EWD-100

LACC 2017-2018 GENERAL CATALOG 239 COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

BASICSKILLS 023CE will be on the completion of the SSSP requirements and strat- College And Scholastic Assessment Preparation egies needed for academic success as well as the development 0 UNITS of a Student Educational Plan. This course is designed to review test-taking, math, reading Class Hours: 36 hours and writing skills to prepare Students for college assessment tests as well as orient Students in note-taking, study, and orga- BASICSKILLS 075CE nizational skills required for college success. Introduction to Post Secondary Education 0 UNITS Class Hours: 36 hours This course introduces Students to the opportunities and ben- BASICSKILLS 034CE efits of post-secondary education. This course provides Stu- High School Equivalency Test Preparation dents with essential information, strategies and tools that will 0 UNITS help overcome real and perceived obstacles and successfully This course is designed to review test taking, math, reading, navigate their transition to college. writing, science and social studies skills to prepare Students Class Hours: 9 Hours to pass a California approved High School equivalency test. BASICSKILLS 083CE Class Hours: 117 hours GED Preparation: Literature And the Arts BASICSKILLS 035CE 0 UNITS Basic Math Skills Students prepare for the General Educational Develop- 0 UNITS ment(GED): Literature and the Arts Test, Hi-SET or any high This course is designed to help build confidence and pre- school equivalencyexam. The class includes critical thinking, pare individuals who are transitioning into a new career or reading comprehension, interpreting graphs, analyzing lit- need to brush up his/her skills. Upon successful completion erature and the arts, tone and style/prose fiction, interpret- of this class, Students will be ableto perform basic computa- ing poetry, drama, plays, non-fiction and commentaries. This tions and solve relevant mathematical problems in a variety course isalso modifiable for the LEP population. of occupations. Class Hours: 54 hours Class Hours: 54 hours BASICSKILLS 084CE BASIC SKILLS 052CE GED Preparation: Mathematics College Preparatory English A 0 UNITS 0 UNITS Students prepare for the General Educational Develop- Students review material designed to prepare for a high school ment(GED): Mathematics Test. This class includes arithmetic, equivalency exam. Students review standards of reading com- the metric system,algebra, geometry, statistics and probabil- prehension, word analysis, literary response and analysis and ity problems. Depending upon thediagnostic assessment, Stu- language used at the High School English Level. The curricu- dents will be directed to an appropriate plan of study. This lum is modifiable to meet the needs of Limited English Profi- course is also modifiablefor the LEP population. cient (LEP). Class Hours: 36 hours Class Hours: 54 hours BASIC SKILLS 053CE BASICSKILLS 085CE College Preparatory English B GED Preparation: Science 0 UNITS 0 UNITS This scholastic assessment preparation course is designed to Students prepare for the General Education Develop- prepare Students for any High School Equivalency exam such ment(GED): Science Test. This class includes biology, earth as the CAHSEE, HiSET, or the General Educational Devel- science, astronomy,geology, meteorology, chemistry and opment (GED): Literature and the Arts Test. The class will physics.This course is also modifiable for the LEP population. include critical thinking skills - reading comprehension skills, interpreting graphs, analyzing literature and the arts includ- Class Hours: 54 hours ing tone and style/prose fiction, interpreting poetry, drama, BASICSKILLS 086CE plays, non-fiction and commentaries. The curriculum is mod- GED Preparation: Social Studies ifiable to meet the needs of Limited English Proficient (LEP) 0 UNITS populations. Students prepare for the General Education Develop- Class Hours: 36 hours ment(GED): Social Studies Test. This class enhances student’s ability to read, understand, and use information in the con- BASIC SKILLS 070CE text of social studies. Students focus on the five basic social Post - Secondary Strategies for Academic Success studies content areas: United States history,civics and govern- *pending approval ment, economics, and geography. This course is also modifi- 0 UNITS able for the LEP population. An introduction to Los Angeles City College that includes Class Hours: 54 hours assessment for Math, English/ESL, counseling, development of an educational plan, programs, services, policies, degrees, certificates, transfer requirements, and college culture. Focus

240 LACC 2017-2018 GENERAL CATALOG COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

ESL 001CE will also learn skills to assist them with their immersion into English as a Second Language Beginning I a predominately-English speaking society at an intermediate 0 UNITS English (ESL) level. Prerequisite: None Class Hours: 54 hours Designed for LEP Students to identify time phrases in sentences demonstrating the correct use of verb tenses. Students ESL AND CIVICS 014CE follow this task by locating and recognizing the parts of speech ESL And Civics 5 including nouns, verbs and adjectives. 0 UNITS Prerequisite: None Class Hours: 54 hours This competency-based, open-entry citizenship course intro- ESL 002CE duces U.S. history and government with the appropriate English as a Second Language Beginning II English vocabulary and grammar structure for high interme- 0 UNITS diate English as a Second Language (ESL) Students who are Students participate in basic communication and conversa- preparing to take the U.S. Citizenship examination. tion exercises, providing the appropriate response to routine Class Hours: 54 hours social situations. Students read simple passages, and formulate and write sentences describing transportation, employ- ESL AND CIVICS 015CE ment, community resources, clothing, and interpersonal ESL And Civics 6 communication. 0 UNITS Prerequisite: None Class Hours: 54 hours Students discuss civics, U.S. history and government at an ESL AND CIVICS 010CE advanced English as a Second Language (ESL) level. Students ESL And Civics 1 prepare for the Citizenship test and interview. Students apply 0 UNITS skills to assist them in their immersion into a predominately Prerequisite: None English speaking society by using advanced vocabulary. Students learn civic content and practice oral/aural skills nec- Class Hours: 54 hours essary to begin the process of becoming a United States citizen. Students develop beginning listening, speaking, reading ESL AND CIVICS 030 CE and writing skills at an introductory English as a Second Lan- English Literacy and Civics guage (ESL) level. 0 UNITS Students apply the content necessary to have a functioningun- Class Hours: 18 hours derstanding of the English language related to the citizenship ESL AND CIVICS 011CE test. Students practice a variety of English andgrammar con- ESL And Civics 2 texts to prepare them for basic survival skills in a predomi- 0 UNITS nately-Englishspeaking society. Prerequisite: None Class Hours: 108 hours Students learn civic content and practice oral/aural skills necessary to begin the process of becoming a United States citi- ESL AND CIVICS 031 CE zen. Students continue to develop listening, speaking, reading English Literacy and Civics Level 1 and writing skills in preparation to take the United States Cit- 0 UNITS izenship and Immigration interview at a beginning English as Students at the Beginning-Low Level apply the content neces- a Second Language (ESL) Level. sary to have a functioning understanding of the English language related to the citizenship test and similar civics objec- Class Hours: 18 hours tives. Students practice a variety of English and grammar ESL AND CIVICS 012CE contexts to prepare them for basic life skills in a predominate- ESL And Civics 3 ly-English speaking society. 0 UNITS Class Hours: 108 hours Prerequisite: None This competency-based, open-entry citizenship course intro- ESL AND CIVICS 032 CE duces U.S. History and government with appropriate English English Literacy and Civics Level 2 0 UNITS vocabulary and grammar structure for low intermediate level English as a Second Language (ESL) Students who are prepar- This is an open-entry/open-exit course for ESL Students at the ing to take the U.S. citizenship examination. Beginning High Level. The skills of listening, speaking, reading, writing, and grammar are integrated and taught through Class Hours: 54 hours the content of basic life, community, job and citizenship skills. ESL AND CIVICS 013CE Class Hours: 108 hours ESL And Civics 4 0 UNITS Prerequisite: None In this open-entry, noncredit course Students will learn about integrated topics of Civics and Citizenship preparation. Stu- dents will prepare for the Citizenship test and interview. They

LACC 2017-2018 GENERAL CATALOG 241 COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

ESL AND CIVICS 033CE VOCATIONAL EDUCATION 056CE English Literacy & Civics Level 3 VESL For Health Careers 0 UNITS 0 UNITS Students apply the content necessary to have an understand- Students learn English and acquire a general introduction to ing of the United States Citizenshipinterview and test. Stu- careers in the healthcare filed and common medical practices. dents practice avariety of advanced English and grammar Emphasis is placed on vocabulary, medical terminology, pro- contexts. nunciation, grammar and the comprehension skills necessary for successful transition to health classes. This course is Class Hours: 108 hours designed for Limited English Proficient (LEP) Students. VOCATIONAL EDUCATION 002CE In-Home Supportive Service Providers Class Hours: 36 hours 0 UNITS VOCATIONAL EDUCATION 059CE Prerequisite: None VESL For Home-Health Aide Students gain the skills required to be an In-Home Support- 0 UNITS ive Services (IHSS) Provider so that they can promote health This course is designed for Students who need to acquire a and independence for an IHSS client, thus enabling the client general introduction to careers in the healthcare field and to live at home without danger to their health and safety. This common medical practices. Emphasis is placed on vocabu- training meets the State of California’s Home Care Services lary, medical terminology, pronunciation, and comprehension Consumer Protection Act. skills necessary for successful transition to health classes. This class is modifiable for the Limited English Proficient Class Hours:90 hours (LEP) student. VOCATIONAL EDUCATION 003CE Class Hours: 18 hours Workplace Computing for Limited English Populations 0 UNITS VOCATIONAL EDUCATION 078CE The objective of This course is to provide Students with Vocational English as a Second Language - B hands-on experience using a computer for use in society, 0 UNITS classroom, and the workplace. Fundamentals of computer A short-term course designed for Limited English Proficient hardware, software, and the internet for computer novices (LEP) Students who need help in developing their basic and at the workplace, introducing basic computer components content skills related to the world of work. The course focus is and functions, including hardware, operating systems, office speaking, listening, reading, writing and arithmetic as prac- applications, and web browsers. This course is modifiable for ticed in the workplace and covers conduct, communication the Limited English Proficient (LEP) student. styles and relations; health and safety issues. Class Hours: 54 hours Class Hours: 54 hours VOCATIONAL EDUCATION 054CE VOCATIONAL EDUCATION 079CE Vesl For Child Development 1: Specialized Vocabulary In Vocational English as a Second Language - A Developmental Theories 0 UNITS 0 UNITS A short-term vocational course designed for Limited English This course is specifically designed for limited Englishpro- Proficient (LEP) Students who need help with developing basic ficient Students who are interested in taking Child Develop- and contentskills related to the world of work.The course focus ment courses, butneed additional assistance with language is speaking, listening, reading, writing, andarithmetic as prac- before and during the course. In addition, Students will be ticed in the workforce. taught studyskill strategies, reading strategies and test-taking Class Hours: 54 hours tools contextualized forthe Child Development I credit course offering. VOCATIONAL EDUCATION 084CE Entrepreneur Training Program Class Hours: 54 hours 0 UNITS VOCATIONAL EDUCATION 055CE This course is designed to introduce Students to basiccon- Vocational English as a Second Language C cepts of Entrepreneurship. Topics covered include, but are not 0 UNITS limited to: thinking like an entrepreneur, entrepreneurship A short-term vocational course designed for Limited English vocabulary, ways to grow abusiness, leading organizational Proficient (LEP) Students who need help with developing basic change, managing business financials andperformance. Stu- and content skills related to the world of work. The class focus dents learn and are informed of ways to grow a business and- is speaking, listening, reading, writing, and arithmetic as lead organizational change. practiced in the workforce and covers basic employee bene- Class Hours: 36 hours fits and compensation; employee-centered practices and performance modes. VOCATIONAL EDUCATION 93CE Workplace Communication - Managing Successful Relationships Class Hours: 54 hours 0 UNITS This open - entry/exit course is designed forStudents to learn and make wise decisions that affect Work & Life Bal- ance. Studentslearn the skills necessary to build and maintain healthy relationships,communication patterns, learn

242 LACC 2017-2018 GENERAL CATALOG COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

effective speaking and listening techniques,workplace ethics, curriculum is modifiable for the LEP Students. The topics cov- the importance of becoming a person of character, discussin- ered but are not limited to: learning about the products you ghidden issues that hinders Students from completing their sell, identifying product features, and demonstrating prod- goals. This course can be contextualized and ismodifiable for uct features. After completing This course the Student has the LEP population. an option to continue their education or become gainfully employed. Class Hours: 36 hours VOCATIONAL EDUCATION 230CE Class Hours: 18 hours 30 Ways To Shine As A New Employee VOCATIONAL EDUCATION 235CE 0 UNITS Customer Service Smarts: Going the Extra Mile 0 UNITS Education course is designed to provide new and incumbent This short-term customer service workshop is designed to pro- workers “30 Ways to Shine as a New Employee” and increase vide new and incumbent workers with the strategies required their level of customer service and colleague relations. The in going the extra mile for a customer. The curriculum is mod- curriculum is modifiable for the LEP student. The topics cov- ifiable for the LEP Student and designed for incumbent work- ered but are not limited to new beginners, understanding the ers and/or new employees. The topics covered but are not workplace culture and dealing with change. After competing limited to: customer follow-up, artfully using business cards, This course the Student has an option to continue their educa- business card etiquette, and personal services. After completion or become gainfully employed. tion of this workshop the attendee will have two options 1) Class Hours: 6 hours continue their education 2) become gainfully employed. VOCATIONAL EDUCATION 231CE Class Hours: 18 hours Retailing Smarts 6: Building Sales VOCATIONAL EDUCATION 236CE 0 UNITS Job Club This short-term vocational education course is designed to pro- 0 UNITS vide new and incumbent workers in building sales required in This curriculum is designed to provide prospective employ- getting to know their customer or client. The curriculum is ees with a support system that will assist them in prepara- modifiable for the LEP Students. The topics covered but are tion for the workforce. The curriculum is modifiable for the not limited to suggesting additional merchandise, creating LEP Students. The topics covered but are not limited to: plan- special promotions, and taking the guesswork out of giftgiv- ning their job search, utilizing outside resources, the “hidden” ing. After completing This course the Student has an option to job market, and job market research. After completing This continue their education or become gainfully employed. course the Student has an option to continue their education Class Hours: 18 hours or become gainfully employed. VOCATIONAL EDUCATION 232CE Class Hours: 6 hours Closing the Sale VOCATIONAL EDUCATION 237CE 0 UNITS Strategies In Meeting your Customers Needs This short-term vocational education course is designed to 0 UNITS provide new and incumbent workers with the skills and strat- This short-term vocational education course Is designed egies required in making a sale. The curriculum is modifiable to provide new and Incumbent workers with the strategies for the LEP Students. The topics include recognizing buying required In understanding their customers or client’s needs. signals, asking for the sale and suggesting helpful add-ons. The curriculum Is modifiable for the LEP student. The top- Class Hours: 18 hours ics covered but are not limited to making shopping an enjoy- able experience, accommodating customers with disabilities, VOCATIONAL EDUCATION 233CE The Sale Transaction In-store and phone customers, keeping commitments to your 0 UNITS customer, and special orders. This short-term vocational education course is designed to Class Hours: 18 hours provide new and incumbent workers with skills needed to effi- VOCATIONAL EDUCATION 238CE ciently complete sales transactions. The curriculum is mod- Blueprint for Workplace Success ifiable for the LEP Students. The topics covered but are not 0 UNITS limited to: accepting checks and credit cards, and completing Prerequisite: None sales transaction paperwork. After completing This course the Students receive the necessary tools and skills to prepare for Student has an option to continue their education or become and achieve their career goals. The topics covered include, but gainfully employed. are not limited to: interest and skills inventory, goal setting, Class Hours: 18 hours career exploration, workplace etiquette and culture, work- VOCATIONAL EDUCATION 234CE place laws, effective communication, conflict resolution, time Explaining Features and Benefits management, job market realities, workplace skills, contact- 0 UNITS ing employers, preparing for the interview, getting hired and This short-term vocational education course is designed to keeping your job. This course can be modified for Limited provide new and incumbent workers with strategies in order English Proficient (LEP) Students. to explain features and benefits of products to customers. The Class Hours: 36 hours

LACC 2017-2018 GENERAL CATALOG 243 COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

VOCATIONAL EDUCATION 241CE Get to Know Your Customer 0 UNITS This short-term vocational education course is designed to provide new and incumbent workers the methods and skills in how to get to know their customer. The curriculum is modifiable for the LEP Students. The topics covered but are not limited to greeting customers in a winning way, building relationships, and determining a customer’s needs. After competing This course the Student has an option to continue their education or become gratefully employed. Class Hours: 18 hours VOCATIONAL EDUCATION 242CE Banquet Server Skills Training 0 UNITS New and incumbent workers learn skills to prepare them to be the best in banquet services. Some of the topics covered include, but are not limited to: setting tables for banquets, providing beverage service, taking and serving orders, maintain- ing buffet tables and refreshing meeting rooms. Upon completion of this workshop, Students will take a Knowledge Test with 100 multiple choice questions. Upon scoring 75% or better on this test Students will qualify for the Banquet Server Skills Certificate provided by the Educational Institute of the American Hotel & Lodging Association. Students will also be awarded a Certificate of Completion by LA City College. Class Hours: 18 hours VOCATIONAL EDUCATION 243CE Front Desk Representative 0 UNITS New and incumbent workers learn skills to prepare them to provide superior guest service. Students will learn, among VOCATIONAL EDUCATION 239CE other skills, how to use effective sales techniques, conduct Blueprint for Customer Service guest check-ins, serve guests with special needs and turn cus- 0 UNITS tomer complaints into opportunities to build great relation- This short-term vocational education course is designed to ships with their guests. After completing this workshop, Stu- provide new and incumbent workers with the customer ser- dents will take a Knowledge Test with 100 multiple choice vice skills required in getting to know their customer or client questions. Upon scoring 75% or better on this test Students in order to increase their employability. The topics covered will qualify for the Front Desk Representative Skills Certif- but are not limited to know what customers want, listening to icate provided by the Educational Institute of the American customers, and telephone customer service. After completing Hotel & Lodging Association. Students will also be awarded a this course, the Student has an option to continue their educa- Certificate of Completion by LA City College. tion or become gainfully employed. The curriculum is modifiable for the LEP Students. Class Hours: 18 hours Class Hours: 18 hours VOCATIONAL EDUCATION 244CE Laundry Attendant Skills Training VOCATIONAL EDUCATION ON 240CE 0 UNITS Strategies In Adapting to Your Customer New and incumbent workers learn skills to provide the best 0 UNITS in guest services. Some topics covered include, but are not This short-term vocational education course is designed to pro- limited to, using washers & dryers, sorting and ironing lin- vide new and incumbent workers with the strategies required ens, using mechanical flat-work iron and line-folding equip- in getting to know their customer or client. The curriculum ment, sewing & mending, and responding to housekeeping is modifiable for the LEP student. The topics covered but requests Upon completion of this workshop, Students will take are not limited to learning how to greet customers, building a Knowledge Test with 100 multiple choice questions. Upon relationships, determining a customer’s needs. This course scoring 75% or better on this test Students will qualify for the can be offered as a stand-alone course or coupled within the Laundry Attendant Skills Certificate provided by the Educa- eight modules that are related to this material. After compet- tional Institute of the American Hotel & Lodging Association. ing This course the Student has an option to continue taking Students will also be awarded a Certificate of Completion by classes in their field of choice, or become gainfully employed. LA City College. Class Hours: 18 hours Class Hours: 18 hours

244 LACC 2017-2018 GENERAL CATALOG COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

VOCATIONAL EDUCATION 245CE provided by the American Hotel & Lodging Association Public Space Cleaner Skills Training (AH&LA). Students will also be awarded a Certificate of Com- 0 UNITS pletion by LA City College. New and incumbent workers learn skills to become an effec- Class Hours: 18 hours tive Public Space Cleaner. Some of the topics covered include, but are not limited to, preparing public spaces for cleaning, VOCATIONAL EDUCATION 249CE using various cleaning tools and agents, learning the differ- Reservationist Skills Training ent methods of cleaning. Upon completion of this workshop, 0 UNITS Students will take a Knowledge Test with 100 multiple choice New and incumbent workers learn essential computer-based questions. Upon scoring 75% or better on this test Students reservation systems for efficient service. Students will learn will qualify for the Public Space Cleaner Skills Certificate pro- to take reservations by phone, printed forms, block room, provided by the Educational Institute of the American Hotel & cess payments and effective telephone sales techniques. Upon Lodging Association. Students will also be awarded a Certifi- completion of this workshop, Students will take a 100 ques- cate of Completion by LA City College tion multiple choice test; Upon scoring 75% or better on this test Students may qualify for the Reservation Specialist Skills Class Hours: 18 hours Certificate provided by the American Hotel & Lodging Associ- VOCATIONAL EDUCATION 246CE ation (AH&LA). Students will also be awarded a Certificate of Restaurant Server Skills Training Completion by L.A. City College. 0 UNITS Class Hours: 18 hours The Restaurant Server course is designed to provide new and incumbent workers with the tools they need to provide VOCATIONAL EDUCATION 250CE the best in restaurant services. Some of the topics covered Guest Attendant Skills Training include, but are not limited to: setting up the restaurant for 0 UNITS service, greeting and seating guests and taking beverage and This short-term, one-day, six-hour Guestroom Attendant skills food orders. Upon completion of this workshop, Students will workshop is designed to provide new and incumbent workers take a Knowledge Test with 100 multiple choice questions. with the tools they need to provide the best in guest services. Upon scoring 75% or better on this test Students will qual- Some of the topics covered include, but are not limited to: pre- ify for the Restaurant Server Skills Certificate provided by the paring guestrooms for cleaning, sanitizing rooms, replenesh- Educational Institute of the American Hotel & Lodging Asso- ing supplies and keep work areas organized. Upn completion ciation. Students will also be awarded a Certificate of Comple- of this workshop, Students will take a knowledge test with 30 tion by LA City College multiple choice questions. Upoin scoring 75% or better on this test and completing 90 hours of on-the-job training, Students Class Hours: 18 hours will qualify for the Guestroom Attendant Skills Certificate VOCATIONAL EDUCATION 247CE provided by th Educational Institute of the American Hotel & Kitchen Steward Skills Training Lodging Association.. Students will also be awarded a Certifi- 0 UNITS cate of Completion by the LA City College. The Kitchen Steward course is designed to provide new and incumbent workers with the tools they need to provide the VOCATIONAL EDUCATION 279CE best in guest services. Some of the topics covered include, but Career Exploration: Workplace Office Administration Skills are not limited to: cleaning tools and surfaces, following a 0 UNITS recycling program, washing dishes and silverware and clean- This competency-based course is designed for new and incum- ing and sanitizing working surfaces Upon completion of this bent workers to learn 21st century skills in Office Adminis- workshop, Students will take a Knowledge Test with 100 mul- tration. It provides Students with technical instruction and tiple choice questions. Upon scoring 75% or better on this test practical experience in basic computer operation required for Students will qualify for the Kitchen Steward Skills Certificate Office Administration. It and includes an orientation, work- provided by the Educational Institute of the American Hotel place safety, resource management, and employability skills. & Lodging Association. Students will also be awarded a Certif- Emphasis is placed on the computer and its parts, computer icate of Completion by LA City College. operating systems, Word processing, File management, Inter- net applications, e-mail, computer ethics and security, and Class Hours: 18 hours virus and spyware protection. This course is modifiable for VOCATIONAL EDUCATION 248CE the Limited English Proficient (LEP) student. If the Student Maintenance Attendant Skills Training has not been enrolled in a keyboarding course or does not type 0 UNITS at least 15 words per minute, it is recommended that the Stu- New and incumbent workers learn skills to become an effec- dent currently enroll in VOC ED 003 - Workplace Computing tive Kitchen Steward. This workshop is designed to provide the tools needed to provide the best maintenance services. Some of the topics covered include, but are not limited to: pre- ventative maintenance, inspections, installations, repair and servicing and troubleshooting. Upon completion of this workshop, Students will take a Knowledge Test with 100 multiple choice questions. Upon scoring 75% or better on this test Stu- dents will qualify for the Kitchen Steward Skills Certificate

LACC 2017-2018 GENERAL CATALOG 245